𝔻𝕠 𝔾𝕠𝕠𝕕 ℙ𝕦𝕣𝕚𝕗𝕪 𝕄𝕚𝕟𝕕 𝔸𝕥𝕥𝕒𝕚𝕟 𝔼𝕥𝕖𝕣𝕟𝕒𝕝 𝔹𝕝𝕚𝕤𝕤
𝕆𝕧𝕖𝕣𝕔𝕠𝕞𝕖 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕨𝕠𝕣𝕤𝕥 𝕀𝕝𝕝𝕟𝕖𝕤𝕤 - 𝔹𝕦𝕕𝕕𝕙𝕒.
𝕋𝕙𝕖
𝕤𝕔𝕚𝕖𝕟𝕔𝕖 𝕓𝕖𝕙𝕚𝕟𝕕 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕟𝕖𝕨 𝕥𝕖𝕔𝕙𝕟𝕚𝕢𝕦𝕖
𝕚𝕟𝕧𝕠𝕝𝕧𝕖𝕤 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕞𝕠𝕝𝕖𝕔𝕦𝕝𝕖 𝕟𝕚𝕔𝕠𝕥𝕚𝕟𝕒𝕞𝕚𝕕𝕖
𝕒𝕕𝕖𝕟𝕚𝕟𝕖 𝕕𝕚𝕟𝕦𝕔𝕝𝕖𝕠𝕥𝕚𝕕𝕖 (ℕ𝔸𝔻), 𝕨𝕙𝕚𝕔𝕙 𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕪𝕤
𝕒 𝕣𝕠𝕝𝕖 𝕚𝕟 𝕘𝕖𝕟𝕖𝕣𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕖𝕟𝕖𝕣𝕘𝕪 𝕚𝕟 𝕥𝕙𝕖
𝕙𝕦𝕞𝕒𝕟 𝕓𝕠𝕕𝕪.𝕊𝕥𝕦𝕟𝕟𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕒𝕟𝕥𝕚-𝕒𝕘𝕖𝕚𝕟𝕘
𝕓𝕣𝕖𝕒𝕜𝕥𝕙𝕣𝕠𝕦𝕘𝕙 𝕔𝕠𝕦𝕝𝕕 𝕤𝕖𝕖 𝕙𝕦𝕞𝕒𝕟𝕤 𝕝𝕚𝕧𝕖 𝕥𝕠
𝟙𝟝𝟘 𝕒𝕟𝕕 𝕣𝕖𝕘𝕖𝕟𝕖𝕣𝕒𝕥𝕖 𝕠𝕣𝕘𝕒𝕟𝕤 𝕓𝕪 𝟚𝟘𝟚𝟘 ‘𝕗𝕠𝕣
𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕡𝕣𝕚𝕔𝕖 𝕠𝕗 𝕒 𝕔𝕠𝕗𝕗𝕖𝕖 𝕒 𝕕𝕒𝕪’
𝕂𝕦𝕤𝕙𝕚𝕟𝕒𝕣𝕒 ℕ𝕀𝔹𝔹Āℕ𝔸 𝔹ℍ𝕌𝕄𝕀 ℙ𝕒𝕘𝕠𝕕𝕒
𝟙𝟠𝕗𝕥 𝔻𝕚𝕒. 𝕒 𝟛𝔻 𝟛𝟞𝟘 𝕕𝕖𝕘𝕣𝕖𝕖 𝕔𝕚𝕣𝕔𝕦𝕝𝕒𝕣 ℙ𝕒𝕘𝕠𝕕𝕒 𝕒𝕥
𝕎𝕙𝕚𝕥𝕖 ℍ𝕠𝕞𝕖,
𝟞𝟞𝟠 𝟝𝕥𝕙 𝔸 𝕄𝕒𝕚𝕟 ℝ𝕠𝕒𝕕,
𝟠𝕥𝕙 ℂ𝕣𝕠𝕤𝕤, ℍ𝔸𝕃 𝕀𝕀𝕀 𝕊𝕥𝕒𝕘𝕖,
ℙ𝕦𝕟𝕚𝕪𝕒 𝔹ℍ𝕌𝕄𝕀 𝔹𝕖𝕟𝕘𝕒𝕝𝕦𝕣𝕦,
𝕄𝕒𝕘𝕒𝕕𝕙𝕚 𝕂𝕒𝕣𝕟𝕒𝕥𝕒𝕜𝕒,
ℙ𝕣𝕒𝕓𝕦𝕕𝕕𝕙𝕒 𝔹𝕙𝕒𝕣𝕒𝕥 𝕀𝕟𝕥𝕖𝕣𝕟𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕠𝕟𝕒𝕝
𝕨𝕚𝕤𝕙𝕖𝕤
𝕥𝕠 𝕓𝕖 𝕒 𝕨𝕠𝕣𝕜𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕡𝕒𝕣𝕥𝕟𝕖𝕣 𝕨𝕚𝕥𝕙 𝕒𝕝𝕝
𝔹𝕦𝕕𝕕𝕙𝕚𝕤𝕥 𝕀𝕟𝕥𝕖𝕣𝕟𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕠𝕟𝕒𝕝 𝕥𝕖𝕞𝕡𝕝𝕖𝕤,
𝕄𝕠𝕟𝕒𝕤𝕥𝕖𝕣𝕚𝕖𝕤, 𝕍𝕚𝕙𝕒𝕣𝕒𝕤, ℙ𝕒𝕘𝕠𝕕𝕒𝕤,𝔾ℍ𝕄ℂ & 𝔾ℂℂ
𝕗𝕠𝕣 𝕚𝕥𝕤 𝕆𝕟𝕖 𝕔𝕣𝕠𝕣𝕖 𝕤𝕒𝕡𝕝𝕚𝕟𝕘𝕤 𝕒𝕣𝕖
𝕒𝕟𝕥𝕚𝕔𝕚𝕡𝕒𝕥𝕖𝕕 𝕥𝕠 𝕓𝕖 𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕟𝕥𝕖𝕕 𝕒𝕤 𝕒 𝕡𝕒𝕣𝕥 𝕠𝕗
𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕡𝕣𝕠𝕘𝕣𝕒𝕞𝕞𝕖 𝕨𝕚𝕥𝕙𝕚𝕟 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕞𝕖𝕥𝕣𝕠𝕡𝕠𝕝𝕚𝕤,
𝕨𝕚𝕥𝕙 𝟙𝟘 𝕝𝕒𝕜𝕙 𝕤𝕒𝕡𝕝𝕚𝕟𝕘𝕤 𝕡𝕣𝕠𝕡𝕠𝕤𝕖𝕕 𝕥𝕠 𝕓𝕖
𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕟𝕥𝕖𝕕 𝕨𝕚𝕥𝕙𝕚𝕟 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕗𝕚𝕣𝕤𝕥 𝟙𝟚 𝕞𝕠𝕟𝕥𝕙𝕤.
𝔸𝕝𝕠𝕟𝕘 𝕨𝕚𝕥𝕙 ℝ𝕖𝕤𝕚𝕕𝕖𝕟𝕥𝕤’ 𝕨𝕖𝕝𝕗𝕒𝕣𝕖
𝕒𝕤𝕤𝕠𝕔𝕚𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕠𝕟𝕤 𝕥𝕙𝕒𝕥 𝕨𝕚𝕝𝕝 𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕪 𝕒 𝕤𝕖𝕣𝕚𝕠𝕦𝕤
𝕡𝕠𝕤𝕚𝕥𝕚𝕠𝕟 𝕨𝕚𝕥𝕙𝕚𝕟 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕕𝕣𝕚𝕧𝕖. 𝔸𝕤 𝕋𝕙𝕖 𝕔𝕚𝕧𝕚𝕔
𝕡𝕙𝕪𝕤𝕚𝕢𝕦𝕖 𝕚𝕤 𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕟𝕟𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕥𝕠 𝕖𝕟𝕥𝕣𝕦𝕤𝕥 𝕥𝕙𝕖
𝕒𝕤𝕤𝕠𝕔𝕚𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕠𝕟𝕤 𝕨𝕚𝕥𝕙 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕕𝕦𝕥𝕪 𝕠𝕗
𝕤𝕦𝕤𝕥𝕒𝕚𝕟𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕓𝕦𝕤𝕙𝕖𝕤 𝕠𝕗 𝕥𝕙𝕖𝕚𝕣
𝕟𝕖𝕚𝕘𝕙𝕓𝕠𝕦𝕣𝕙𝕠𝕠𝕕. 𝔸𝕟𝕕 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕆𝕗𝕗𝕚𝕔𝕖𝕣𝕤
𝕤𝕦𝕘𝕘𝕖𝕤𝕥 𝕥𝕠 𝕣𝕖𝕨𝕒𝕣𝕕 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕒𝕤𝕤𝕠𝕔𝕚𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕠𝕟𝕤
𝕥𝕙𝕒𝕥 𝕙𝕒𝕟𝕕𝕝𝕖 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕤𝕒𝕡𝕝𝕚𝕟𝕘𝕤 𝕗𝕠𝕣 𝕒 𝕤𝕦𝕣𝕖
𝕥𝕚𝕞𝕖 𝕡𝕖𝕣𝕚𝕠𝕕.
ℂ𝕠𝕟𝕘𝕣𝕒𝕥𝕦𝕝𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕠𝕟𝕤 𝕗𝕠𝕣
‘𝔹𝕖𝕤𝕥 𝕕𝕒𝕪 𝕖𝕧𝕖𝕣’: 𝕁𝕖𝕗𝕗 𝔹𝕖𝕫𝕠𝕤 𝕓𝕝𝕒𝕤𝕥𝕤 𝕚𝕟𝕥𝕠
𝕤𝕡𝕒𝕔𝕖 𝕠𝕟 𝕠𝕨𝕟 𝕣𝕠𝕔𝕜𝕖𝕥
𝔽𝕠𝕣
𝕡𝕣𝕠𝕡𝕒𝕘𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕟𝕘
𝔼𝕥𝕖𝕣𝕟𝕒𝕝 𝔹𝕝𝕚𝕤𝕤 𝕥𝕙𝕣𝕠𝕦𝕘𝕙 𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕟𝕥𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕣𝕒𝕨
𝕍𝕖𝕘𝕒𝕟 𝔹𝕣𝕠𝕔𝕔𝕠𝕝𝕚, 𝕡𝕖𝕡𝕡𝕖𝕣𝕤, 𝕔𝕦𝕔𝕦𝕞𝕓𝕖𝕣𝕤,
𝕔𝕒𝕣𝕣𝕠𝕥𝕤, 𝕓𝕖𝕒𝕟𝕤 𝕧𝕖𝕘𝕖𝕥𝕒𝕓𝕝𝕖𝕤, 𝔻𝕨𝕒𝕣𝕗 𝕗𝕣𝕦𝕚𝕥
𝕥𝕣𝕖𝕖𝕤 𝕚𝕟 𝕡𝕠𝕥𝕤 𝕒𝕟𝕕 𝕒𝕝𝕝 𝕠𝕧𝕖𝕣 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕨𝕠𝕣𝕝𝕕
𝕒𝕟𝕕 𝕚𝕟 𝕊𝕡𝕒𝕔𝕖 𝕥𝕠 𝕖𝕒𝕥 𝕝𝕚𝕜𝕖 𝕓𝕚𝕣𝕕𝕤 𝕒𝕤
𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕟𝕟𝕖𝕕 𝕓𝕪 ℕ𝔸𝕊𝔸, 𝔹𝕣𝕚𝕥𝕚𝕤𝕙 𝕓𝕚𝕝𝕝𝕚𝕠𝕟𝕒𝕚𝕣𝕖
ℝ𝕚𝕔𝕙𝕒𝕣𝕕 𝔹𝕣𝕒𝕟𝕤𝕠𝕟 𝕗𝕝𝕖𝕨 𝕚𝕟𝕥𝕠 𝕤𝕡𝕒𝕔𝕖 𝕒𝕓𝕠𝕒𝕣𝕕
𝕒 𝕍𝕚𝕣𝕘𝕚𝕟 𝔾𝕒𝕝𝕒𝕔𝕥𝕚𝕔 𝕧𝕖𝕤𝕤𝕖𝕝 𝕒𝕟𝕕 𝕁𝕖𝕗𝕗
𝔹𝕖𝕫𝕠𝕤.
𝔼𝕟𝕥𝕚𝕣𝕖 𝔼𝕒𝕣𝕥𝕙 𝕒𝕟𝕕 𝕊𝕡𝕒𝕔𝕖 𝕒𝕣𝕖
𝔸𝕞𝕦𝕕𝕙𝕒 𝕊𝕌ℝ𝔸𝔹𝕀 𝕠𝕗 𝕄𝕒𝕟𝕚𝕞𝕖𝕘𝕒𝕝𝕒𝕚. 𝔸𝕤𝕙𝕠𝕜𝕒
𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕟𝕥𝕖𝕕 𝕗𝕣𝕦𝕚𝕥 𝕓𝕖𝕒𝕣𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕥𝕣𝕖𝕖𝕤 𝕒𝕝𝕝 𝕠𝕧𝕖𝕣
𝕙𝕚𝕤 𝕖𝕞𝕡𝕚𝕣𝕖. 𝕄𝕒𝕟𝕚𝕞𝕖𝕘𝕒𝕝𝕒𝕚 𝕗𝕖𝕕 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕡𝕠𝕠𝕣
𝕥𝕙𝕣𝕠𝕦𝕘𝕙 𝔸𝕞𝕦𝕕𝕙𝕒 𝕊𝕦𝕣𝕒𝕓𝕙𝕚. 𝕄𝕒𝕪𝕒𝕨𝕒𝕥𝕚
𝕥𝕙𝕦𝕟𝕕𝕖𝕣𝕖𝕕 “𝕋𝕙𝕚𝕤 𝕔𝕠𝕦𝕟𝕥𝕣𝕪 𝕨𝕚𝕝𝕝 ℝ𝕖𝕥𝕦𝕣𝕟
𝔹𝕒𝕔𝕜 𝕥𝕠 𝔸𝕤𝕙𝕠𝕜𝕒𝕟 ℝ𝕦𝕝𝕖 𝕥𝕠 𝕡𝕝𝕒𝕟𝕥 𝕗𝕣𝕦𝕚𝕥
𝕓𝕖𝕒𝕣𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕥𝕣𝕖𝕖𝕤 𝕒𝕝𝕝 𝕠𝕧𝕖𝕣 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕔𝕠𝕦𝕟𝕥𝕣𝕪”
𝔸𝕝𝕤𝕠
𝕥𝕠 𝕥𝕣𝕒𝕚𝕟 𝕡𝕖𝕠𝕡𝕝𝕖 𝕠𝕟 𝕄𝕚𝕟𝕕𝕗𝕦𝕝 𝕊𝕨𝕚𝕞𝕞𝕚𝕟𝕘,
𝕋𝕙𝕒𝕚 ℂ𝕙𝕚, 𝕂𝕒𝕝𝕒𝕣𝕚 𝔸𝕣𝕥𝕤, 𝕁𝕦𝕕𝕠, 𝕂𝕒𝕣𝕒𝕥𝕖, 𝕂𝕦𝕟𝕘
𝔽𝕦 𝕞𝕒𝕣𝕥𝕚𝕒𝕝 𝕒𝕣𝕥𝕤.
ℙ𝕣𝕒𝕔𝕥𝕚𝕔𝕖 𝕄𝕚𝕟𝕕𝕗𝕦𝕝 𝕊𝕨𝕚𝕞𝕞𝕚𝕟𝕘 - 𝕍𝕚𝕞𝕒𝕝𝕠 𝔸𝕨𝕒𝕜𝕖𝕟𝕖𝕕 𝔸𝕤𝕙𝕠𝕜𝕒 𝕄𝕒𝕟𝕚𝕞𝕖𝕘𝕒𝕝𝕚 𝔽𝕖𝕝𝕝𝕠𝕨.
DN 22 - (D ii 290)
Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta
— Attendance on awareness —
[ mahā+satipaṭṭhāna ]
This sutta is widely considered as a the main reference for meditation practice.
Note: infobubbles on all Pali words
Pāḷi
Uddesa
I. Kāyānupassanā
A. Ānāpāna Pabba
B. Iriyāpatha Pabba
C. Sampajāna Pabba
D. Paṭikūlamanasikāra Pabba
E. Dhātumanasikāra Pabba
F. Navasivathika Pabba
II. Vedanānupassanā
English
Introduction
I. Observation of Kāya
A. Section on ānāpāna
B. Section on postures
C. Section on sampajañña
D. Section on repulsiveness
E. Section on the Elements
F. Section on the nine charnel grounds
II. Observation of Vedanā
Uddesa
Evaṃ me sutaṃ:
Introduction
Thus have I heard:
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṃ nāma kurūnaṃ nigamo. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
On
one occasion, the Bhagavā was staying among the Kurus at Kammāsadhamma,
a market town of the Kurus. There, he addressed the bhikkhus:
– Bhikkhavo ti.
– Bhaddante ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etad-avoca:
– Bhikkhus.
– Bhaddante answered the bhikkhus. The Bhagavā said:
Ekāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā, soka-paridevānaṃ
samatikkamāya, dukkha-domanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya, ñāyassa adhigamāya,
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā.
– This,
bhikkhus, is the path that leads to nothing but the purification of
beings, the overcoming of sorrow and lamentation, the disappearance of
dukkha-domanassa, the attainment of the right way, the realization of
Nibbāna, that is to say the four satipaṭṭhānas.
Katame
cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī
sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ. Vedanāsu
vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ. Citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā,
vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ. Dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī
sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.
Which four?
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya, ātāpī
sampajāno, satimā, having given up abhijjhā-domanassa towards the world.
He dwells observing vedanā in vedanā, ātāpī sampajāno, satimā, having
given up abhijjhā-domanassa towards the world. He dwells observing citta
in citta, ātāpī sampajāno, satimā, having given up abhijjhā-domanassa
towards the world. He dwells observing dhamma·s in dhamma·s, ātāpī
sampajāno, satimā, having given up abhijjhā-domanassa towards the world.
I. Kāyānupassanā
A. Ānāpāna Pabba
Katha·ñ·ca,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
arañña-gato vā rukkha-mūla-gato vā suññ’āgāra-gato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ
ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So
sato’va assasati, sato’va passasati. Dīghaṃ vā assasanto ‘dīghaṃ
assasāmī’ ti pajānāti; dīghaṃ vā passasanto ‘dīghaṃ passasāmī’ ti
pajānāti; rassaṃ vā assasanto ‘rassaṃ assasāmī’ ti pajānāti; rassaṃ vā
passasanto ‘rassaṃ passasāmī’ ti pajānāti; ’sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedī
assasissāmī’ ti sikkhati; ’sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī’ ti
sikkhati; ‘passambhayaṃ kāya-saṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī’ ti sikkhati;
‘passambhayaṃ kāya-saṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī’ ti sikkhati.
நான் இவ்வாறு கேட்டிருக்கேன்:
ஒரு
குறிப்பிட்டதறுவாயில், ஒரு கடைத்தெருவு நகரமான Kammāsadhamma
(கம்மாசதம்மா) வில், Kurus (பாரத்துவாசர்) இடையில் Bhagavā (பகவான்) தங்கி
இருந்தார்.
அவ்விடம், பிக்குக்களுக்கு அவர் உரை நிகழ்த்தினார்:
- பிக்குக்களுக்களா
- பிக்குக்களுக்கு Bhaddante (பந்த்தே) பதில் அளித்தார்.Bhagavā (பகவா) சொற்றார்:
-
இது, பிக்குக்களுக்களா,ஒன்றுமில்லை இனங்களை தூய்மைப்படுத்தும் பாதையில்
நடத்திச் செல்லும், துயரம் மற்றும் புலம்பலை முறியடித்து,
dukkha-domanassa(துக்கம்-துயரம்)மறைவு , Nibbāna(யாவுங் கடந்த நிலை
உணர்தல்) மெய்யாகக் காண்டல்,அதுதான் நான்கு பொருள்கள் கொண்ட
satipaṭṭhānas(விழிப்பு நிலை உளதாந்தன்மை) என கூறலாம்.
எந்த
நான்கு?இங்கு பிக்குக்களுக்களா,ஒரு பிக்கு kāye kāyānupassī (உடலை உடல்
கண்காணிப்புடன்) கவனித்து வசிக்கிரார் ātāpī sampajāno satimā,வேறு
வழியில்லாமல் பிரபஞ்சம் நோக்கி எச்சரிக்கையுடன் இருக்க
ஏகாந்தமாயிருக்கிரார்.வேறு வழியில்லாமல் பிரபஞ்சம் நோக்கி
எச்சரிக்கையுடன் இருக்க ஏகாந்தமாயிருக்க Vedanāsu vedanānupassī
உறுதலுணர்ச்சி கண்காணிப்புடன் வசிக்கிரார்.வேறு வழியில்லாமல் பிரபஞ்சம்
நோக்கி எச்சரிக்கையுடன் இருக்க ஏகாந்தமாயிருக Citte cittānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, சித்த நலம் கருதி ண்காணிப்புடன் வசிக்கிரார்.
மனத்தால் இயக்கப்படுகிற அபூர்வமான வினயா(ஒழுக்கம்) காக்க வேறு
வழியில்லாமல் பிரபஞ்சம் நோக்கி எச்சரிக்கையுடன் இருக்க ஏகாந்தமாயிருக்க
கண்காணிப்புடன் வசிக்கிரார்.
I. Kāyānupassanā
A. Section on ānāpāna
And
how, bhikkhus, does a bhikkhu dwell observing kāya in kāya? Here,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, having gone to the forest or having gone at the
root of a tree or having gone to an empty room, sits down folding the
legs crosswise, setting kāya upright, and setting sati parimukhaṃ. Being
thus sato he breathes in, being thus sato he breathes out. Breathing in
long he understands: ‘I am breathing in long’; breathing out long he
understands: ‘I am breathing out long’; breathing in short he
understands: ‘I am breathing in short’; breathing out short he
understands: ‘I am breathing out short’; he trains himself: ‘feeling the
whole kāya, I will breathe in’; he trains himself: ‘feeling the whole
kāya, I will breathe out’; he trains himself: ‘calming down the
kāya-saṅkhāras, I will breathe in’; he trains himself: ‘calming down the
kāya-saṅkhāras, I will breathe out’.
மற்றும்
எப்படி,பிக்குக்களுக்களே,kāya in kāya (உடலில் உடலை கவனித்து வசிக்கிரார்?
இங்கு பிக்குக்களுக்களா,ஒரு பிக்கு,காட்டுக்குச் சென்றோ அல்லது
மரத்தடிக்குச் சென்றோ அல்லது காலி அறைகுச் சென்றோ,காலை குறுக்காக
கீழ்நோக்கி மடித்துக்கொண்டு அமர்கிரார்,உடலை செங்குத்தாக
சரிசெய்துக்கொண்டு,மற்றும் sati parimukhaṃ. மூச்சு உள்ளே அல்லது வெளியே
சரிசெய்துக்கொள்கிரார். sato இவ்வாறு கவனமான மூச்சு உள்ளே அல்லது வெளியே
செலுத்துகிரார். மூச்சு நீண்டதாக உள்ளே செலுத்தும்போது: நான் நீண்டதாக
உள்ளே செலுத்துககின்றேன் என அறிகிரார்.மூச்சு நீண்டதாக வெளியே
செலுத்தும்போது: நான் நீண்டதாக வெளியே செலுத்துககின்றேன் என
அறிகிரார்.மூச்சு குறைவாக உள்ளே செலுத்தும்போது: நான் குறைவாக உள்ளே
செலுத்துககின்றேன் என அறிகிரார்.மூச்சு குறைவாக வெளியே செலுத்தும்போது:நான்
குறைவாக வெளியே செலுத்துககின்றேன் என அறிகிரார்.அவர் தானே
பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்: முழு kāya உடலை/காயாவையும் கூருணர்ச்சியுடன்,நான்
மூச்சை உள்ளே செலுத்துககின்றேன்:அவர் தானே பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்:முழு
kāya உடலை/காயாவையும் கூருணர்ச்சியுடன்,நான் மூச்சை வெளியே
செலுத்துககின்றேன்:அவர் தானே பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்: kāya-saṅkhāras
உடல்/காயா இச்சாசத்தியை அமைதி உண்டாக்கொண்டு.நான் மூச்சை உள்ளே
செலுத்துககின்றேன்:அவர் தானே பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்:,நான் மூச்சை வெளியே
செலுத்துககின்றேன்:அவர் தானே பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்:
Seyyathāpi,
bhikkhave, dakkho bhamakāro vā bhamakār·antevāsī vā dīghaṃ vā añchanto
‘dīghaṃ añchāmī’ ti pajānāti; rassaṃ vā añchanto ‘rassaṃ añchāmī’ ti
pajānāti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dīghaṃ vā assasanto ‘dīghaṃ
assasāmī’ ti pajānāti; dīghaṃ vā passasanto ‘dīghaṃ passasāmī’ ti
pajānāti; rassaṃ vā assasanto ‘rassaṃ assasāmī’ ti pajānāti; rassaṃ vā
passasanto ‘rassaṃ passasāmī’ ti pajānāti; ’sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedī
assasissāmī’ ti sikkhati; ’sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī’ ti
sikkhati; ‘passambhayaṃ kāya-saṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī’ ti sikkhati;
‘passambhayaṃ kāya-saṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī’ ti sikkhati.
Just
as, bhikkhus, a skillful turner or a turner’s apprentice, making a long
turn, understands: ‘I am making a long turn’; making a short turn, he
understands: ‘I am making a short turn’; in the same way, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu, breathing in long, understands: ‘I am breathing in long’;
breathing out long he understands: ‘I am breathing out long’; breathing
in short he understands: ‘I am breathing in short’; breathing out short
he understands: ‘I am breathing out short’; he trains himself: ‘feeling
the whole kāya, I will breathe in’; he trains himself: ‘feeling the
whole kāya, I will breathe out’; he trains himself: ‘calming down the
kāya-saṅkhāras, I will breathe in’; he trains himself: ‘calming down the
kāya-saṅkhāras, I will breathe out’.
சம்மதம்படி,பிக்குக்களுக்களே,திறமை
கடைசல்காரர் அல்லது கடைசல்காரின் தொழில் பழகுநர், ஒரு நீளமான சுழற்றுதல்
உருவாக்குதல் குறிப்பறிது: ‘நான் நீளமான சுழற்றுதல் உருவாக்குகிறேன்’;ஒரு
குறைவான சுழற்றுதல் உருவாக்குதல் குறிப்பறிது: ‘நான் குறைவான சுழற்றுதல்
உருவாக்குகிறேன்’;அவ்வழி,பிக்குக்களுக்களே,ஒரு பிக்கு,மூச்சு நீண்டதாக
உள்ளே செலுத்தும்போது: நான் நீண்டதாக உள்ளே செலுத்துககின்றேன் என
அறிகிரார்.மூச்சு நீண்டதாக வெளியே செலுத்தும்போது: நான் நீண்டதாக வெளியே
செலுத்துககின்றேன் என அறிகிரார்.மூச்சு குறைவாக உள்ளே செலுத்தும்போது: நான்
குறைவாக உள்ளே செலுத்துககின்றேன் என அறிகிரார்.மூச்சு குறைவாக வெளியே
செலுத்தும்போது:நான் குறைவாக வெளியே செலுத்துககின்றேன் என அறிகிரார்.அவர்
தானே பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்: முழு kāya உடலை/காயாவையும்
கூருணர்ச்சியுடன்,நான் மூச்சை உள்ளே செலுத்துககின்றேன்:அவர் தானே
பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்:முழு kāya உடலை/காயாவையும் கூருணர்ச்சியுடன்,நான்
மூச்சை வெளியே செலுத்துககின்றேன்:அவர் தானே பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்:
kāya-saṅkhāras உடல்/காயா இச்சாசத்தியை அமைதி உண்டாக்கொண்டு.நான் மூச்சை
உள்ளே செலுத்துககின்றேன்:அவர் தானே பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்:,நான் மூச்சை
வெளியே செலுத்துககின்றேன்:அவர் தானே பயிற்சித்துகொள்கிரார்:
Iti
ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati;
samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati;
‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva
ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci
loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya internally,
or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells observing
kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing the samudaya
of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing away of
phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and passing away
of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!” sati is
present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere paṭissati, he
dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the world. Thus,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
இவ்வாறு அவர்
kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது
காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
B. Iriyāpatha Pabba
Furthermore,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, while walking, understands: ‘I am walking’, or
while standing he understands: ‘I am standing’, or while sitting he
understands: ‘I am sitting’, or while lying down he understands: ‘I am
lying down’. Or else, in whichever position his kāya is disposed, he
understands it accordingly.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati,
na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும்,பிக்குக்களுக்களே,ஒரு
பிக்கு, நடந்து செல்லும் பொழுது, ‘நான் நடந்து செல்கிறேன்’,என அவர்
அறிந்துகொள்கிறார்.அல்லது நின்று கொண்டிருக்கிற பொழுது, ‘நான் நின்று
கொண்டிருக்கிகிறேன்’, என அவர் அறிந்துகொள்கிறார்:அல்லது உட்கார்ந்திருக்கிற
பொழுது, ‘நான் உட்கார்ந்திருக்கிறேன்’, என அவர் அறிந்துகொள்கிறார்: அல்லது
படுத்திருத்திருக்கிற பொழுது, ‘நான் படுத்திருத்திருக்கிறேன்’,என அவர்
அறிந்துகொள்கிறார்: தவிர அவர் kāya உடல்அமர்வுநிலை எதுவாக தீர்வு
செய்கிறாரோ அதன்படிபுரிந்து கொள்கிறார்.
இவ்வாறு அவர் kāya in kāya
உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு
உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க
எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்கதை
கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
C. Sampajāna Pabba
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti,
ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī
hoti, saṅghāṭi-patta-cīvara-dhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte
khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccāra-passāva-kamme sampajānakārī
hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī
hoti.
C. Section on sampajañña
Furthermore,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, while approaching and while departing, acts with
sampajañña, while looking ahead and while looking around, he acts with
sampajañña, while bending and while stretching, he acts with sampajañña,
while wearing the robes and the upper robe and while carrying the bowl,
he acts with sampajañña, while eating, while drinking, while chewing,
while tasting, he acts with sampajañña, while attending to the business
of defecating and urinating, he acts with sampajañña, while walking,
while standing, while sitting, while sleeping, while being awake, while
talking and while being silent, he acts with sampajañña.
Iti
ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati;
samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati;
‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva
ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci
loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya internally, or he
dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells observing kāya
in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing the samudaya of
phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing away of phenomena
in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and passing away of
phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!” sati is present
in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere paṭissati, he dwells
detached, and does not cling to anything in the world. Thus, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும்,பிக்குக்களுக்களே,ஒரு
பிக்கு, அணுகும் பொழுது மற்றும் விட்டு நீங்கும் பொழுது, sampajañña
நிரந்தரமான தீர்க்கமான உணருந்திறனுடன் நுணுகிக்கண்டு செயல் படுகிரார்,
முன் நோக்கி கவனித்துப் பார்க்கும் பொழுது மற்றும் எல்லாப் பக்கங்களிலும்
கவனித்துப் பார்க்கும் பொழுது,sampajañña நிரந்தரமான தீர்க்கமான
உணருந்திறனுடன் நுணுகிக்கண்டு செயல் படுகிரார், வளைக்கிற பொழுது மற்றும்
நெட்டிமுறியும் பொழுது,sampajañña நிரந்தரமான தீர்க்கமான உணருந்திறனுடன்
நுணுகிக்கண்டு செயல் படுகிரார், பதவிக்குரிய நீண்ட மேலங்கி அணிந்து கொள்
பொழுது மற்றும் தளர்த்தியான மேலங்கி மற்றும் ஐயக்கடிஞை எடுத்துச் செல்லும்
பொழுது,sampajañña நிரந்தரமான தீர்க்கமான உணருந்திறனுடன் நுணுகிக்கண்டு
செயல் படுகிரார், உண்ணும் பொழுது, குடிக்கும் பொழுது, மெல்லும் பொழுது,
சுவைக்கும் பொழுது,sampajañña நிரந்தரமான தீர்க்கமான உணருந்திறனுடன்
நுணுகிக்கண்டு செயல் படுகிரார், வண்டலகற்றும் மற்றும் சிறுநீர் கழிக்கும்
பணி கவனிக்கும் பொழுது,sampajañña நிரந்தரமான தீர்க்கமான உணருந்திறனுடன்
நுணுகிக்கண்டு செயல் படுகிரார், நடந்து செல்கிறே பொழுது நின்று
கொண்டிருக்கிற பொழுது,
உட்கார்ந்திருக்கிற பொழுது, படுத்திருத்திருக்கிற
பொழுது, விழிதிருக்கிற பொழுது, உரையாடுகிற பொழுது, பேசாமலிருக்கிற பொழுது,
sampajañña நிரந்தரமான தீர்க்கமான உணருந்திறனுடன் நுணுகிக்கண்டு செயல்
படுகிரார்.
இவ்வாறு அவர் kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள்
கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம்
செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம்
செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
மற்றும் புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில் எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா
வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம் மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம்
செய்கிரார்.
D. Paṭikūlamanasikāra Pabba
Puna ca·paraṃ,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu imam·eva kāyaṃ, uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesa·matthakā,
taca·pariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi
imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ
vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ
udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo
siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttaṃ’ ti.
D. Section on Repulsiveness
Furthermore,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu considers this very body, from the soles of the
feet up and from the hair on the head down, which is delimited by its
skin and full of various kinds of impurities: “In this kāya, there are
the hairs of the head, hairs of the body, nails, teeth, skin, flesh,
tendons, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, pleura, spleen,
lungs, intestines, mesentery, stomach with its contents, feces, bile,
phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, nasal mucus,
synovial fluid and urine.”
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā
putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṃ sālīnaṃ vīhīnaṃ
muggānaṃ māsānaṃ tilānaṃ taṇḍulānaṃ. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā
paccavekkheyya: ‘Ime sālī ime vīhī, ime muggā, ime māsā, ime tilā, ime
taṇḍulā’ ti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imam·eva kāyaṃ, uddhaṃ
pādatalā adho kesa·matthakā, taca·pariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa
asucino paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco
maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ
papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ
sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttaṃ’ ti.
Just as if,
bhikkhus, there was a bag having two openings and filled with various
kinds of grain, such as hill-paddy, paddy, mung beans, cow-peas, sesame
seeds and husked rice. A man with good eyesight, having unfastened it,
would consider [its contents]: “This is hill-paddy, this is paddy, those
are mung beans, those are cow-peas, those are sesame seeds and this is
husked rice;” in the same way, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu considers this very
body, from the soles of the feet up and from the hair on the head down,
which is delimited by its skin and full of various kinds of impurities:
“In this kāya, there are the hairs of the head, hairs of the body,
nails, teeth, skin, flesh, tendons, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart,
liver, pleura, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, stomach with its
contents, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease,
saliva, nasal mucus, synovial fluid and urine.”
Iti
ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati;
samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati;
‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva
ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci
loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya internally, or he
dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells observing kāya
in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing the samudaya of
phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing away of phenomena
in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and passing away of
phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!” sati is present
in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere paṭissati, he dwells
detached, and does not cling to anything in the world. Thus, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும்,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, இதே உடம்பில்,உச்சைந்தலை முடியிலிருந்து
கீழ்நோக்கி உள்ளங்கால் வரை, மெல்லிய தோல் மற்றும் பல்வேறு வகைப்பட்ட
அசுத்தம் நிறைந்த, ‘இந்த kāya, உடம்பு தலை முடி, உடம்புமுடி, நகம், பற்கள்,
மெல்லியல் தோல், தசை, தசை நாண், எலும்பு, எலும்புச்சோறு, சிறுநீரகம்,
இதயம், கல்லீரல்,மார்புவரி, மண்ணீரல், சுவாசப்பை,குடல், குடல்தாங்கி,
இரைப்பை அதனுடைய உள்ளடங்கல், மலம், பித்தநீர், கபம், சீழ், இரத்தம்,
வியர்வை, கொழுப்பு, கண்ணீர், மசகிடு, உமிழ்நீர், மூக்குச்சளி, உயவுநீர்மஞ்
சார்ந்த நீர்த்தன்மையுள்ள மற்றும் சிறுநீர் அதன் வரம்பிடலில் உள்ளது என
அறீவார்.
ஒருவேளை பிக்குக்களுக்களே,அங்கே ஒரு பை இரண்டு வாயில்கள்
உடையதாயிருப்பின், பல்வேறு வகைப்பட்ட தானியம், குன்று நெல் பயிர், நெல்
பயிர், பச்சைப்பருப்பு, மாட்டு பட்டாணி, எள்ளு விதை, தொலியல். ஒரு மனிதன்
நல்ல பார்வையாற்றல் உடையவராயிருத்தல் கட்டு அவிழ்க்கப் பட்டவுடன் ஆழ்ந்து
ஆராய விரும்பி ,”இது குன்று நெல் பயிர்,நெல் பயிர், பச்சைப்பருப்பு, மாட்டு
பட்டாணி, எள்ளு விதை, தொலியல்என அறீவார்.” அதே போல், பிக்குக்களுக்களே,
ஒரு பிக்கு, இதே உடம்பில்,உச்சைந்தலை முடியிலிருந்து கீழ்நோக்கி உள்ளங்கால்
வரை, மெல்லிய தோல் மற்றும் பல்வேறு வகைப்பட்ட அசுத்தம் நிறைந்த, ‘இந்த
kāya, உடம்பு தலை முடி, உடம்புமுடி, நகம், பற்கள், மெல்லியல் தோல், தசை,
தசை நாண், எலும்பு, எலும்புச்சோறு, சிறுநீரகம், இதயம், கல்லீரல்,மார்புவரி,
மண்ணீரல், சுவாசப்பை,குடல், குடல்தாங்கி, இரைப்பை அதனுடைய உள்ளடங்கல்,
மலம், பித்தநீர், கபம், சீழ், இரத்தம், வியர்வை, கொழுப்பு, கண்ணீர்,
மசகிடு, உமிழ்நீர், மூக்குச்சளி, உயவுநீர்மஞ் சார்ந்த நீர்த்தன்மையுள்ள
மற்றும் சிறுநீர் அதன் வரம்பிடலில் உள்ளது என அறீவார்.
இவ்வாறு அவர்
kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது
காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
E. Dhātumanasikāra Pabba
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imam·eva kāyaṃ yathā·ṭhitaṃ
yathā·paṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavī·dhātu
āpo·dhātū tejo·dhātū vāyo·dhātū’ ti.
E. Section on the Elements
Furthermore,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu reflects on this very kāya, however it is placed,
however it is disposed: “In this kāya, there is the earth element, the
water element, the fire element and the air element.”
Seyyathāpi,
bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātak·antevāsī vā gāviṃ vadhitvā
catu·mahā·pathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa; evameva kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu imam·eva kāyaṃ yathā·ṭhitaṃ yathā·paṇihitaṃ dhātuso
paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavī·dhātu āpo·dhātū tejo·dhātū
vāyo·dhātū’ ti.
Just as, bhikkhus, a skillful butcher or a
butcher’s apprentice, having killed a cow, would sit at a crossroads
cutting it into pieces; in the same way, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu reflects on
this very kāya, however it is placed, however it is disposed: “In this
kāya, there is the earth element, the water element, the fire element
and the air element.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati,
na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
E. நாற்பெரும் பூதங்கள் மேலான பிரிவு
மேலும்,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, எவ்வகையிலேனும் அதை வைத்திருந்த போதும்,
எவ்வகையிலேனும் அதை அப்புறப்படுத்த போதும், இந்த உடல்/காயம் பிரதிபலிக்க
இந்த :”உடல்/காயத்தில் ,நிலவுலகம் மெய்ம்மூலம், தண்ணீர் மெய்ம்மூலம்,
நெருப்பு மெய்ம்மூலம், காற்று மெய்ம்மூலம் இருக்கிறது.
சம்மதம்போலே,பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பயிற்சி பெற்ற கசாப்புக்காரர் அல்லது ஒரு
கசாப்புக்காரரிடம் தொழில் பழகுநர்,ஒரு பசு கொல்லுஞ் செயல் உடையவராயிரருந்து,
ஒரு
குறுக்கு வீதி உட்கார்ந்து எப்படி வெட்டி எடுக்கப்பட்டதோ; அதே போன்றே,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, எவ்வகையிலேனும் அதை வைத்திருந்த போதும்,
எவ்வகையிலேனும் அதை அப்புறப்படுத்த போதும், இந்த உடல்/காயம் பிரதிபலிக்க
இந்த :”உடல்/காயத்தில் ,நிலவுலகம் மெய்ம்மூலம், தண்ணீர் மெய்ம்மூலம்,
நெருப்பு மெய்ம்மூலம், காற்று மெய்ம்மூலம் இருக்கிறது.
இவ்வாறு அவர்
kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது
காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
F. Navasivathika Pabba
(1)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ ekāha·mataṃ vā dvīha·mataṃ vā tīha·mataṃ vā uddhumātakaṃ
vinīlakaṃ vipubbaka·jātaṃ, so imam·eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho
kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’ ti.
F. Section on the nine charnel grounds
(1)
Furthermore,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was seeing a dead body, cast away in
a charnel ground, one day dead, or two days dead or three days dead,
swollen, bluish and festering, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya
also is of such a nature, it is going to become like this, and is not
free from such a condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati,
na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
F. ஒன்பது இடுகாடு நிலத்தளங்கள் மேலான பிரிவு
மேலும், பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு
இருப்பதைப்
பார்த்துக் கொண்டிருஇந்தால், ஒரு நாள் இறந்த, அல்லது இரண்டு நாட்கள்
இறந்த, அல்லது மூன்று நாட்கள் இறந்த, வீங்கிய, சற்றே நீலமான மற்றும்
புரைத்துச் சீக்கொண்ட நிலையில், அவர் இந்த மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய
ஆழ்ந்து ஆராய: “இந்த kāya உடல்/காய கூட அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல்
உடையதாக இருக்கிறது, அதுவும் இப்படி ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும்
அத்தகைய ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டு வரம்புகளற்ற
நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு
அவர் kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
(2)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ kākehi vā khajjamānaṃ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṃ gijjhehi vā
khajjamānaṃ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṃ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṃ byagghehi vā
khajjamānaṃ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṃ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṃ vividhehi vā
pāṇaka·jātehi khajjamānaṃ, so imam·eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho
kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’ ti.
(2)
Furthermore,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was seeing a dead body, cast away in
a charnel ground, being eaten by crows, being eaten by hawks, being
eaten by vultures, being eaten by herons, being eaten by dogs, being
eaten by tigers, being eaten by panthers, being eaten by various kinds
of beings, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of such a
nature, it is going to become like this, and is not free from such a
condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati,
na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும், பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு
இருப்பதைப்
பார்த்துக் கொண்டிருந்தால்,காகங்களால் தின்னப்பட்டு, பருந்துகளால்
தின்னப்பட்டு, பிணந்தின்னிக் கழுகுகளால் தின்னப்பட்டு, நாரைகளால்
தின்னப்பட்டு, நாய்களால் தின்னப்பட்டு, புலிகளால் தின்னப்பட்டு,
சிறுத்தைகளால் தின்னப்பட்டு, பல்வேறு வகைப்பட்ட அசரீரிவஸ்துக்களால்
தின்னப்பட்டு, அவர் இந்த மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய ஆழ்ந்து ஆராய: “இந்த
kāya உடல்/காய கூட அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல் உடையதாக இருக்கிறது,
அதுவும் இப்படி ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும் அத்தகைய ஒரு
கட்டுப்பாட்டு வரம்புகளற்ற
நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு
அவர் kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
(3)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhika·saṅkhalikaṃ sa·maṃsa·lohitaṃ nhāru·sambandhaṃ, so
imam·eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī
evaṃ·an·atīto’ ti.
(3)
Furthermore, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as
if he was seeing a dead body, cast away in a charnel ground, a
squeleton with flesh and blood, held together by tendons, he considers
this very kāya: “This kāya also is of such a nature, it is going to
become like this, and is not free from such a condition.”
Iti
ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati;
samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati;
‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva
ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci
loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya internally, or he
dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells observing kāya
in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing the samudaya of
phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing away of phenomena
in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and passing away of
phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!” sati is present
in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere paṭissati, he dwells
detached, and does not cling to anything in the world. Thus, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும், பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு
இருப்பதைப்
பார்த்துக் கொண்டிருந்தால், ஒரு மனித எலும்புக் கூடு தசை மற்றும்
இரத்தத்துடன்,நரம்புகளால் ஒன்றாய் பிடிக்கப்பட்டு,அவர் இந்த மெய்ம்மூலமான
kāya உடல்/காய ஆழ்ந்து ஆராய: “இந்த kāya உடல்/காய கூட அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு
இயற்கை ஆற்றல் உடையதாக இருக்கிறது, அதுவும் இப்படி ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக
இருக்கிறது, மற்றும் அத்தகைய ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டு வரம்புகளற்ற
நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு
அவர் kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
(4)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhika·saṅkhalikaṃ ni·maṃsa·lohita·makkhitaṃ
nhāru·sambandhaṃ, so imam·eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo
evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’ ti.
(4)
Furthermore,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was seeing a dead body, cast away in a
charnel ground, a squeleton without flesh and smeared with blood, held
together by tendons, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of
such a nature, it is going to become like this, and is not free from
such a condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati,
na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும், பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு
இருப்பதைப் பார்த்துக் கொண்டிருந்தால், ஒரு மனித எலும்புக் கூடு தசைகளில்லாமல் மற்றும் இரத்தம் பூசப்பட்டு,
நரம்புகளால்
ஒன்றாய் பிடிக்கப்பட்டு,அவர் இந்த மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய ஆழ்ந்து
ஆராய: “இந்த kāya உடல்/காய கூட அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல் உடையதாக
இருக்கிறது, அதுவும் இப்படி ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும் அத்தகைய
ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டு வரம்புகளற்ற
நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு
அவர் kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
(5)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhika·saṅkhalikaṃ apagata·maṃsa·lohitaṃ nhāru·sambandhaṃ, so
imam·eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī
evaṃ·an·atīto’ ti.
(5)
Furthermore, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as
if he was seeing a dead body, cast away in a charnel ground, a
squeleton without flesh nor blood, held together by tendons, he
considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of such a nature, it is
going to become like this, and is not free from such a condition.”
Iti
ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati;
samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā
kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati;
‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva
ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci
loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya internally, or he
dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells observing kāya
in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing the samudaya of
phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing away of phenomena
in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and passing away of
phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!” sati is present
in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere paṭissati, he dwells
detached, and does not cling to anything in the world. Thus, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும், பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு
இருப்பதைப் பார்த்துக் கொண்டிருந்தால், ஒரு மனித எலும்புக் கூடு தசைகளில்லாமல் மற்றும் இரத்தம் இல்லாமல்,
நரம்புகளால்
ஒன்றாய் பிடிக்கப்பட்டு,அவர் இந்த மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய ஆழ்ந்து
ஆராய: “இந்த kāya உடல்/காய கூட அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல் உடையதாக
இருக்கிறது, அதுவும் இப்படி ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும் அத்தகைய
ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டு வரம்புகளற்ற
நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு
அவர் kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
(6)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni apagata·sambandhāni disā vidisā vikkhittāni, aññena
hatth·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena pād·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena gopphak·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena
jaṅgh·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena ūru·ṭṭhikaṃ aññena kaṭi·ṭṭhikaṃ aññena
phāsuk·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena piṭṭh·iṭṭhikaṃ aññena khandh·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena
gīv·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena hanuk·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena dant·aṭṭhikaṃ aññena
sīsakaṭāhaṃ, so imam·eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo
evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’ ti.
(6)
Furthermore,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was seeing a dead body, cast away in a
charnel ground, disconnected bones scattered here and there, here a
hand bone, there a foot bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin bone,
here a thigh bone, there a hip bone, here a rib, there a back bone, here
a spine bone, there a neck bone, here a jaw bone, there a tooth bone,
or there the skull, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of
such a nature, it is going to become like this, and is not free from
such a condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye
kāyānupassī viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya,{1} a·nissito ca viharati,
na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும், பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு
இருப்பதைப்
பார்த்துக் கொண்டிருந்தால், கழற்றபட்ட எலும்புகள் அங்குமிங்குமா சிதறலான,
இங்கே ஒரு கை எலும்பு, அங்கே ஒரு கால் எலும்பு, இங்கே ஒரு கணுக்கால்
எலும்பு, அங்கே ஒரு முழந்தாள் எலும்பு, இங்கே ஒரு தொடை எலும்பு, அங்கே ஒரு
இடுப்பு எலும்பு, இங்கே ஒரு தொடை எலும்பு, அங்கே ஒரு விலா எலும்பு, இங்கே
ஒரு தொடை எலும்பு, அங்கே ஒரு முதுகு எலும்பு, இங்கே ஒரு தண்டெலும்பு, அங்கே
ஒரு கழுத்து எலும்பு, இங்கே ஒரு தாடை எலும்பு, அங்கே ஒரு பல் எலும்பு,
அல்லது அங்கே ஒரு மண்டை ஓடு என அவர் இந்த மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய
ஆழ்ந்து ஆராய: “இந்த kāya உடல்/காய கூட அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல்
உடையதாக இருக்கிறது, அதுவும் இப்படி ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும்
அத்தகைய ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டு வரம்புகளற்ற நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு
அவர் kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
(7)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkha·vaṇṇa·paṭibhāgāni, so imam·eva kāyaṃ
upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’
ti.
(7)
Furthermore, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was
seeing a dead body, cast away in a charnel ground, the bones whitened
like a seashell, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of such
a nature, it is going to become like this, and is not free from such a
condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kā
(8)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni puñja·kitāni terovassikāni, so imam·eva kāyaṃ
upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’
ti.
(8)
Furthermore, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was
seeing a dead body, cast away in a charnel ground, heaped up bones over a
year old, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of such a
nature, it is going to become like this, and is not free from such a
condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya, a·nissito ca viharati, na
ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும்,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு
பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு இருப்பதைப் பார்த்துக்
கொண்டிருந்தால்,எலும்புகள் ஒரு ஆண்டுக்கு மேலே பழையதாகி குவியல் போல்
இருந்தால், அவர் இந்த மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய ஆழ்ந்து ஆராய: “இந்த
kāya உடல்/காய கூட அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல் உடையதாக இருக்கிறது,
அதுவும் இப்படி ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும் அத்தகைய ஒரு
கட்டுப்பாட்டு வரம்புகளற்ற நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு அவர்
kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது
காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
(9)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇaka·jātāni, so imam·eva kāyaṃ
upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’
ti.
(9)
Furthermore, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was
seeing a dead body, cast away in a charnel ground, rotten bones reduced
to powder, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of such a
nature, it is going to become like this, and is not free from such a
condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya, a·nissito ca viharati, na
ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும்,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு
பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு இருப்பதைப் பார்த்துக்
கொண்டிருந்தால்,சீரழிந்த எலும்புகள் பொடியாகி இருந்தால், அவர் இந்த
மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய ஆழ்ந்து ஆராய: “இந்த kāya உடல்/காய கூட
அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல் உடையதாக இருக்கிறது, அதுவும் இப்படி
ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும் அத்தகைய ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டு
வரம்புகளற்ற நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு அவர் kāya in kāya
உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு
உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க
எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்கதை
கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
________________________________________________________________________________________
II. Vedanānupassanā
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati?
II. Observation of Vedanā
And furthermore, bhikkhus, how does a bhikkhu dwell observing vedanā in vedanā?
Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sukhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti; dukkhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti; a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno
‘a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ
vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti;
nirāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ
dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti; nirāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā
a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ
vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti; nirāmisaṃ vā a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti.
Here,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, experiencing a sukha vedanā, undersands: “I am
experiencing a sukha vedanā”; experiencing a dukkha vedanā, undersands:
“I am experiencing a dukkha vedanā”; experiencing an adukkham-asukhā
vedanā, undersands: “I am experiencing a adukkham-asukhā vedanā”;
experiencing a sukha vedanā sāmisa, undersands: “I am experiencing a
sukha vedanā sāmisa”; experiencing a sukha vedanā nirāmisa, undersands:
“I am experiencing a sukha vedanā nirāmisa”; experiencing a dukkha
vedanā sāmisa, undersands: “I am experiencing a dukkha vedanā sāmisa”;
experiencing a dukkha vedanā nirāmisa, undersands: “I am experiencing a
dukkha vedanā nirāmisa”; experiencing an adukkham-asukhā vedanā sāmisa,
undersands: “I am experiencing a adukkham-asukhā vedanā sāmisa”;
experiencing an adukkham-asukhā vedanā nirāmisa, undersands: “I am
experiencing a adukkham-asukhā vedanā nirāmisa”.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī
viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati;
samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā
vedanāsu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati;
‘atthi vedanā’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva
ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya, a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke
upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī
viharati.
Thus he dwells observing vedanā in vedanā internally,
or he dwells observing vedanā in vedanā externally, or he dwells
observing vedanā in vedanā internally and externally; he dwells
observing the samudaya of phenomena in vedanā, or he dwells observing
the passing away of phenomena in vedanā, or he dwells observing the
samudaya and passing away of phenomena in vedanā; or else, [realizing:]
“this is vedanā!” sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere
ñāṇa and mere paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to
anything in the world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing vedanā
in vedanā.
II. வேதனையை கூர்ந்த கவனித்தல்
மற்றும் இப்போது எவ்வாறு பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, vedanā in vedanā வேதனையை வேதனையில் கூர்ந்த கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்?
இங்கு,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒரு sukha vedanā சுக வேதனையை
அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு சுக வேதனையை அனுபவிக்றேன் என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்: ஒரு dukkha vedanā துக்க வேதனையை அனுபவிக்கும்போது,
நான் ஒரு துக்க வேதனையை அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்: ஒரு
adukkham-asukhā vedanā அதுக்க-அசுக (துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை
அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு adukkham-asukhā vedanā அதுக்க-அசுக
(துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு sukhā
vedanā sāmisa சுக வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு
sukhā vedanā sāmisa சுக வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு sukhā vedanā nirāmisa சுக வேதனையை உணவை
மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு sukhā vedanā nirāmisa சுக
வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு dukkha
vedanā sāmisa துக்க வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான்
ஒரு dukkha vedanā sāmisa துக்க வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன்
என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு dukkha vedanā nirāmisa துக்க வேதனையை உணவை
மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு dukkha vedanā nirāmisa துக்க
வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு
adukkham-asukhā vedanā sāmisa அதுக்க-அசுக (துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை உணவை
மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு adukkham-asukhā vedanā sāmisa
அதுக்க-அசுக (துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு adukkham-asukhā vedanā nirāmisa அதுக்க-அசுக
(துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு
adukkham-asukhā vedanā nirāmisa அதுக்க-அசுக (துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை
உணவை மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:
இவ்வாறு
அவர் vedanā in vedanā வேதனையை வேதனையில் கூர்ந்த கவனித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார், அல்லது வேதனையை வேதனைக்கு வெளியே கூர்ந்த கவனித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார், அல்லது வேதனையை வேதனைக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம்
செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
மற்றும் புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில் எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா
வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம் மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம்
செய்கிரார்.
sabbe satta bhavantu sukhi-tatta
TIPITAKA
TIPITAKA AND TWELVE DIVISIONS
Brief historical background
Sutta Pitaka
Vinaya Pitaka
Abhidhamma Pitaka
Twelve Divisions of Buddhist Canons
Nine Divisions of Buddhist Canons
Sutta Piṭaka
— The basket of discourses —Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta (DN 22) {excerpt} - all infobubbles— Attendance on awareness —Kāyānupassanā
F. Navasivathika Pabba F. Section on the nine charnel grounds F. II. Vedanānupassanā
II. Observation of Vedanā - III. Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையை கூர்ந்து கவனித்தல்
>> Sutta Piṭaka >> Digha Nikāya
This sutta is widely considered as a the main reference for meditation practice.
III. Cittānupassanā
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati? |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sa·rāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa·rāgaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vīta·rāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vīta·rāgaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, sa·dosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa·dosaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vīta·dosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vīta·dosaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, sa·mohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa·mohaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vīta·mohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vīta·mohaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘saṅkhittaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vikkhittaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘mahaggataṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, a·mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘a·mahaggataṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, sa·uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa·uttaraṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, an·uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘an·uttaraṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samāhitaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, a·samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘a·samāhitaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vimuttaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, a·vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘a·vimuttaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti. |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā citte cittānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi cittaṃ’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya, a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati. |
|
III. Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையை கூர்ந்து கவனித்தல் மற்றும் மற்றும் இப்போது எவ்வாறு பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, Citta மனம் இவ்வாறு
தமிழ்
இப்போது எவ்வாறு பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலையை in Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார்?
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை rāga ஆர்வ வேட்கையை ” Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை rāga ஆர்வ வேட்கையாக” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது Citta மனம்
அதனுடைய அகநிலை rāga ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றதை, “Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை rāga
ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றது” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது
அதனுடைய அகநிலை “dosa வெறுப்பு ஆர்வ வேட்கையை Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை
dosa வெறுப்பு ஆர்வ வேட்கையாக” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,”Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை dosa வெறுப்பு ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றதை, Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை dosa
வெறுப்பு ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றது” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், அல்லது Citta மனம்
அதனுடைய அகநிலை moha மருட்சி ஆர்வ வேட்கையை “Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை
moha மருட்சி ஆர்வ வேட்கை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,”Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை moha மருட்சி ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றதை, Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை moha
மருட்சி ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றது” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், அல்லது ஒரு சேர்த்த
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு சேர்த்த Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், ஒரு சிதறலான
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு
சிதறலான Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது ஒரு
விரிவாக்கம் செய்த Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு விரிவாக்கம் செய்த
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், ஒரு விரிவாக்கம்
செய்யாத Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு விரிவாக்கம் செய்யாத Citta மனம்
அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது ஒரு மிக மேற்பட்ட Citta மனம்
அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு மிக மேற்பட்ட Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், ஒரு மிக மேற்படாத Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு
மிக மேற்படாத Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது ஒரு
திண்மையான Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு திண்மையான Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், ஒரு திண்மையற்ற Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை “ஒரு திண்மையற்ற Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது ஒரு விடுதலை செய்த Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை
“ஒரு விடுதலை செய்த Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,
ஒரு விடுதலை செய்யாத Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு விடுதலை செய்யாத
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்.
அவர் Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையை in Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில்
கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது அதனுடைய அகநிலையை in Citta
மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் வெளியே கூர்ந்த கவனித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார்;samudaya of phenomena புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க தோற்றம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார், புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க
கழிதல் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார், samudaya
and passing away of phenomena புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க தோற்றம் மற்றும்
கழிதல் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
இல்லாவிடில் “இது citta அகநிலை” என உணர்ந்து, sati விழிப்பு நிலை
அவருக்குள் வந்திருக்கிறது, சும்மா வெறும் ñāṇa ஓர்அளவு ஞானம் மற்றும்
ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார். மற்றும் உலகத்தில்
சிறிதளவாவது பற்றிக்கொள்ளாது,அவ்வாறாக பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, Citta
மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையை in Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து
கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
That number is constantly in flux, because we’re
learning more about the world’s languages every day. And beyond that,
the languages themselves are in flux. They’re living and dynamic, spoken
by communities whose lives are shaped by our rapidly changing world.
This is a fragile time: Roughly 0% of languages are now endangered,
often with less than 1,000 speakers remaining. Meanwhile, just 23
languages account for more than half the world’s population.
When
a just born baby is kept isolated without anyone communicating with the
baby, after a few days it will speak and human natural (Prakrit)
language known as
Classical Magahi Magadhi/
Classical Chandaso language/
Magadhi Prakrit,
Classical Hela Basa (Hela Language),
Classical Pāḷi
which are the same. Buddha spoke in Magadhi. All the 7111 languages and dialects are off shoot of Classical Magahi Magadhi. Hence all of them are Classical in nature (Prakrit) of Human Beings, just like all other living speices have their own naturallanguages for communication. 116 languages are translated by https://translate.google.com
06) Classical Devanagari,Classical Hindi-Devanagari- शास्त्रीय हिंदी,
18) Classical Bosnian-Klasični bosanski,
19) Classical Bulgaria- Класически българск,
26) Classical Croatian-Klasična hrvatska
33) Classical Filipino klassikaline filipiinlane,
34) Classical Finnish- Klassinen suomalainen,
35) Classical French- Français classique,
36) Classical Frisian- Klassike Frysk,
37) Classical Galician-Clásico galego,
38) Classical Georgian-კლასიკური ქართული,
39) Classical German- Klassisches Deutsch,
40) Classical Greek-Κλασσικά Ελληνικά,
41) Classical Gujarati-ક્લાસિકલ ગુજરાતી,
42) Classical Haitian Creole-Klasik kreyòl,
43) Classical Hausa-Hausa Hausa,
44) Classical Hawaiian-Hawaiian Hawaiian,
45) Classical Hebrew- עברית קלאסית
46) Classical Hmong- Lus Hmoob,
47) Classical Hungarian-Klasszikus magyar,
48) Classical Icelandic-Klassísk íslensku,
49) Classical Igbo,Klassískt Igbo,
50) Classical Indonesian-Bahasa Indonesia Klasik,
51) Classical Irish-Indinéisis Clasaiceach,
52) Classical Italian-Italiano classico,
53) Classical Japanese-古典的なイタリア語,
54) Classical Javanese-Klasik Jawa,
55) Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,
56) Classical Kazakh-Классикалық қазақ,
57) Classical Khmer- ខ្មែរបុរាណ,
110) Classical Uyghur,
111) Classical Uzbek-Klassik o’z,
112) Classical Vietnamese-Tiếng Việ,
113) Classical Welsh-Cymraeg Clasurol,
114) Classical Xhosa-IsiXhosa zesiXhosa,
116) Classical Yoruba-Yoruba Yoruba,
117) Classical Zulu-I-Classical Zulu
29) Classical Dutch- Klassiek Nederlands,
How many languages are there in the world?
That number is constantly in flux, because we’re
learning more about the world’s languages every day. And beyond that,
the languages themselves are in flux. They’re living and dynamic, spoken
by communities whose lives are shaped by our rapidly changing world.
This is a fragile time: Roughly 0% of languages are now endangered,
often with less than 1,000 speakers remaining. Meanwhile, just 23
languages account for more than half the world’s population.
When
a just born baby is kept isolated without anyone communicating with the
baby, after a few days it will speak and human natural (Prakrit)
language known as
Classical Magahi Magadhi/
Classical Chandaso language/
Magadhi Prakrit,
Classical Hela Basa (Hela Language),
Classical Pāḷi
which are the same. Buddha spoke in Magadhi. All the 7111 languages and dialects are off shoot of Classical Magahi Magadhi. Hence all of them are Classical in nature (Prakrit) of Human Beings, just like all other living speices have their own naturallanguages for communication. 116 languages are translated by https://translate.google.com
06) Classical Devanagari,Classical Hindi-Devanagari- शास्त्रीय हिंदी,
18) Classical Bosnian-Klasični bosanski,
19) Classical Bulgaria- Класически българск,
26) Classical Croatian-Klasična hrvatska
33) Classical Filipino klassikaline filipiinlane,
34) Classical Finnish- Klassinen suomalainen,
35) Classical French- Français classique,
36) Classical Frisian- Klassike Frysk,
37) Classical Galician-Clásico galego,
38) Classical Georgian-კლასიკური ქართული,
39) Classical German- Klassisches Deutsch,
40) Classical Greek-Κλασσικά Ελληνικά,
41) Classical Gujarati-ક્લાસિકલ ગુજરાતી,
42) Classical Haitian Creole-Klasik kreyòl,
43) Classical Hausa-Hausa Hausa,
44) Classical Hawaiian-Hawaiian Hawaiian,
45) Classical Hebrew- עברית קלאסית
46) Classical Hmong- Lus Hmoob,
47) Classical Hungarian-Klasszikus magyar,
48) Classical Icelandic-Klassísk íslensku,
49) Classical Igbo,Klassískt Igbo,
50) Classical Indonesian-Bahasa Indonesia Klasik,
51) Classical Irish-Indinéisis Clasaiceach,
52) Classical Italian-Italiano classico,
53) Classical Japanese-古典的なイタリア語,
54) Classical Javanese-Klasik Jawa,
55) Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,
56) Classical Kazakh-Классикалық қазақ,
57) Classical Khmer- ខ្មែរបុរាណ,
110) Classical Uyghur,
111) Classical Uzbek-Klassik o’z,
112) Classical Vietnamese-Tiếng Việ,
113) Classical Welsh-Cymraeg Clasurol,
114) Classical Xhosa-IsiXhosa zesiXhosa,
116) Classical Yoruba-Yoruba Yoruba,
117) Classical Zulu-I-Classical Zulu
29) Classical Dutch- Klassiek Nederlands,
(8)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni puñja·kitāni terovassikāni, so imam·eva kāyaṃ
upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’
ti.
(8)
Furthermore, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was
seeing a dead body, cast away in a charnel ground, heaped up bones over a
year old, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of such a
nature, it is going to become like this, and is not free from such a
condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya, a·nissito ca viharati, na
ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும்,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு
பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு இருப்பதைப் பார்த்துக்
கொண்டிருந்தால்,எலும்புகள் ஒரு ஆண்டுக்கு மேலே பழையதாகி குவியல் போல்
இருந்தால், அவர் இந்த மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய ஆழ்ந்து ஆராய: “இந்த
kāya உடல்/காய கூட அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல் உடையதாக இருக்கிறது,
அதுவும் இப்படி ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும் அத்தகைய ஒரு
கட்டுப்பாட்டு வரம்புகளற்ற நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு அவர்
kāya in kāya உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது
காயத்தை காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால்
உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
(9)
Puna
ca·paraṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya
chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇaka·jātāni, so imam·eva kāyaṃ
upasaṃharati: ‘ayaṃ pi kho kāyo evaṃ·dhammo evaṃ·bhāvī evaṃ·an·atīto’
ti.
(9)
Furthermore, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, just as if he was
seeing a dead body, cast away in a charnel ground, rotten bones reduced
to powder, he considers this very kāya: “This kāya also is of such a
nature, it is going to become like this, and is not free from such a
condition.”
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā
kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī
viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,
vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī
vā kāyasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi kāyo’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā
hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya, a·nissito ca viharati, na
ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī viharati.
Thus he dwells observing kāya in kāya
internally, or he dwells observing kāya in kāya externally, or he dwells
observing kāya in kāya internally and externally; he dwells observing
the samudaya of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the passing
away of phenomena in kāya, or he dwells observing the samudaya and
passing away of phenomena in kāya; or else, [realizing:] “this is kāya!”
sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere ñāṇa and mere
paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to anything in the
world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing kāya in kāya.
மேலும்,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒருவேளை அவர் தொலைவான இடத்தில் ஒரு
பிரேதம் இடுகாடு நிலத்தளத்தில் எறியப்பட்டு இருப்பதைப் பார்த்துக்
கொண்டிருந்தால்,சீரழிந்த எலும்புகள் பொடியாகி இருந்தால், அவர் இந்த
மெய்ம்மூலமான kāya உடல்/காய ஆழ்ந்து ஆராய: “இந்த kāya உடல்/காய கூட
அவ்வகைப்பட்ட ஒரு இயற்கை ஆற்றல் உடையதாக இருக்கிறது, அதுவும் இப்படி
ஆகத்தொடங்கு போக இருக்கிறது, மற்றும் அத்தகைய ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டு
வரம்புகளற்ற நிலைமை இருந்து வேறல்ல.
இவ்வாறு அவர் kāya in kāya
உடல்/காயத்தை காயதுக்குள் கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை
காயதுக்கு வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது காயத்தை காயதுக்கு
உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க
எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார், மற்றும் புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்கதை
கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில்
எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம்
மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
________________________________________________________________________________________
II. Vedanānupassanā
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati?
II. Observation of Vedanā
And furthermore, bhikkhus, how does a bhikkhu dwell observing vedanā in vedanā?
Idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sukhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti; dukkhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti; a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno
‘a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ
vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti;
nirāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ
dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti; nirāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā
a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ
vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti; nirāmisaṃ vā a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vedanaṃ
vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ a·dukkham-a·sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ ti pajānāti.
Here,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, experiencing a sukha vedanā, undersands: “I am
experiencing a sukha vedanā”; experiencing a dukkha vedanā, undersands:
“I am experiencing a dukkha vedanā”; experiencing an adukkham-asukhā
vedanā, undersands: “I am experiencing a adukkham-asukhā vedanā”;
experiencing a sukha vedanā sāmisa, undersands: “I am experiencing a
sukha vedanā sāmisa”; experiencing a sukha vedanā nirāmisa, undersands:
“I am experiencing a sukha vedanā nirāmisa”; experiencing a dukkha
vedanā sāmisa, undersands: “I am experiencing a dukkha vedanā sāmisa”;
experiencing a dukkha vedanā nirāmisa, undersands: “I am experiencing a
dukkha vedanā nirāmisa”; experiencing an adukkham-asukhā vedanā sāmisa,
undersands: “I am experiencing a adukkham-asukhā vedanā sāmisa”;
experiencing an adukkham-asukhā vedanā nirāmisa, undersands: “I am
experiencing a adukkham-asukhā vedanā nirāmisa”.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī
viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati;
samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā
vedanāsu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati;
‘atthi vedanā’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva
ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya, a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke
upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī
viharati.
Thus he dwells observing vedanā in vedanā internally,
or he dwells observing vedanā in vedanā externally, or he dwells
observing vedanā in vedanā internally and externally; he dwells
observing the samudaya of phenomena in vedanā, or he dwells observing
the passing away of phenomena in vedanā, or he dwells observing the
samudaya and passing away of phenomena in vedanā; or else, [realizing:]
“this is vedanā!” sati is present in him, just to the extent of mere
ñāṇa and mere paṭissati, he dwells detached, and does not cling to
anything in the world. Thus, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells observing vedanā
in vedanā.
II. வேதனையை கூர்ந்த கவனித்தல்
மற்றும் இப்போது எவ்வாறு பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, vedanā in vedanā வேதனையை வேதனையில் கூர்ந்த கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்?
இங்கு,
பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, ஒரு sukha vedanā சுக வேதனையை
அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு சுக வேதனையை அனுபவிக்றேன் என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்: ஒரு dukkha vedanā துக்க வேதனையை அனுபவிக்கும்போது,
நான் ஒரு துக்க வேதனையை அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்: ஒரு
adukkham-asukhā vedanā அதுக்க-அசுக (துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை
அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு adukkham-asukhā vedanā அதுக்க-அசுக
(துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு sukhā
vedanā sāmisa சுக வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு
sukhā vedanā sāmisa சுக வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு sukhā vedanā nirāmisa சுக வேதனையை உணவை
மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு sukhā vedanā nirāmisa சுக
வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு dukkha
vedanā sāmisa துக்க வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான்
ஒரு dukkha vedanā sāmisa துக்க வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன்
என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு dukkha vedanā nirāmisa துக்க வேதனையை உணவை
மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு dukkha vedanā nirāmisa துக்க
வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு
adukkham-asukhā vedanā sāmisa அதுக்க-அசுக (துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை உணவை
மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு adukkham-asukhā vedanā sāmisa
அதுக்க-அசுக (துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:ஒரு adukkham-asukhā vedanā nirāmisa அதுக்க-அசுக
(துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை உணவை மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்கும்போது, நான் ஒரு
adukkham-asukhā vedanā nirāmisa அதுக்க-அசுக (துக்க-சுகமற்ற) வேதனையை
உணவை மனப்பற்றறுடன் அனுபவிக்றேன் என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்:
இவ்வாறு
அவர் vedanā in vedanā வேதனையை வேதனையில் கூர்ந்த கவனித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார், அல்லது வேதனையை வேதனைக்கு வெளியே கூர்ந்த கவனித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார், அல்லது வேதனையை வேதனைக்கு உள்ளே மற்றும் வெளியே கண்காணி வாசம்
செய்கிரார்;புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க எழுச்சி கண்காணி வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
மற்றும் புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்கதை கடந்துசெல்லுவதை கண்காணித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார்; இல்லாவிடில் எச்சரிக்கையாயிருக்கிற உணர் உடனிருக்கிறதை,சும்மா
வெறும் ஓர்அளவு ஞானம் மற்றும் ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம்
செய்கிரார்.
sabbe satta bhavantu sukhi-tatta
TIPITAKA
TIPITAKA AND TWELVE DIVISIONS
Brief historical background
Sutta Pitaka
Vinaya Pitaka
Abhidhamma Pitaka
Twelve Divisions of Buddhist Canons
Nine Divisions of Buddhist Canons
Sutta Piṭaka
— The basket of discourses —Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta (DN 22) {excerpt} - all infobubbles— Attendance on awareness —Kāyānupassanā
F. Navasivathika Pabba F. Section on the nine charnel grounds F. II. Vedanānupassanā
II. Observation of Vedanā - III. Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையை கூர்ந்து கவனித்தல்
>> Sutta Piṭaka >> Digha Nikāya
This sutta is widely considered as a the main reference for meditation practice.
III. Cittānupassanā
Kathaṃ ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati? |
|
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sa·rāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa·rāgaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vīta·rāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vīta·rāgaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, sa·dosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa·dosaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vīta·dosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vīta·dosaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, sa·mohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa·mohaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vīta·mohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vīta·mohaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘saṅkhittaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vikkhittaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘mahaggataṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, a·mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘a·mahaggataṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, sa·uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa·uttaraṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, an·uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘an·uttaraṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samāhitaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, a·samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘a·samāhitaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vimuttaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti, a·vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘a·vimuttaṃ cittaṃ’ ti pajānāti. |
|
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā citte cittānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati; samudaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhamm·ānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati; ‘atthi cittaṃ’ ti vā pan·assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, yāvadeva ñāṇa·mattāya paṭissati·mattāya, a·nissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam·pi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati. |
|
III. Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையை கூர்ந்து கவனித்தல் மற்றும் மற்றும் இப்போது எவ்வாறு பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, Citta மனம் இவ்வாறு
தமிழ்
இப்போது எவ்வாறு பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலையை in Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார்?
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை rāga ஆர்வ வேட்கையை ” Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை rāga ஆர்வ வேட்கையாக” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது Citta மனம்
அதனுடைய அகநிலை rāga ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றதை, “Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை rāga
ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றது” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது
அதனுடைய அகநிலை “dosa வெறுப்பு ஆர்வ வேட்கையை Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை
dosa வெறுப்பு ஆர்வ வேட்கையாக” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,”Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை dosa வெறுப்பு ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றதை, Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை dosa
வெறுப்பு ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றது” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், அல்லது Citta மனம்
அதனுடைய அகநிலை moha மருட்சி ஆர்வ வேட்கையை “Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை
moha மருட்சி ஆர்வ வேட்கை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,”Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை moha மருட்சி ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றதை, Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை moha
மருட்சி ஆர்வ வேட்கையற்றது” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், அல்லது ஒரு சேர்த்த
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு சேர்த்த Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், ஒரு சிதறலான
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு
சிதறலான Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது ஒரு
விரிவாக்கம் செய்த Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு விரிவாக்கம் செய்த
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், ஒரு விரிவாக்கம்
செய்யாத Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு விரிவாக்கம் செய்யாத Citta மனம்
அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது ஒரு மிக மேற்பட்ட Citta மனம்
அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு மிக மேற்பட்ட Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், ஒரு மிக மேற்படாத Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு
மிக மேற்படாத Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது ஒரு
திண்மையான Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு திண்மையான Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார், ஒரு திண்மையற்ற Citta மனம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலை “ஒரு திண்மையற்ற Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என
புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,அல்லது ஒரு விடுதலை செய்த Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை
“ஒரு விடுதலை செய்த Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்,
ஒரு விடுதலை செய்யாத Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை “ஒரு விடுதலை செய்யாத
Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலை” என புரிந்துகொள்கிரார்.
அவர் Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையை in Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில்
கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார், அல்லது அதனுடைய அகநிலையை in Citta
மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் வெளியே கூர்ந்த கவனித்து வாசம்
செய்கிரார்;samudaya of phenomena புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க தோற்றம் அதனுடைய
அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார், புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க
கழிதல் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார், samudaya
and passing away of phenomena புலன்களால் உணரத்தக்க தோற்றம் மற்றும்
கழிதல் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்,
இல்லாவிடில் “இது citta அகநிலை” என உணர்ந்து, sati விழிப்பு நிலை
அவருக்குள் வந்திருக்கிறது, சும்மா வெறும் ñāṇa ஓர்அளவு ஞானம் மற்றும்
ஓர்அளவு paṭissati என எண்ணி பற்றறு வாசம் செய்கிரார். மற்றும் உலகத்தில்
சிறிதளவாவது பற்றிக்கொள்ளாது,அவ்வாறாக பிக்குக்களுக்களே, ஒரு பிக்கு, Citta
மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையை in Citta மனம் அதனுடைய அகநிலையில் கூர்ந்து
கவனித்து வாசம் செய்கிரார்.
Best Birthday Wishes for Sashikanth Chandrasekharan
May he be ever happy, well and secure,
May he live long at least for 150 years with the help of NAD pills!
May he have calm, quiet, alert, attentive and equanimity mind with a clear understanding that every theing is changing!
form
Appa, Amma, Pradeep, Banu, Shifu, Tushar, Harshith, Pranay, Vinay and all relatives and friend’s
ℜ𝔢𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔦𝔬𝔫𝔰, ℜ𝔞𝔠𝔦𝔰𝔪, 𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔮𝔲𝔞𝔩𝔦𝔱𝔶, 𝔠𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔦𝔰𝔪,
𝔚𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢
𝔄𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢
𝔄𝔫𝔡
𝔚𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔠𝔬𝔫𝔱𝔦𝔫𝔲𝔢 𝔱𝔬 𝔟𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢!
𝔇𝔯
𝔅.ℜ.𝔄𝔪𝔟𝔢𝔡𝔨𝔞𝔯 𝔱𝔥𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔢𝔡 “𝔐𝔞𝔦𝔫 𝔅𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔞𝔱
𝔅𝔞𝔲𝔡𝔥𝔪𝔞𝔶 𝔨𝔞𝔯𝔲𝔫𝔤𝔞.” (ℑ 𝔴𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔪𝔞𝔨𝔢 ℑ𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔞
𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔦𝔰𝔱)
𝔄𝔩𝔩 𝔄𝔟𝔬𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔦𝔫𝔞𝔩 𝔄𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔡
𝔖𝔬𝔠𝔦𝔢𝔱𝔦𝔢𝔰 𝔗𝔥𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯 ” ℌ𝔲𝔪 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔭𝔞𝔫𝔠𝔥
𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔟𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔅𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔪𝔞𝔶 𝔨𝔞𝔯𝔲𝔫𝔤𝔢.” (𝔚𝔢 𝔴𝔦𝔩𝔩
𝔪𝔞𝔨𝔢 𝔴𝔬𝔯𝔩𝔡 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔟𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔭𝔞𝔫𝔠𝔥
ℑ𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔥𝔞𝔭𝔭𝔢𝔫𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔯𝔬𝔲𝔤𝔥 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔟𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔅𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔞𝔱 𝔖𝔞𝔪𝔢𝔩𝔞𝔫𝔰
ℜ𝔢𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔦𝔬𝔫𝔰, ℜ𝔞𝔠𝔦𝔰𝔪, 𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔮𝔲𝔞𝔩𝔦𝔱𝔶, 𝔠𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔦𝔰𝔪,
𝔚𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔫𝔬𝔱 𝔱𝔬 𝔟𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢!
How many languages are there in the world?
That number is constantly in flux, because we’re
learning more about the world’s languages every day. And beyond that,
the languages themselves are in flux. They’re living and dynamic, spoken
by communities whose lives are shaped by our rapidly changing world.
This is a fragile time: Roughly 0% of languages are now endangered,
often with less than 1,000 speakers remaining. Meanwhile, just 23
languages account for more than half the world’s population.
When
a just born baby is kept isolated without anyone communicating with the
baby, after a few days it will speak and human natural (Prakrit)
language known as
Classical Magahi Magadhi/
Classical Chandaso language/
Magadhi Prakrit,
Classical Hela Basa (Hela Language),
Classical Pāḷi
which are the same. Buddha spoke in Magadhi. All the 7111 languages and dialects are off shoot of Classical Magahi Magadhi. Hence all of them are Classical in nature (Prakrit) of Human Beings, just like all other living speices have their own naturallanguages for communication. 116 languages are translated by https://translate.google.com
06) Classical Devanagari,Classical Hindi-Devanagari- शास्त्रीय हिंदी,
18) Classical Bosnian-Klasični bosanski,
19) Classical Bulgaria- Класически българск,
26) Classical Croatian-Klasična hrvatska
33) Classical Filipino klassikaline filipiinlane,
34) Classical Finnish- Klassinen suomalainen,
35) Classical French- Français classique,
36) Classical Frisian- Klassike Frysk,
37) Classical Galician-Clásico galego,
38) Classical Georgian-კლასიკური ქართული,
39) Classical German- Klassisches Deutsch,
40) Classical Greek-Κλασσικά Ελληνικά,
41) Classical Gujarati-ક્લાસિકલ ગુજરાતી,
42) Classical Haitian Creole-Klasik kreyòl,
43) Classical Hausa-Hausa Hausa,
44) Classical Hawaiian-Hawaiian Hawaiian,
45) Classical Hebrew- עברית קלאסית
46) Classical Hmong- Lus Hmoob,
47) Classical Hungarian-Klasszikus magyar,
48) Classical Icelandic-Klassísk íslensku,
49) Classical Igbo,Klassískt Igbo,
50) Classical Indonesian-Bahasa Indonesia Klasik,
51) Classical Irish-Indinéisis Clasaiceach,
52) Classical Italian-Italiano classico,
53) Classical Japanese-古典的なイタリア語,
54) Classical Javanese-Klasik Jawa,
55) Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,
56) Classical Kazakh-Классикалық қазақ,
57) Classical Khmer- ខ្មែរបុរាណ,
110) Classical Uyghur,
111) Classical Uzbek-Klassik o’z,
112) Classical Vietnamese-Tiếng Việ,
113) Classical Welsh-Cymraeg Clasurol,
114) Classical Xhosa-IsiXhosa zesiXhosa,
116) Classical Yoruba-Yoruba Yoruba,
117) Classical Zulu-I-Classical Zulu
ℜ𝔢𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔦𝔬𝔫𝔰, ℜ𝔞𝔠𝔦𝔰𝔪, 𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔮𝔲𝔞𝔩𝔦𝔱𝔶, 𝔠𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔦𝔰𝔪,
𝔚𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢
𝔄𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢
𝔄𝔫𝔡
𝔚𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔠𝔬𝔫𝔱𝔦𝔫𝔲𝔢 𝔱𝔬 𝔟𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢!
𝔇𝔯
𝔅.ℜ.𝔄𝔪𝔟𝔢𝔡𝔨𝔞𝔯 𝔱𝔥𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔢𝔡 “𝔐𝔞𝔦𝔫 𝔅𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔞𝔱
𝔅𝔞𝔲𝔡𝔥𝔪𝔞𝔶 𝔨𝔞𝔯𝔲𝔫𝔤𝔞.” (ℑ 𝔴𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔪𝔞𝔨𝔢 ℑ𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔞
𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔦𝔰𝔱)
𝔄𝔩𝔩 𝔄𝔟𝔬𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔦𝔫𝔞𝔩 𝔄𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔡
𝔖𝔬𝔠𝔦𝔢𝔱𝔦𝔢𝔰 𝔗𝔥𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯 ” ℌ𝔲𝔪 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔭𝔞𝔫𝔠𝔥
𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔟𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔅𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔪𝔞𝔶 𝔨𝔞𝔯𝔲𝔫𝔤𝔢.” (𝔚𝔢 𝔴𝔦𝔩𝔩
𝔪𝔞𝔨𝔢 𝔴𝔬𝔯𝔩𝔡 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔟𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔭𝔞𝔫𝔠𝔥
ℑ𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔥𝔞𝔭𝔭𝔢𝔫𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔯𝔬𝔲𝔤𝔥 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔟𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔅𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔞𝔱 𝔖𝔞𝔪𝔢𝔩𝔞𝔫𝔰
ℜ𝔢𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔦𝔬𝔫𝔰, ℜ𝔞𝔠𝔦𝔰𝔪, 𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔮𝔲𝔞𝔩𝔦𝔱𝔶, 𝔠𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔦𝔰𝔪,
𝔚𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔫𝔬𝔱 𝔱𝔬 𝔟𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢!
𝑅𝑒𝓁𝒾𝑔𝒾𝑜𝓃𝓈, 𝑅𝒶𝒸𝑒𝓈,𝒞𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓈,𝐼𝓃𝑒𝓆𝓊𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓉𝒾𝑒𝓈,
𝒲𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒜𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒜𝓃𝒹
𝒲𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓉𝒾𝓃𝓊𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒!
𝒟𝓇
𝐵.𝑅.𝒜𝓂𝒷𝑒𝒹𝓀𝒶𝓇 𝓉𝒽𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒹 “𝑀𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝐵𝒽𝒶𝓇𝒶𝓉
𝐵𝒶𝓊𝒹𝒽𝓂𝒶𝓎 𝓀𝒶𝓇𝓊𝓃𝑔𝒶.” (𝐼 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝓂𝒶𝓀𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈
𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓃𝓉𝓇𝓎 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒾𝓈𝓉)
𝒜𝓁𝓁 𝒜𝒷𝑜𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒾𝓃𝒶𝓁
𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒮𝑜𝒸𝒾𝑒𝓉𝒾𝑒𝓈 𝒯𝒽𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇 ” 𝐻𝓊𝓂
𝒫𝓇𝒶𝓅𝒶𝓃𝒸𝒽 𝒫𝓇𝒶𝒷𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝐵𝒽𝒶𝓇𝒶𝓉𝓂𝒶𝓎 𝓀𝒶𝓇𝓊𝓃𝑔𝑒.”
(𝒲𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝓂𝒶𝓀𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜𝓁𝑒 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓁𝒹 𝒫𝓇𝒶𝒷𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶
𝒫𝓇𝒶𝓅𝒶𝓃𝒸𝒽
𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒽𝒶𝓅𝓅𝑒𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝓇𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽 𝒫𝓇𝒶𝒷𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝐵𝒽𝒶𝓇𝒶𝓉 𝒮𝒶𝓂𝑒𝓁𝒶𝓃𝓈
𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓃
𝑅𝑒𝓁𝒾𝑔𝒾𝑜𝓃𝓈, 𝑅𝒶𝒸𝑒𝓈, 𝒞𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝐼𝓃𝑒𝓆𝓊𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓉𝒾𝑒𝓈
𝒲𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒!
𝐵𝒽𝒶𝑔𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓃 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝒮𝒶𝓎𝓈
“𝑀𝓎
𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝓉𝓌𝑜 𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈
𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒶 𝓅𝑒𝓇𝓈𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝓈𝒽𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝒶𝓋𝑜𝒾𝒹.
𝒲𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝓉𝓌𝑜? 𝒪𝓃𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝓁𝓊𝓃𝑔𝑒 𝑜𝓃𝑒𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻 𝒾𝓃𝓉𝑜
𝓈𝑒𝓃𝓈𝓊𝒶𝓁 𝓅𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝓊𝓇𝑒𝓈. 𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝑜
𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒 𝒶𝓊𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓉𝒾𝑒𝓈 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒹𝑒𝓅𝓇𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝒷𝑜𝒹𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝒾𝓉𝓈 𝓃𝑒𝑒𝒹𝓈. 𝐵𝑜𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒
𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒻𝒶𝒾𝓁𝓊𝓇𝑒.
“𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽
𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑀𝒾𝒹𝒹𝓁𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎,
𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒶𝓋𝑜𝒾𝒹𝓈 𝒷𝑜𝓉𝒽 𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝒸𝒶𝓅𝒶𝒸𝒾𝓉𝓎 𝓉𝑜 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔,
𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒. 𝐼𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒
𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝒫𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔,
𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽𝓉, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓈𝓅𝑒𝑒𝒸𝒽, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉
𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓁𝒾𝒽𝑜𝑜𝒹, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝑒𝒻𝒻𝑜𝓇𝓉,
𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉
𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒸𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃. 𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓁𝓁𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈
𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓏𝑒𝒹
𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒.
𝒯𝒽𝑒
𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝓍𝒾𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔.
𝐵𝒾𝓇𝓉𝒽, 𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝒶𝑔𝑒, 𝓈𝒾𝒸𝓀𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝑒𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓇𝑒
𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒮𝒶𝒹𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝑔𝑒𝓇, 𝒿𝑒𝒶𝓁𝑜𝓊𝓈𝓎,
𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓇𝓎, 𝒶𝓃𝓍𝒾𝑒𝓉𝓎, 𝒻𝑒𝒶𝓇, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝓅𝒶𝒾𝓇 𝒶𝓇𝑒
𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒮𝑒𝓅𝒶𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒𝒹 𝑜𝓃𝑒𝓈
𝒾𝓈 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒜𝓈𝓈𝑜𝒸𝒾𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑜𝓈𝑒
𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝓁𝒾𝓀𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒟𝑒𝓈𝒾𝓇𝑒,
𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝒸𝒽𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒸𝓁𝒾𝓃𝑔𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝒾𝓋𝑒
𝒶𝑔𝑔𝓇𝑒𝑔𝒶𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔.
“𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝑒𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝓇𝑒𝓋𝑒𝒶𝓁𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝒸𝒶𝓊𝓈𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝐵𝑒𝒸𝒶𝓊𝓈𝑒 𝑜𝒻
𝒾𝑔𝓃𝑜𝓇𝒶𝓃𝒸𝑒, 𝓅𝑒𝑜𝓅𝓁𝑒 𝒸𝒶𝓃𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝓈𝑒𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽
𝒶𝒷𝑜𝓊𝓉 𝓁𝒾𝒻𝑒, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝒷𝑒𝒸𝑜𝓂𝑒 𝒸𝒶𝓊𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒾𝓃
𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝓁𝒶𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝑜𝒻 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝒾𝓇𝑒, 𝒶𝓃𝑔𝑒𝓇, 𝒿𝑒𝒶𝓁𝑜𝓊𝓈𝓎,
𝑔𝓇𝒾𝑒𝒻, 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓇𝓎, 𝒻𝑒𝒶𝓇, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝓅𝒶𝒾𝓇.
“𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓇𝒹 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔.
𝒰𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔
𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓁𝒾𝒻𝑒 𝒷𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝒶𝒷𝑜𝓊𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝑔𝓇𝒾𝑒𝒻 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝑜𝓇𝓇𝑜𝓌 𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝑔𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓈 𝓇𝒾𝓈𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒿𝑜𝓎.
“𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽
𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻
𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝐼𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹
𝒫𝒶𝓉𝒽, 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒿𝓊𝓈𝓉 𝑒𝓍𝓅𝓁𝒶𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹. 𝒯𝒽𝑒
𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝒫𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓊𝓇𝒾𝓈𝒽𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝓎
𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓁𝓎. 𝑀𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹𝓈 𝓉𝑜
𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒸𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽
𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂 𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝓅𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝓈𝑜𝓇𝓇𝑜𝓌 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒿𝑜𝓎. 𝐼
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝑔𝓊𝒾𝒹𝑒 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒶𝓁𝑜𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻
𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓏𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃.
“𝒱𝒾𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒, 𝒾𝓃𝓈𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉
𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒, 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑒𝓇𝓃𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒, 𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌𝓁𝑒𝒹𝑔𝑒
𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒, 𝒾𝓁𝓁𝓊𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃 𝓂𝑒
𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓇𝑒𝑔𝒶𝓇𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝓃𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓇 𝒽𝑒𝒶𝓇𝒹
𝒷𝑒𝒻𝑜𝓇𝑒: ‘𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝒽𝒶𝓈
𝒷𝑒𝑒𝓃 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓅𝓇𝑒𝒽𝑒𝓃𝒹𝑒𝒹.’
“𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽
𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈: 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓉𝑒 𝒻𝒶𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔 & 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃,
𝓇𝑒𝓃𝓊𝓃𝒸𝒾𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝒾𝓃𝓆𝓊𝒾𝓈𝒽𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉, 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒,
& 𝓁𝑒𝓉𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝑔𝑜 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝒸𝓇𝒶𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔.
𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻
𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝒽𝒶𝓈 𝒷𝑒𝑒𝓃 𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓏𝑒𝒹. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝒶𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒
𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈.
“𝒜𝓈
𝓈𝑜𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓈 𝓂𝓎 𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌𝓁𝑒𝒹𝑔𝑒 & 𝓋𝒾𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃
𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒸𝑒𝓇𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽𝓈 𝒶𝓈
𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒—𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓁𝓎 𝓅𝓊𝓇𝑒,
𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝐼 𝒹𝒾𝒹 𝒸𝓁𝒶𝒾𝓂 𝓉𝑜 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓇𝑒𝒸𝓉𝓁𝓎
𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻-𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔
𝓊𝓃𝑒𝓍𝒸𝑒𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑜𝓈𝓂𝑜𝓈 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝒾𝓉𝓈
𝓊𝓃𝓈𝑒𝑒𝓃 𝑔𝓊𝒾𝒹𝑒𝓈, 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓉𝑒𝓂𝓅𝓁𝒶𝓉𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓈,
𝒷𝓇𝒶𝒽𝓂𝒶𝓃𝓈, 𝒾𝓉𝓈 𝓇𝑜𝓎𝒶𝓁𝓉𝓎 & 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓂𝑜𝓃𝒻𝑜𝓁𝓀.
𝒦𝓃𝑜𝓌𝓁𝑒𝒹𝑔𝑒 & 𝓋𝒾𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒 𝒾𝓃 𝓂𝑒:
‘𝒰𝓃𝓈𝒽𝒶𝓀𝒶𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓂𝓎 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝓂𝓎
𝓁𝒶𝓈𝓉 𝒷𝒾𝓇𝓉𝒽. 𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓌 𝓃𝑜 𝓇𝑒𝓃𝑒𝓌𝑒𝒹
𝑒𝓍𝒾𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓃𝒸𝑒.”
𝒲𝒽𝒾𝓁𝑒 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓈
𝑒𝓍𝓅𝓁𝒶𝒾𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐹𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝒯𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽𝓈, 𝑜𝓃𝑒
𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈, 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝓈𝓊𝒹𝒹𝑒𝓃𝓁𝓎 𝒻𝑒𝓁𝓉 𝒶
𝑔𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓉 𝓈𝒽𝒾𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝑜𝓌𝓃 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹. 𝐻𝑒
𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝓉𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒽𝑒 𝒽𝒶𝒹
𝓈𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝓈𝑜 𝓁𝑜𝓃𝑔. 𝐻𝒾𝓈 𝒻𝒶𝒸𝑒 𝒷𝑒𝒶𝓂𝑒𝒹 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽
𝒿𝑜𝓎. 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓅𝑜𝒾𝓃𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓉 𝒽𝒾𝓂 𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝒸𝓇𝒾𝑒𝒹, “𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶! 𝒴𝑜𝓊’𝓋𝑒 𝑔𝑜𝓉 𝒾𝓉! 𝒴𝑜𝓊’𝓋𝑒
𝑔𝑜𝓉 𝒾𝓉!”
𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝒿𝑜𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓅𝒶𝓁𝓂𝓈
𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒷𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝑒𝒻𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶. 𝒲𝒾𝓉𝒽
𝒹𝑒𝑒𝓅𝑒𝓈𝓉 𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓅𝑒𝒸𝓉, 𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝓅𝑜𝓀𝑒, “𝒱𝑒𝓃𝑒𝓇𝒶𝒷𝓁𝑒
𝒢𝒶𝓊𝓉𝒶𝓂𝒶, 𝓅𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒 𝒶𝒸𝒸𝑒𝓅𝓉 𝓂𝑒 𝒶𝓈 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓇
𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒. 𝐼 𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓇
𝑔𝓊𝒾𝒹𝒶𝓃𝒸𝑒, 𝐼 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒢𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓉
𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔.”
𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝒻𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈
𝒶𝓁𝓈𝑜 𝒷𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓉 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝒻𝑒𝑒𝓉, 𝒿𝑜𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹
𝓉𝒽𝑒𝒾𝓇 𝓅𝒶𝓁𝓂𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒶𝓈𝓀𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒 𝓇𝑒𝒸𝑒𝒾𝓋𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓈
𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓈. 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶 𝓈𝒶𝒾𝒹, “𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈!
𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓁𝒹𝓇𝑒𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓋𝒾𝓁𝓁𝒶𝑔𝑒 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝑔𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓃
𝓂𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓃𝒶𝓂𝑒 ‘𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶.” 𝒴𝑜𝓊 𝓉𝑜𝑜 𝓂𝒶𝓎
𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝓂𝑒 𝒷𝓎 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝓃𝒶𝓂𝑒 𝒾𝒻 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓁𝒾𝓀𝑒.”
𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝒶𝓈𝓀𝑒𝒹, “𝒟𝑜𝑒𝓈𝓃’𝓉 ‘𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’ 𝓂𝑒𝒶𝓃 ‘𝒪𝓃𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜 𝒾𝓈 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹’?”
“𝒯𝒽𝒶𝓉
𝒾𝓈 𝒸𝑜𝓇𝓇𝑒𝒸𝓉, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉
𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒹 ‘𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎 𝑜𝒻
𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔.’ 𝒲𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒹𝑜 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃𝓀 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈
𝓃𝒶𝓂𝑒?”
“’𝒪𝓃𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜 𝒾𝓈 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹’! ‘𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎
𝑜𝒻 𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔’! 𝒲𝑜𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝒻𝓊𝓁! 𝒲𝑜𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝒻𝓊𝓁!
𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝓃𝒶𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝑒, 𝓎𝑒𝓉 𝓈𝒾𝓂𝓅𝓁𝑒. 𝒲𝑒
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒽𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒾𝓁𝓎 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶, 𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎 𝑜𝒻
𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒜𝓈 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒿𝓊𝓈𝓉 𝓈𝒶𝒾𝒹, 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽
𝒹𝒶𝓎 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓁𝓎 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝒷𝒶𝓈𝒾𝓈 𝑜𝒻
𝓈𝓅𝒾𝓇𝒾𝓉𝓊𝒶𝓁 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒.” 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈
𝓌𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒶𝒸𝒸𝑒𝓅𝓉 𝒢𝒶𝓊𝓉𝒶𝓂𝒶 𝒶𝓈
𝓉𝒽𝑒𝒾𝓇 𝓉𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝒽𝒾𝓂 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶.
𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓈𝓂𝒾𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓂.”
𝒫𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒, 𝒷𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓃 𝑜𝓅𝑒𝓃
𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒾𝓃𝓉𝑒𝓁𝓁𝒾𝑔𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝓈𝓅𝒾𝓇𝒾𝓉, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝓇𝑒𝑒
𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓉𝒽𝓈 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝓊𝒾𝓉
𝑜𝒻 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃.”
𝒮𝓊𝓉𝓉𝒶 𝒫𝒾ṭ𝒶𝓀𝒶-𝒟𝒾𝑔𝒽𝒶 𝒩𝒾𝓀ā𝓎𝒶
𝒟𝒩 𝟣𝟨 - (𝒟 𝒾𝒾 𝟣𝟥𝟩)
𝑀𝒶𝒽ā𝓅𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓃𝒾𝒷𝒷ā𝓃𝒶 𝒮𝓊𝓉𝓉𝒶
{𝑒𝓍𝒸𝑒𝓇𝓅𝓉𝓈}
— 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝓁𝒶𝓈𝓉 𝒾𝓃𝓈𝓉𝓇𝓊𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃𝓈 —
[𝓂𝒶𝒽ā-𝓅𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓃𝒾𝒷𝒷ā𝓃𝒶]
𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈
𝓈𝓊𝓉𝓉𝒶 𝑔𝒶𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈 𝓋𝒶𝓇𝒾𝑜𝓊𝓈 𝒾𝓃𝓈𝓉𝓇𝓊𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃𝓈
𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝑔𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝒶𝓀𝑒 𝑜𝒻
𝒻𝑜𝓁𝓁𝑜𝓌𝑒𝓇𝓈 𝒶𝒻𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓅𝒶𝓈𝓈𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓎, 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽
𝓂𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓈 𝒾𝓉 𝒷𝑒 𝒶 𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝒾𝓂𝓅𝑜𝓇𝓉𝒶𝓃𝓉 𝓈𝑒𝓉 𝑜𝒻
𝒾𝓃𝓈𝓉𝓇𝓊𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃𝓈 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝓊𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓌𝒶𝒹𝒶𝓎𝓈.
𝐼
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝑒𝓍𝓅𝑜𝓊𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂ā𝒹ā𝓈𝒶,
𝓅𝑜𝓈𝓈𝑒𝓈𝓈𝑒𝒹 𝑜𝒻 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓎𝒶𝓈ā𝓋𝒶𝓀𝒶, 𝒾𝒻
𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝑜 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝒾𝓇𝑒𝓈, 𝒸𝒶𝓃 𝒹𝑒𝒸𝓁𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝒽𝒾𝓂𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻:
‘𝐹𝑜𝓇 𝓂𝑒, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓃𝒾𝓇𝒶𝓎𝒶, 𝓃𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒
𝓉𝒾𝓇𝒶𝒸𝒸𝒽ā𝓃𝒶-𝓎𝑜𝓃𝒾, 𝓃𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓅𝑒𝓉𝓉𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓈𝒶𝓎𝒶, 𝓃𝑜
𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓉𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓊𝓃𝒽𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒾𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈, 𝑜𝒻
𝓂𝒾𝓈𝒻𝑜𝓇𝓉𝓊𝓃𝑒, 𝑜𝒻 𝓂𝒾𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓎, 𝐼 𝒶𝓂 𝒶 𝓈𝑜𝓉ā𝓅𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶,
𝒷𝓎 𝓃𝒶𝓉𝓊𝓇𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝑒𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝑜𝒻 𝓂𝒾𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓎,
𝒸𝑒𝓇𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝒶𝓂𝒷𝑜𝒹𝒽𝒾.
𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝓌𝒽𝒶𝓉, Ā𝓃𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒶, 𝒾𝓈
𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉
𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒾𝓈
𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂ā𝒹ā𝓈𝒶, 𝓅𝑜𝓈𝓈𝑒𝓈𝓈𝑒𝒹 𝑜𝒻 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽
𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓎𝒶𝓈ā𝓋𝒶𝓀𝒶, 𝒾𝒻 𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝑜 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝒾𝓇𝑒𝓈, 𝒸𝒶𝓃
𝒹𝑒𝒸𝓁𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝒽𝒾𝓂𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻: ‘𝐹𝑜𝓇 𝓂𝑒, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜
𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓃𝒾𝓇𝒶𝓎𝒶, 𝓃𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒾𝓇𝒶𝒸𝒸𝒽ā𝓃𝒶-𝓎𝑜𝓃𝒾, 𝓃𝑜
𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓅𝑒𝓉𝓉𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓈𝒶𝓎𝒶, 𝓃𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓉𝑒 𝑜𝒻
𝓊𝓃𝒽𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒾𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈, 𝑜𝒻 𝓂𝒾𝓈𝒻𝑜𝓇𝓉𝓊𝓃𝑒, 𝑜𝒻 𝓂𝒾𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓎,
𝐼. 𝒶𝓂 𝒶 𝓈𝑜𝓉ā𝓅𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶, 𝒷𝓎 𝓃𝒶𝓉𝓊𝓇𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝑒𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂
𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝑜𝒻 𝓂𝒾𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓎, 𝒸𝑒𝓇𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔
𝒹𝑒𝓈𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝒶𝓂𝒷𝑜𝒹𝒽𝒾?
𝐻𝑒𝓇𝑒, Ā𝓃𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒶, 𝒶𝓃 𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓎𝒶𝓈ā𝓋𝒶𝓀𝒶 𝒾𝓈 𝑒𝓃𝒹𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓋𝑒𝒸𝒸𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒶𝓈ā𝒹𝒶:
𝐻𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝑒𝓃𝒹𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝑒 𝒶𝓋𝑒𝒸𝒸𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒶𝓈ā𝒹𝒶:
𝐻𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝑒𝓃𝒹𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒮𝒶ṅ𝑔𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓋𝑒𝒸𝒸𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒶𝓈ā𝒹𝒶:
𝐻𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝑒𝓃𝒹𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒶 𝓈ī𝓁𝒶 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝒶𝑔𝓇𝑒𝑒𝒶𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓎𝒶𝓈,
𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈,
Ā𝓃𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒶, 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶
𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂ā𝒹ā𝓈𝒶, 𝓅𝑜𝓈𝓈𝑒𝓈𝓈𝑒𝒹 𝑜𝒻
𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓎𝒶𝓈ā𝓋𝒶𝓀𝒶, 𝒾𝒻 𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝑜 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝒾𝓇𝑒𝓈,
𝒸𝒶𝓃 𝒹𝑒𝒸𝓁𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝒽𝒾𝓂𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻: ‘𝐹𝑜𝓇 𝓂𝑒, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓃𝒾𝓇𝒶𝓎𝒶, 𝓃𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒
𝓉𝒾𝓇𝒶𝒸𝒸𝒽ā𝓃𝒶-𝓎𝑜𝓃𝒾, 𝓃𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓅𝑒𝓉𝓉𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓈𝒶𝓎𝒶, 𝓃𝑜
𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓉𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓊𝓃𝒽𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒾𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈, 𝑜𝒻
𝓂𝒾𝓈𝒻𝑜𝓇𝓉𝓊𝓃𝑒, 𝑜𝒻 𝓂𝒾𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓎, 𝐼 𝒶𝓂 𝒶 𝓈𝑜𝓉ā𝓅𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶,
𝒷𝓎 𝓃𝒶𝓉𝓊𝓇𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝑒𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝑜𝒻 𝓂𝒾𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓎,
𝒸𝑒𝓇𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝒶𝓂𝒷𝑜𝒹𝒽𝒾.
𝒮𝒶𝓉𝑜
𝓈𝒽𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓇𝑒𝓂𝒶𝒾𝓃, 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝓈𝒶𝓂𝓅𝒶𝒿ā𝓃𝑜𝓈. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝒾𝓃𝓉𝓇𝓊𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝑜
𝓎𝑜𝓊.
𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝑜𝓌, 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓈, 𝒾𝓈 𝒶 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊 𝓈𝒶𝓉𝑜? 𝐻𝑒𝓇𝑒, 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓈, 𝒶 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊
𝒯𝒽𝓊𝓈,
𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓈, 𝒾𝓈 𝒶 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊 𝓈𝒶𝓉𝑜. 𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝑜𝓌,
𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓈, 𝒾𝓈 𝒶 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊 𝓈𝒶𝓂𝓅𝒶𝒿ā𝓃𝑜? 𝐻𝑒𝓇𝑒,
𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓈,
𝒯𝒽𝓊𝓈, 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓈, 𝒾𝓈 𝒶
𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊 𝓈𝒶𝓂𝓅𝒶𝒿ā𝓃𝑜. 𝒮𝒶𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝒽𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝓎𝑜𝓊
𝓇𝑒𝓂𝒶𝒾𝓃, 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝒶𝓂𝓅𝒶𝒿ā𝓃𝑜𝓈. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈
𝒾𝓈 𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝒾𝓃𝓉𝓇𝓊𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝑜 𝓎𝑜𝓊.
– 𝒜𝓃𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒶, 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓉𝓌𝒾𝓃 𝓈𝒶𝓁𝒶
𝓉𝓇𝑒𝑒𝓈
𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝒾𝓃 𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓁 𝒷𝓁𝑜𝑜𝓂, 𝓉𝒽𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽 𝒾𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝓈𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝒻𝓁𝑜𝓌𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒷𝓁𝑜𝓈𝓈𝑜𝓂𝓈
𝓇𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝓊𝓅𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒷𝑜𝒹𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒯𝒶𝓉𝒽𝒶𝑔𝒶𝓉𝒶 𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝒹𝓇𝑜𝓅 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝒸𝒶𝓉𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓌𝓃 𝓊𝓅𝑜𝓃 𝒾𝓉
𝒾𝓃 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓈𝒽𝒾𝓅 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒯𝒶𝓉𝒽𝒶𝑔𝒶𝓉𝒶. 𝒜𝓃𝒹
𝒸𝑒𝓁𝑒𝓈𝓉𝒾𝒶𝓁 𝒸𝑜𝓇𝒶𝓁 𝒻𝓁𝑜𝓌𝑒𝓇𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝑒𝒶𝓋𝑒𝓃𝓁𝓎
𝓈𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓁𝓌𝑜𝑜𝒹 𝓅𝑜𝓌𝒹𝑒𝓇 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝓀𝓎 𝓇𝒶𝒾𝓃
𝒹𝑜𝓌𝓃 𝓊𝓅𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒷𝑜𝒹𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒯𝒶𝓉𝒽𝒶𝑔𝒶𝓉𝒶, 𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝒹𝓇𝑜𝓅 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝒸𝒶𝓉𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓌𝓃 𝓊𝓅𝑜𝓃 𝒾𝓉
𝒾𝓃 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓈𝒽𝒾𝓅 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒯𝒶𝓉𝒽𝒶𝑔𝒶𝓉𝒶. 𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝓈𝑜𝓊𝓃𝒹 𝑜𝒻 𝒽𝑒𝒶𝓋𝑒𝓃𝓁𝓎 𝓋𝑜𝒾𝒸𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝑒𝒶𝓋𝑒𝓃𝓁𝓎
𝒾𝓃𝓈𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓈 𝓂𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓈 𝓂𝓊𝓈𝒾𝒸 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝒾𝓇 𝑜𝓊𝓉
𝑜𝒻 𝓇𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓇𝑒𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒯𝒶𝓉𝒽𝒶𝑔𝒶𝓉𝒶.
𝐼𝓉
𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝒷𝓎 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈, Ā𝓃𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒶, 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝒯𝒶𝓉𝒽ā𝑔𝒶𝓉𝒶 𝒾𝓈 𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓅𝑒𝒸𝓉𝑒𝒹, 𝓋𝑒𝓃𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝑒𝒹,
𝑒𝓈𝓉𝑒𝑒𝓂𝑒𝒹, 𝓅𝒶𝒾𝒹 𝒽𝑜𝓂𝒶𝑔𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝑜𝓃𝑜𝓇𝑒𝒹. 𝐵𝓊𝓉,
𝒜𝓃𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒶, 𝒶𝓃𝓎 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊 𝑜𝓇 𝒷𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊𝓃𝒾,
𝓁𝒶𝓎𝓂𝒶𝓃 𝑜𝓇 𝓁𝒶𝓎𝓌𝑜𝓂𝒶𝓃, 𝓇𝑒𝓂𝒶𝒾𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔
𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂’ā𝓃𝓊𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶’𝓅’𝓅𝒶ṭ𝒾𝓅𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶,
𝓈ā𝓂ī𝒸𝒾’𝓅’𝓅𝒶ṭ𝒾𝓅𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶,
𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒾𝓃
𝒶𝒸𝒸𝑜𝓇𝒹𝒶𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶, 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝑜𝓃𝑒
𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓅𝑒𝒸𝓉𝓈, 𝓋𝑒𝓃𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝑒𝓈, 𝑒𝓈𝓉𝑒𝑒𝓂𝓈, 𝓅𝒶𝓎𝓈
𝒽𝑜𝓂𝒶𝑔𝑒, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝑜𝓃𝑜𝓇𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒯𝒶𝓉𝒽ā𝑔𝒶𝓉𝒶 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽
𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓈𝓉 𝑒𝓍𝒸𝑒𝓁𝓁𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝒽𝑜𝓂𝒶𝑔𝑒. 𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒻𝑜𝓇𝑒,
Ā𝓃𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒶, 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓈𝒽𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝓉𝓇𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒𝓁𝓋𝑒𝓈
𝓉𝒽𝓊𝓈: ‘𝒲𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝓇𝑒𝓂𝒶𝒾𝓃
𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂’ā𝓃𝓊𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶’𝓅’𝓅𝒶ṭ𝒾𝓅𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶,
𝓈ā𝓂ī𝒸𝒾’𝓅’𝓅𝒶ṭ𝒾𝓅𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶, 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒾𝓃 𝒶𝒸𝒸𝑜𝓇𝒹𝒶𝓃𝒸𝑒
𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶’.
𝑅𝒶𝒸𝑒𝓈, 𝒞𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓈, 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝒾𝑔𝒾𝑜𝓃𝓈 𝒾𝓃𝑒𝓆𝓊𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓉𝓎 𝓌𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒,
𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓉𝒾𝓃𝓊𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒫𝑜𝑜𝓇 & 𝒮𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓎 𝒹𝑒𝒸𝒾𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃𝓈 𝓌𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝐼𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓉𝒾𝓃𝓊𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒!
𝒜𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝒶𝓂𝑒 𝓉𝒾𝓂𝑒
‘𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒾𝓈 𝓁𝒾𝓉𝓉𝓁𝑒 𝒹𝓊𝓈𝓉 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝓎𝑒𝓈 𝑜𝒻
𝓅𝑒𝑜𝓅𝓁𝑒,𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑜𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒾𝑔𝓃𝑜𝓇𝒶𝓃𝒸𝑒, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁
𝓌𝒶𝓁𝓀 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶’ 𝒾𝓃 𝒱𝒾𝓃𝒶𝓎𝒶
𝒫𝒾𝓉𝒶𝓀𝒶 - 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒾𝓈𝓉 𝐸𝓉𝒽𝒾𝒸𝓈
𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝒶𝓁𝓈𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓉𝒾𝓃𝓊𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒!
𝒲𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝓂𝑒𝒶𝓃
𝑅𝒶𝒸𝑒𝓈, 𝒞𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓈, 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝒾𝑔𝒾𝑜𝓃𝓈 𝒾𝓃𝑒𝓆𝓊𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓉𝓎 𝓌𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒,
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝒷𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓉𝒾𝓃𝓊𝑒 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
15) Classical Basque- Euskal klasikoa,
16) Classical Belarusian-Класічная беларуская,
17) Classical Bengali-ক্লাসিক্যাল বাংলা,
18) Classical Bosnian-Klasični bosanski,
19) Classical Bulgaria- Класически българск,
20) Classical Catalan-Català clàssic
21) Classical Cebuano-Klase sa Sugbo,
22) Classical Chichewa-Chikale cha Chichewa,
23) Classical Chinese (Simplified)-古典中文(简体),
24) Classical Chinese (Traditional)-古典中文(繁體),
25) Classical Corsican-Corsa Corsicana,
26) Classical Croatian-Klasična hrvatska
27) Classical Czech-Klasická čeština
𝐵𝒽𝒶𝑔𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓃 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓈𝒶𝓎𝓈
“𝓜𝔂
𝓑𝓻𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓼𝓮 𝓽𝔀𝓸 𝓮𝔁𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓮𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓪 𝓹𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓪𝓿𝓸𝓲𝓭.
𝓦𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓽𝔀𝓸? 𝓞𝓷𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓹𝓵𝓾𝓷𝓰𝓮 𝓸𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓸
𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓼𝓾𝓪𝓵 𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓾𝓻𝓮𝓼. 𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓸
𝓹𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓬𝓮 𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓽𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓭𝓮𝓹𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓫𝓸𝓭𝔂 𝓸𝓯 𝓲𝓽𝓼 𝓷𝓮𝓮𝓭𝓼. 𝓑𝓸𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓼𝓮
𝓮𝔁𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓮𝓼 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓯𝓪𝓲𝓵𝓾𝓻𝓮.
“𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱
𝓘 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓜𝓲𝓭𝓭𝓵𝓮 𝓦𝓪𝔂,
𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓪𝓿𝓸𝓲𝓭𝓼 𝓫𝓸𝓽𝓱 𝓮𝔁𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓬𝓪𝓹𝓪𝓬𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝓽𝓸 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰,
𝓵𝓲𝓫𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮. 𝓘𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓝𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮
𝓔𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓭 𝓟𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓯 𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰,
𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽, 𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓮𝓬𝓱, 𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽
𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷, 𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓱𝓸𝓸𝓭, 𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓮𝓯𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓽,
𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽
𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷. 𝓘 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝓝𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓔𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓭 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓲𝔃𝓮𝓭
𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰, 𝓵𝓲𝓫𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮.
𝓣𝓱𝓮
𝓯𝓲𝓻𝓼𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓮𝔁𝓲𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓑𝓲𝓻𝓽𝓱, 𝓸𝓵𝓭 𝓪𝓰𝓮, 𝓼𝓲𝓬𝓴𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓭𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝓻𝓮
𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓢𝓪𝓭𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼, 𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓮𝓻, 𝓳𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓾𝓼𝔂,
𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓻𝔂, 𝓪𝓷𝔁𝓲𝓮𝓽𝔂, 𝓯𝓮𝓪𝓻, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓹𝓪𝓲𝓻 𝓪𝓻𝓮
𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓢𝓮𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓵𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓷𝓮𝓼
𝓲𝓼 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓐𝓼𝓼𝓸𝓬𝓲𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮
𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓓𝓮𝓼𝓲𝓻𝓮,
𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓬𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓲𝓿𝓮
𝓪𝓰𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰.
“𝓑𝓻𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓮𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓻𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓑𝓮𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓯
𝓲𝓰𝓷𝓸𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓬𝓮, 𝓹𝓮𝓸𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝓬𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓼𝓮𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱
𝓪𝓫𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮 𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓲𝓷
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓵𝓪𝓶𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓲𝓻𝓮, 𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓮𝓻, 𝓳𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓾𝓼𝔂,
𝓰𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓯, 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓻𝔂, 𝓯𝓮𝓪𝓻, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓹𝓪𝓲𝓻.
“𝓑𝓻𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓻𝓭 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓤𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓯 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓫𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓪𝓫𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝓰𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓯 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓸𝓻𝓻𝓸𝔀 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓼 𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓳𝓸𝔂.
“𝓑𝓻𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱
𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯
𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓘𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓝𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓔𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓭
𝓟𝓪𝓽𝓱, 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓘 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓳𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓮𝔁𝓹𝓵𝓪𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭. 𝓣𝓱𝓮
𝓝𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓔𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓭 𝓟𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓱𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂
𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓵𝔂. 𝓜𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓼 𝓽𝓸
𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰, 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓵𝓲𝓫𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝓹𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓼𝓸𝓻𝓻𝓸𝔀 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓳𝓸𝔂. 𝓘
𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓰𝓾𝓲𝓭𝓮 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓯
𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓲𝔃𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷.
“𝓥𝓲𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓮, 𝓲𝓷𝓼𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽
𝓪𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓮, 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓪𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓮, 𝓴𝓷𝓸𝔀𝓵𝓮𝓭𝓰𝓮
𝓪𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓮, 𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓾𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷 𝓶𝓮
𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓻𝓮𝓰𝓪𝓻𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓷𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓭
𝓫𝓮𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓮: ‘𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓱𝓪𝓼
𝓫𝓮𝓮𝓷 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓱𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓭.’
“𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓷𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱
𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓼: 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓽𝓮 𝓯𝓪𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰 & 𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷,
𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓾𝓷𝓬𝓲𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷, 𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓺𝓾𝓲𝓼𝓱𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽, 𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮,
& 𝓵𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓰𝓸 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝓬𝓻𝓪𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯
𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓫𝓮𝓮𝓷 𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓲𝔃𝓮𝓭. 𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓷𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝓸𝓯 𝓹𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓬𝓮
𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓼.
“𝓐𝓼
𝓼𝓸𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓼 𝓶𝔂 𝓴𝓷𝓸𝔀𝓵𝓮𝓭𝓰𝓮 & 𝓿𝓲𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷
𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓼𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓷𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱𝓼 𝓪𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮—𝔀𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓵𝔂 𝓹𝓾𝓻𝓮,
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝓘 𝓭𝓲𝓭 𝓬𝓵𝓪𝓲𝓶 𝓽𝓸 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓽𝓵𝔂
𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯-𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓾𝓷𝓮𝔁𝓬𝓮𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓸𝓼𝓶𝓸𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓲𝓽𝓼
𝓾𝓷𝓼𝓮𝓮𝓷 𝓰𝓾𝓲𝓭𝓮𝓼, 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓶𝓹𝓵𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓼,
𝓫𝓻𝓪𝓱𝓶𝓪𝓷𝓼, 𝓲𝓽𝓼 𝓻𝓸𝔂𝓪𝓵𝓽𝔂 & 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓶𝓸𝓷𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓴.
𝓚𝓷𝓸𝔀𝓵𝓮𝓭𝓰𝓮 & 𝓿𝓲𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓶𝓮:
‘𝓤𝓷𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓴𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓶𝔂 𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮. 𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓼 𝓶𝔂
𝓵𝓪𝓼𝓽 𝓫𝓲𝓻𝓽𝓱. 𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝔀 𝓷𝓸 𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓮𝔀𝓮𝓭
𝓮𝔁𝓲𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮.”
𝓦𝓱𝓲𝓵𝓮 𝓢𝓲𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓽𝓱𝓪 𝔀𝓪𝓼
𝓮𝔁𝓹𝓵𝓪𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓕𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓝𝓸𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓣𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱𝓼, 𝓸𝓷𝓮
𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓸𝓷𝓴𝓼, 𝓚𝓸𝓷𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪 𝓼𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓮𝓷𝓵𝔂 𝓯𝓮𝓵𝓽 𝓪
𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽 𝓼𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷 𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭. 𝓗𝓮
𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓽𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓫𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓭
𝓼𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓼𝓸 𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓰. 𝓗𝓲𝓼 𝓯𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓪𝓶𝓮𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓳𝓸𝔂. 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓹𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓭 𝓪𝓽 𝓱𝓲𝓶 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓬𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓭, “𝓚𝓸𝓷𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪! 𝓨𝓸𝓾’𝓿𝓮 𝓰𝓸𝓽 𝓲𝓽! 𝓨𝓸𝓾’𝓿𝓮
𝓰𝓸𝓽 𝓲𝓽!”
𝓚𝓸𝓷𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪 𝓳𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓹𝓪𝓵𝓶𝓼
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓫𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝓮𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓢𝓲𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓽𝓱𝓪. 𝓦𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓭𝓮𝓮𝓹𝓮𝓼𝓽 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓬𝓽, 𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓹𝓸𝓴𝓮, “𝓥𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮
𝓖𝓪𝓾𝓽𝓪𝓶𝓪, 𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮 𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓮𝓹𝓽 𝓶𝓮 𝓪𝓼 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻
𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓮. 𝓘 𝓴𝓷𝓸𝔀 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻
𝓰𝓾𝓲𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓬𝓮, 𝓘 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓖𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽
𝓐𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰.”
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻 𝓯𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓶𝓸𝓷𝓴𝓼
𝓪𝓵𝓼𝓸 𝓫𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓭 𝓪𝓽 𝓢𝓲𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓽𝓱𝓪’𝓼 𝓯𝓮𝓮𝓽, 𝓳𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓹𝓪𝓵𝓶𝓼, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓼𝓴𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓮𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓭 𝓪𝓼
𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓼. 𝓢𝓲𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓽𝓱𝓪 𝓼𝓪𝓲𝓭, “𝓑𝓻𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼!
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓵𝓭𝓻𝓮𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓿𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓪𝓰𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓷
𝓶𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓮 ‘𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪.” 𝓨𝓸𝓾 𝓽𝓸𝓸 𝓶𝓪𝔂
𝓬𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓶𝓮 𝓫𝔂 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓮 𝓲𝓯 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮.”
𝓚𝓸𝓷𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪 𝓪𝓼𝓴𝓮𝓭, “𝓓𝓸𝓮𝓼𝓷’𝓽 ‘𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪’ 𝓶𝓮𝓪𝓷 ‘𝓞𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓲𝓼 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭’?”
“𝓣𝓱𝓪𝓽
𝓲𝓼 𝓬𝓸𝓻𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓽, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓬𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽
𝓘 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓭 ‘𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓦𝓪𝔂 𝓸𝓯
𝓐𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰.’ 𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓭𝓸 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓴 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓮?”
“’𝓞𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓲𝓼 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭’! ‘𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓦𝓪𝔂
𝓸𝓯 𝓐𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰’! 𝓦𝓸𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓯𝓾𝓵! 𝓦𝓸𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓯𝓾𝓵!
𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓼𝓮 𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓮, 𝔂𝓮𝓽 𝓼𝓲𝓶𝓹𝓵𝓮. 𝓦𝓮
𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓵𝔂 𝓬𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪, 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓦𝓪𝔂 𝓸𝓯
𝓐𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓐𝓼 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓳𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓼𝓪𝓲𝓭, 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱
𝓭𝓪𝔂 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓵𝔂 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝓫𝓪𝓼𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝓯
𝓼𝓹𝓲𝓻𝓲𝓽𝓾𝓪𝓵 𝓹𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓬𝓮.” 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓶𝓸𝓷𝓴𝓼
𝔀𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓮𝓹𝓽 𝓖𝓪𝓾𝓽𝓪𝓶𝓪 𝓪𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓽𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓮𝓻 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓬𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓱𝓲𝓶 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓼𝓶𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓪𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶.”
𝓟𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮, 𝓫𝓻𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼, 𝓹𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓬𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝓷 𝓸𝓹𝓮𝓷
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓵𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓼𝓹𝓲𝓻𝓲𝓽, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓻𝓮𝓮
𝓶𝓸𝓷𝓽𝓱𝓼 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓾𝓲𝓽
𝓸𝓯 𝓵𝓲𝓫𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷.”
𝓢𝓾𝓽𝓽𝓪 𝓟𝓲ṭ𝓪𝓴𝓪-𝓓𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓪 𝓝𝓲𝓴ā𝔂𝓪
𝓓𝓝 16 - (𝓓 𝓲𝓲 137)
𝓜𝓪𝓱ā𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓫𝓫ā𝓷𝓪 𝓢𝓾𝓽𝓽𝓪
{𝓮𝔁𝓬𝓮𝓻𝓹𝓽𝓼}
— 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓵𝓪𝓼𝓽 𝓲𝓷𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 —
[𝓶𝓪𝓱ā-𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓫𝓫ā𝓷𝓪]
𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝓼𝓾𝓽𝓽𝓪 𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓿𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓸𝓾𝓼 𝓲𝓷𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓰𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓪𝓴𝓮 𝓸𝓯
𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓪𝓯𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝔂, 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱
𝓶𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓼 𝓲𝓽 𝓫𝓮 𝓪 𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝓲𝓶𝓹𝓸𝓻𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓽 𝓼𝓮𝓽 𝓸𝓯
𝓲𝓷𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓾𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝔀𝓪𝓭𝓪𝔂𝓼.
𝓘
𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓮𝔁𝓹𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶𝓪 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓲𝓼 𝓬𝓪𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶ā𝓭ā𝓼𝓪,
𝓹𝓸𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓯 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓲𝔂𝓪𝓼ā𝓿𝓪𝓴𝓪, 𝓲𝓯
𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓸 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓲𝓻𝓮𝓼, 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓭𝓮𝓬𝓵𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓱𝓲𝓶𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯:
‘𝓕𝓸𝓻 𝓶𝓮, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓷𝓲𝓻𝓪𝔂𝓪, 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮
𝓽𝓲𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓱ā𝓷𝓪-𝔂𝓸𝓷𝓲, 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓹𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓼𝓪𝔂𝓪, 𝓷𝓸
𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓾𝓷𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼, 𝓸𝓯
𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓽𝓾𝓷𝓮, 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓻𝔂, 𝓘 𝓪𝓶 𝓪 𝓼𝓸𝓽ā𝓹𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪,
𝓫𝔂 𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓻𝔂,
𝓬𝓮𝓻𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓫𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓪𝓶𝓫𝓸𝓭𝓱𝓲.
𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽, Ā𝓷𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓪, 𝓲𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽
𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶𝓪 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓲𝓼
𝓬𝓪𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶ā𝓭ā𝓼𝓪, 𝓹𝓸𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓯 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓲𝔂𝓪𝓼ā𝓿𝓪𝓴𝓪, 𝓲𝓯 𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓸 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓲𝓻𝓮𝓼, 𝓬𝓪𝓷
𝓭𝓮𝓬𝓵𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓱𝓲𝓶𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯: ‘𝓕𝓸𝓻 𝓶𝓮, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸
𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓷𝓲𝓻𝓪𝔂𝓪, 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓲𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓱ā𝓷𝓪-𝔂𝓸𝓷𝓲, 𝓷𝓸
𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓹𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓼𝓪𝔂𝓪, 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓸𝓯
𝓾𝓷𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼, 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓽𝓾𝓷𝓮, 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓻𝔂,
𝓘. 𝓪𝓶 𝓪 𝓼𝓸𝓽ā𝓹𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪, 𝓫𝔂 𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶
𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓻𝔂, 𝓬𝓮𝓻𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓫𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓪𝓶𝓫𝓸𝓭𝓱𝓲?
𝓗𝓮𝓻𝓮, Ā𝓷𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓪, 𝓪𝓷 𝓪𝓻𝓲𝔂𝓪𝓼ā𝓿𝓪𝓴𝓪 𝓲𝓼 𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓬𝓬𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓪𝓼ā𝓭𝓪:
𝓗𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶𝓮 𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓬𝓬𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓪𝓼ā𝓭𝓪:
𝓗𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓢𝓪ṅ𝓰𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓬𝓬𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓪𝓼ā𝓭𝓪:
𝓗𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓪 𝓼ī𝓵𝓪 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓲𝓼 𝓪𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓮𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓲𝔂𝓪𝓼,
𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼,
Ā𝓷𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓪, 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶𝓪
𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓲𝓼 𝓬𝓪𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶ā𝓭ā𝓼𝓪, 𝓹𝓸𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓯
𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓲𝔂𝓪𝓼ā𝓿𝓪𝓴𝓪, 𝓲𝓯 𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓸 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓲𝓻𝓮𝓼,
𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓭𝓮𝓬𝓵𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓱𝓲𝓶𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯: ‘𝓕𝓸𝓻 𝓶𝓮, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓷𝓲𝓻𝓪𝔂𝓪, 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮
𝓽𝓲𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓱ā𝓷𝓪-𝔂𝓸𝓷𝓲, 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓹𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓼𝓪𝔂𝓪, 𝓷𝓸
𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓾𝓷𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼, 𝓸𝓯
𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓽𝓾𝓷𝓮, 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓻𝔂, 𝓘 𝓪𝓶 𝓪 𝓼𝓸𝓽ā𝓹𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪,
𝓫𝔂 𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓻𝔂,
𝓬𝓮𝓻𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓫𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓪𝓶𝓫𝓸𝓭𝓱𝓲.
𝓢𝓪𝓽𝓸
𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓪𝓲𝓷, 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓼, 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓼𝓪𝓶𝓹𝓪𝓳ā𝓷𝓸𝓼. 𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓸
𝔂𝓸𝓾.
𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓸𝔀, 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓼, 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾 𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓸? 𝓗𝓮𝓻𝓮, 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓼, 𝓪 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾
𝓣𝓱𝓾𝓼,
𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓼, 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾 𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓸. 𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓸𝔀,
𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓼, 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾 𝓼𝓪𝓶𝓹𝓪𝓳ā𝓷𝓸? 𝓗𝓮𝓻𝓮,
𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓼,
𝓣𝓱𝓾𝓼, 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓼, 𝓲𝓼 𝓪
𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾 𝓼𝓪𝓶𝓹𝓪𝓳ā𝓷𝓸. 𝓢𝓪𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝔂𝓸𝓾
𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓪𝓲𝓷, 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓼, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓪𝓶𝓹𝓪𝓳ā𝓷𝓸𝓼. 𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓸 𝔂𝓸𝓾.
– 𝓐𝓷𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓪, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝔀𝓲𝓷 𝓼𝓪𝓵𝓪
𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓮𝓼
𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓵 𝓫𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓶, 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓼𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓯𝓵𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓫𝓵𝓸𝓼𝓼𝓸𝓶𝓼
𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓾𝓹𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓫𝓸𝓭𝔂 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓣𝓪𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓪 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓭𝓻𝓸𝓹 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓬𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝔀𝓷 𝓾𝓹𝓸𝓷 𝓲𝓽
𝓲𝓷 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓼𝓱𝓲𝓹 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓣𝓪𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓪. 𝓐𝓷𝓭
𝓬𝓮𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓲𝓪𝓵 𝓬𝓸𝓻𝓪𝓵 𝓯𝓵𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓷𝓵𝔂
𝓼𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓪𝓵𝔀𝓸𝓸𝓭 𝓹𝓸𝔀𝓭𝓮𝓻 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓴𝔂 𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓷
𝓭𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓾𝓹𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓫𝓸𝓭𝔂 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓣𝓪𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓪, 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓭𝓻𝓸𝓹 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓬𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝔀𝓷 𝓾𝓹𝓸𝓷 𝓲𝓽
𝓲𝓷 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓼𝓱𝓲𝓹 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓣𝓪𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓪. 𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓼𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭 𝓸𝓯 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓷𝓵𝔂 𝓿𝓸𝓲𝓬𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓷𝓵𝔂
𝓲𝓷𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓼 𝓶𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓼 𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓲𝓬 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓲𝓻 𝓸𝓾𝓽
𝓸𝓯 𝓻𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓣𝓪𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓪.
𝓘𝓽
𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝔂 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼, Ā𝓷𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓪, 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓣𝓪𝓽𝓱ā𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓪 𝓲𝓼 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓬𝓽𝓮𝓭, 𝓿𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓭,
𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓮𝓶𝓮𝓭, 𝓹𝓪𝓲𝓭 𝓱𝓸𝓶𝓪𝓰𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓸𝓷𝓸𝓻𝓮𝓭. 𝓑𝓾𝓽,
𝓐𝓷𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓪, 𝓪𝓷𝔂 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾 𝓸𝓻 𝓫𝓱𝓲𝓴𝓴𝓱𝓾𝓷𝓲,
𝓵𝓪𝔂𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝓸𝓻 𝓵𝓪𝔂𝔀𝓸𝓶𝓪𝓷, 𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓪𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶’ā𝓷𝓾𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶𝓪’𝓹’𝓹𝓪ṭ𝓲𝓹𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪,
𝓼ā𝓶ī𝓬𝓲’𝓹’𝓹𝓪ṭ𝓲𝓹𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪,
𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓷
𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶𝓪, 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓸𝓷𝓮
𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓬𝓽𝓼, 𝓿𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼, 𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓮𝓶𝓼, 𝓹𝓪𝔂𝓼
𝓱𝓸𝓶𝓪𝓰𝓮, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓸𝓷𝓸𝓻𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓣𝓪𝓽𝓱ā𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓪 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓸𝓼𝓽 𝓮𝔁𝓬𝓮𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓱𝓸𝓶𝓪𝓰𝓮. 𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓮,
Ā𝓷𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓪, 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓿𝓮𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓾𝓼: ‘𝓦𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓪𝓲𝓷
𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶’ā𝓷𝓾𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶𝓪’𝓹’𝓹𝓪ṭ𝓲𝓹𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪,
𝓼ā𝓶ī𝓬𝓲’𝓹’𝓹𝓪ṭ𝓲𝓹𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓪, 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓬𝓮
𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓓𝓱𝓪𝓶𝓶𝓪’.
𝓡𝓪𝓬𝓮𝓼, 𝓒𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓼, 𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓺𝓾𝓪𝓵𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝔀𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮,
𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓾𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓟𝓸𝓸𝓻 & 𝓢𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰𝔂 𝓭𝓮𝓬𝓲𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝔀𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓘𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓾𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮!
𝓐𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓪𝓶𝓮 𝓽𝓲𝓶𝓮
‘𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒
𝒾𝓈 𝓁𝒾𝓉𝓉𝓁𝑒 𝒹𝓊𝓈𝓉 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝓎𝑒𝓈 𝑜𝒻 𝓅𝑒𝑜𝓅𝓁𝑒,
𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑜𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒾𝑔𝓃𝑜𝓇𝒶𝓃𝒸𝑒, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝓌𝒶𝓁𝓀
𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶’ 𝓲𝓷 𝒱𝐼𝒩𝒜𝒴𝒜 𝒫𝐼𝒯𝒜𝒦𝒜 –
𝐵𝒰𝒟𝒟𝐻𝐼𝒮𝒯 𝐸𝒯𝐻𝐼𝒞𝒮
𝔀𝓪𝓼 𝓪𝓵𝓼𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓾𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮!
𝓦𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓶𝓮𝓪𝓷
𝓡𝓪𝓬𝓮𝓼, 𝓒𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓼, 𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓺𝓾𝓪𝓵𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝔀𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮,
𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓪𝓷𝓭
08) Classical Afrikaans– Klassieke Afrikaans
09) Classical Albanian-Shqiptare klasike,
11) Classical Arabic-اللغة العربية الفصحى
12) Classical Armenian-դասական հայերեն,
14) Classical Azerbaijani- Klassik Azərbaycan,
06) Classical Devanagari,Classical Hindi-Devanagari- शास्त्रीय हिंदी,
55) Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,
73) Classical Marathi-क्लासिकल माओरी,
76) Classical Nepali-शास्त्रीय म्यांमार (बर्मा),
78) Classical Odia (Oriya)
83) Classical Punjabi-ਕਲਾਸੀਕਲ ਪੰਜਾਬੀ,
How many languages are there in the world?
87) Classical Sanskrit छ्लस्सिचल् षन्स्क्रित्
Renouncement and Arahantship
When
prince Siddhartha left the kingdom to become an ascetic, Kondanna and
the other four friends also accompanied him. They were known as the
Pancavaggiyya or the Group of Five. When he attained enlightenment and
gave his first Sermon to his five monk friends it is said that Kondanna
was the first to comprehend his teachings and became an Arahant when he
heard the Anattalakkhana Sutta regarding soul-lessness or non self. He
then requested Buddha to permit him to retire from the world and Buddha
agreed and declared him the First Bhikkhu in the Sangha.
After Awakenment
After
the Buddha set up the Sangha, Kondanna and the other monks travelled
with the Buddha by foot to spread Dhamma. When Buddha went to
communicate his teachings and his exalted enlightened state to King
Bimbisara as promised, Kondanna went to his home town and converted many
followers to Buddha’s teachings, foremost among them being his nephew
Punna. Punna in turn preached and converted 500 of his clan to monks.
Buddha too acknowledged Punna for his preaching skills and declared him
foremost among his disciples.
Many discourses and writings are
attributed to Kondana in Buddhist literature being one of the seniormost
monks. After spending a period in the Sangha Kondanna then retired to
the Himalayas to spend more time in religious practice as he was being
inhibited by the growing popularity of the Sangha. This is mentioned in
the Samyutta Nikaya. When he knew his end was near he returned to stroke
and kiss the Buddha’s feet lovingly and asked his disciples not to
mourn him. The next morning he passed away and was cremated with the
ceremony being presided by Anuruddha one of the ten chief disciples and
500 other monks. The ashes were then enshrined in a silver Stupa at
Veluvana.
Past Births
Kondanna was said to have been born a
number of times with the Buddha in earlier births and had already
reached a very high state of spiritual evolvement which culminated in
his Arahantship in the present lifetime.
Conclusion
Kondanna
was one of the closest monks, disciples and initially a friend of the
Buddha when he was a worldly Prince. His love and servitude towards
Buddha was exemplary and he was honoured and respected by all being one
of the seniormost monks. He always exhorted the fellow disciples to give
up transitory pleasures and dwell on the impermanence of life and seek
Self realisation or Liberation.
buddhismnow.comhttps://www.hinduscriptures.com/gurus/kondanna-or-ajnata-kaundinya/20948/
https://youtu.be/rxfufngbgs4
30) Classical English,Roman,
Sutta Piṭaka-Digha Nikāya
DN 16 - (D ii 137)
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta
{excerpts}
— The last instructions —
[mahā-parinibbāna]
This
sutta gathers various instructions the Buddha gave for the sake of his
followers after his passing away, which makes it be a very important set
of instructions for us nowadays.
05) Classical Pāḷi,
Dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhamma-pariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byā-kareyya: ‘khīṇa-nirayo-mhi khīṇa-tiracchāna-yoni khīṇa-pettivisayo khīṇ’āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaṇo’ ti.
(The Mirror of the Dhamma)
I
will expound the discourse on the Dhamma which is called Dhammādāsa,
possessed of which the ariyasāvaka, if he so desires, can declare of
himself: ‘For me, there is no more niraya, no more tiracchāna-yoni, no
more pettivisaya, no more state of unhappiness, of misfortune, of
misery, I am a sotāpanna, by nature free from states of misery, certain
of being destined to sambodhi.
102) Classical Tamil-102) கிளாசிக்கல் தமிழ்
(தம்மாவின் உருப்பளிங்கு)
நான் Dhammādāsa (தம்மாவின் உருப்பளிங்கு) என கருதப்படும் தம்மாவை
வியாக்கியானம்
பண்ண பிரசங்கம் செய்ய விரும்புகிரேன்,ariyasāvaka (புனிதமான சீடர்)ஆக
ஆட்கொண்டு,ஒருவேளை அவர் தானே விரும்பி உறுதியாக்கிக் கொண்டால்:
‘ஆக எனக்கு, இன்னும் மேலும் niraya (நரகம்) இல்லை,இன்னும் மேலும்
tiracchāna-yoni ( மிருகம சாம்ராஜ்யம்) இல்லை,இன்னும் மேலும் pettivisaya
(ஆவிகள் சாம்ராஜ்யம்) இல்லை,இன்னும் மேலும்
பாக்கியவீனம்,துரதிருஷ்டம்,துக்கம்,
நிலை இல்லை, நான் sotāpanna (புனல் பிரவேசி), இயற்கையாக துக்க நிலையில்
இருந்து விடுவிக்கப்பட்டவன்,sambodhi
(முழுக்க தூக்கத்திலிருந்து விழிப்பு) ஆக சேர இருத்தல் உறுதி.
Katamo
ca so, Ānanda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako
ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byā-kareyya: ‘khīṇa-nirayo-mhi
khīṇa-tiracchāna-yoni
khīṇa-pettivisayo khīṇ’āpāya duggati-vinipāto, sotāpanno-hamasmi
avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaṇo’ ti?
And what, Ānanda, is
that discourse on the Dhamma which is called Dhammādāsa, possessed of
which the ariyasāvaka, if he so desires, can declare of himself: ‘For
me, there is no more niraya, no more tiracchāna-yoni, no more
pettivisaya, no more state of unhappiness, of misfortune, of misery, I
am a sotāpanna, by nature free from states of misery, certain of being
destined to sambodhi?
மற்றும் என்ன,Ānanda
(ஆனந்தா),தம்மா மீது
ஆன அந்த பிரசங்கம் Dhammādāsa (தம்மாவின் உருப்பளிங்கு) என கருதப்படும்
தம்மாவை வியாக்கியானம் பண்ண பிரசங்கம் செய்ய விரும்புகிரேன்,ariyasāvaka
(புனிதமான சீடர்)ஆக ஆட்கொண்டு,ஒருவேளை அவர்
தானே விரும்பி உறுதியாக்கிக் கொண்டால்:
‘ஆக எனக்கு, இன்னும் மேலும்
niraya (நரகம்) இல்லை,இன்னும் மேலும் tiracchāna-yoni ( மிருகம
சாம்ராஜ்யம்)
இல்லை,இன்னும் மேலும் pettivisaya (ஆவிகள் சாம்ராஜ்யம்) இல்லை,இன்னும்
மேலும் பாக்கியவீனம்,துரதிருஷ்டம்,துக்கம், நிலை இல்லை, நான்
sotāpanna
(புனல் பிரவேசி), இயற்கையாக துக்க நிலையில் இருந்து
விடுவிக்கப்பட்டவன்,sambodhi (முழுக்க தூக்கத்திலிருந்து விழிப்பு) ஆக சேர
இருத்தல் உறுதி தானே?
Idh’ānanda, ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:
Here, Ānanda, an ariyasāvaka is endowed with Buddhe aveccappasāda:
இங்கு,ஆனந்தா,புனிதமான சீடர் Buddhe aveccappasāda (புத்தர் இடத்தில் தன்னம்பிக்கை)யாக குணிக்கப் படுகிரார்.
‘Itipi
so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ ti.
Dhamme aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:
He is endowed with Dhamme aveccappasāda:
Dhamme aveccappasāda:(தம்மா இடத்தில் தன்னம்பிக்கை)யாக குணிக்கப் படுகிரார்.
‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ ti.
Saṅghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:
He is endowed with Saṅghe aveccappasāda:
Dhamme aveccappasāda:(தம்மா இடத்தில் தன்னம்பிக்கை)யாக குணிக்கப் படுகிரார்.
‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ ti.
Saṅghe aveccappasāda samannāgato hoti:
He is endowed with Saṅghe aveccappasāda:
Saṅghe aveccappasāda (சான்றோர் இடத்தில் தன்னம்பிக்கை)யாக குணிக்கப் படுகிரார்.
‘Suppaṭipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho,
ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa
bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo
anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ ti.
Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti
He is endowed with a sīla which is agreeable to the ariyas,
புனிதமானவர்கள் ஏற்றுக்கொள்ளத்தக்க சீலராக குணிக்கப் படுகிரார்.
akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
Ayaṃ kho so, Ānanda, dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo, yena samannāgato
ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byā-kareyya: ‘khīṇa-nirayo-mhi
khīṇa-tiracchāna-yoni khīṇa-pettivisayo khīṇ’āpāya-duggati-vinipāto,
sotāpanno-hamasmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyaṇo’ ti
This,
Ānanda, is the discourse on the Dhamma which is called Dhammādāsa,
possessed of which the ariyasāvaka, if he so desires, can declare of
himself: ‘For me, there is no more niraya, no more tiracchāna-yoni, no
more pettivisaya, no more state of unhappiness, of misfortune, of
misery, I am a sotāpanna, by nature free from states of misery, certain
of being destined to sambodhi.
இது, Ānanda (ஆனந்தா),தம்மா மீது ஆன
அந்த
பிரசங்கம் Dhammādāsa (தம்மாவின் உருப்பளிங்கு) என கருதப்படும் தம்மாவை
வியாக்கியானம் பண்ண பிரசங்கம் செய்ய விரும்புகிரேன்,ariyasāvaka
(புனிதமான சீடர்)ஆக ஆட்கொண்டு,ஒருவேளை அவர் தானே விரும்பி உறுதியாக்கிக்
கொண்டால்:
’ஆக எனக்கு, இன்னும் மேலும் niraya (நரகம்) இல்லை,இன்னும் மேலும்
tiracchāna-yoni ( மிருகம சாம்ராஜ்யம்) இல்லை,இன்னும் மேலும் pettivisaya
(ஆவிகள் சாம்ராஜ்யம்) இல்லை,இன்னும் மேலும்
பாக்கியவீனம்,துரதிருஷ்டம்,துக்கம்,
நிலை இல்லை, நான் sotāpanna (புனல் பிரவேசி), இயற்கையாக துக்க நிலையில்
இருந்து விடுவிக்கப்பட்டவன்,sambodhi
(முழுக்க தூக்கத்திலிருந்து விழிப்பு) ஆக சேர இருத்தல் உறுதி.
Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī.
Sato should you remain, bhikkhus, and sampajānos. This is our intruction to you.
Sato(கவனமான)
நீர் இருக்க வேண்டும்,bhikkhus (பிக்குக்கள்),மேலும் sampajānos(மாறா
இயல்பு அநித்தியத்தை பகுத்தறிதல்).இது தான் உமக்கு எங்களுடைய போதனை.
Katha’ñca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
And how, bhikkhus, is a bhikkhu sato? Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu
மற்றும் எப்படி,பிக்கு, பிக்குக்கள் sato (கவனமான) இருக்கிரார்? இங்கு,பிக்குக்கள், ஒரு பிக்கு
kāye
kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno
satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti. Katha’ñca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave,
Thus, bhikkhus, is a bhikkhu sato. And how, bhikkhus, is a bhikkhu sampajāno? Here, bhikkhus,
இப்படி,பிக்குக்கள்,பிக்கு
sato (கவனமான) இருக்கிரார்.மற்றும் எப்படி,பிக்குக்கள், பிக்கு
sampajānos(மாறா இயல்பு அநித்தியத்தை பகுத்தறிதல்)ஆகிரார்?
இங்கு,பிக்குக்கள்,
bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī
hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite
sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite
pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme
sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve
sampajānakārī hoti.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno. Ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī ti.
Thus, bhikkhus, is a bhikkhu sampajāno. Sato should you remain, bhikkhus, and sampajānos. This is our intruction to you.
இப்படி,பிக்குக்கள்,பிக்கு
sampajānos(மாறா இயல்பு அநித்தியத்தை பகுத்தறிதல்)ஆகிரார்,Sato(கவனமான)
நீர் இருக்க வேண்டும்,பிக்குக்கள்,மற்றும்sampajānos(மாறா இயல்பு
அநித்தியத்தை பகுத்தறிதல்),இது தான் உமக்கு எங்களுடைய போதனை.
Sabbaphāliphullā kho, Ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa
sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa
sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ
okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi
tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni
antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
– Ananda, the twin sala
trees are in full bloom, though it is not the season of flowering. And
the blossoms rain upon the body of the Tathagata and drop and scatter
and are strewn upon it in worship of the Tathagata. And celestial coral
flowers and heavenly sandalwood powder from the sky rain down upon the
body of the Tathagata, and drop and scatter and are strewn upon it in
worship of the Tathagata. And the sound of heavenly voices and heavenly
instruments makes music in the air out of reverence for the Tathagata.
-ஆனந்தா,பூவா பருவகாலமாக இருந்த போதிலும், இரட்டை sala (சாலா) மரங்கள் முழு மலர்ச்சி
அடைந்து இருக்கிறது. மற்றும் Tathagata (குறைபாடற்றவரை) வழிபாடு செய்தல்
போல் Tathagata(குறைபாடற்றவர்) உடல் மேலே பூமழை பொழிந்து, துளி சிதற,
இரத்தினப்பிரபையாகியது. மற்றும் தேவலோக பவழமலர்கள் மற்றும் சுவர்க்கத்தைச்
சேர்ந்த சந்தன மரத் தூள் வானத்தில் இருந்து மழை கீழ் நோக்கி Tathagata
(குறைபாடற்றவர்) உடல் மேலே பொழிந்து, மற்றும் Tathagata (குறைபாடற்றவரை)
வழிபாடு செய்தல் போல் Tathagata(குறைபாடற்றவர்) உடல் மேலே பூமழை பொழிந்தது.
மற்றும்
Tathagata(குறைபாடற்றவர்) போற்றுதலைக் காட்டுஞ் சமிக்கையால்
சுவர்க்கத்தைச் சேர்ந்த குரல் ஒலி மற்றும் இசைகருவிகள் காற்றுவெளியில்
வெளிப்படுத்தியது.
Na kho, Ānanda, ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato vā
hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, Ānanda, bhikkhu
vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati
sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so Tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti
māneti pūjeti apaciyati, paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātih’ānanda,
dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā
anudhammacārin’oti. Evañ’hi vo, Ānanda, sikkhitabba nti.
It is not by this, Ānanda, that the Tathāgata is respected, venerated, esteemed,
paid homage and honored. But, Ananda, any bhikkhu or bhikkhuni, layman
or laywoman, remaining dhamm’ānudhamma’p’paṭipanna, sāmīci’p’paṭipanna,
living in accordance with the Dhamma, that one respects, venerates,
esteems, pays homage, and honors the Tathāgata with the most excellent
homage. Therefore, Ānanda, you should train yourselves thus: ‘We will
remain dhamm’ānudhamma’p’paṭipanna, sāmīci’p’paṭipanna, living in
accordance with the Dhamma’.
இதனால் மட்டும் அல்ல, ஆனந்தா,Tathagata
(குறைபாடற்றவரை)
உபசரித்தது, மரியாதை செலுத்தியது, நன்குமதிக்கப் பட்டது, மனந்திறந்த
புகழுரைத்தது, கெளரவம் செலுத்தியது. ஆனால், ஆனந்தா, எந்த ஒரு
பிக்குவோ அல்லது பிக்குனியோ, உபாசகன் அல்லது உபாசகி,dhamm’ānudhamma’p’paṭipanna, sāmīci’p’paṭipanna, தம்மாவிற்கு
பொருந்துமாறு
பயிற்சிக்கிராரோ அவர் Tathagata (குறைபாடற்றவரை) உபசரித்தது, மரியாதை
செலுத்தி, நன்குமதித்து, மனந்திறந்த புகழுரைத்தது, கெளரவம்
செலுத்தி. மிக உயர்ந்த அளவு நேர்த்திவாய்ந்த மனந்திறந்த புகழுரையாற்றுவர்.
இதுக்காக, ஆனந்தா, நீங்கள், நீங்களாகவே பயிற்சித்தல் இதுதான்: நாங்கள்
dhamm’ānudhamma’p’paṭipanna, sāmīci’p’paṭipanna, தம்மாவிற்கு பொருந்துமாறு வாழ்க்கை முறையில் தொடர்ந்திருப்போம்.
‘Siyā kho pan’ānanda, tumhākaṃ evam’assa: ‘atīta-satthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ,
natthi no satthā’ ti. Na kho pan’etaṃ, Ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo,
Ānanda, mayā Dhammo ca Vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mam’accayena
satthā.
– ‘To some of you, Ānanda, it may occur thus: ‘The words of
the Teacher have ended, there is no longer a Teacher’. But this,
Ānanda, should not, be so considered. That, Ānanda, which I have taught
and made known to you as the Dhamma and the Vinaya, that will be your
Teacher after my passing away.
உங்கள் சிலர்ருக்கு, ஆனந்தா,இவ்வாறு நேரிடக் கூடும்:
கற்பிப்பவர் வார்த்தைகள் தீர்ந்து விட்டது, இனி கற்பிப்பவர் இல்லை. ஆனால் இது,
ஆனந்தா, அவ்வாறு ஆலோசனை பண்ணப்படாது. அது, ஆனந்தா,எவை நான் பாடம் படிப்பிது
மற்றும் உங்களை அறிந்திருக்க செய்துமுடித்த Dhamma and Vinaya (தம்மாவும்
வினயாவும்) அது என்னுடைய இறப்புக்கு அப்பால் உங்களுடைய கற்பிப்பவராக
இருக்கும்.
…
…
https://youtu.be/iw4cWe8afU8
https://www.thebetterindia.com › …
5 Unique Initiatives That Take Tree Plantation to the Next Level
04-Jan-2018
— Several organisations have started initiatives to promote
environmental … They have planted 30000 trees across Maharashtra
schools.
https://www.geographyrealm.com › …
Mega Tree Planting Efforts Around the World - Geography Realm
10-Dec-2020
— As a response to the global deforestation crisis, many countries,
organizations, and influencers have started mega-tree planting
https://tree-nation.com › projects
List of reforestation projects worldwide | Tree-Nation - Projects
Discover
the projects where you can start planting now. Use the follow button to
stay tuned in on your preferred projects and discover the species you
can
https://www.greenbiz.com › article
Web results
These 14 businesses are growing money on trees | Greenbiz
25-Jan-2018
— The U.S. restoration economy alone generated $9.5 billion in annual
economic output in 2015 and created an additional $15 billion in
indirect …
https://eco-age.com › resources › co…
12 Amazing Companies Who Plant Trees When You Buy Their …
26-Jul-2019
— Cool, huh? In terms of tree planting, Australia is aiming to have
planted a billion trees by 2050 as part of its strategy to meet the
Paris …https://eco-age.com › resources › co…
12 Amazing Companies Who Plant Trees When You Buy Their …
26-Jul-2019
— Cool, huh? In terms of tree planting, Australia is aiming to have
planted a billion trees by 2050 as part of its strategy to meet the
Paris …
https://www.marthastewart.com › or…
Web results
These Eight Organizations Are Fighting to Save Trees Across the …
26-Nov-2019
— Plant 50 Million Trees. On Earth Day 2018, the National Forest
Foundation launched its campaign to do just that in U.S. forests within
five …
https://www.nelda.org.in › category
Web results
5 Notable Tree Plantation NGOs In India - Nelda Foundation
08-Nov-2018
— Though we can’t mention all of them, here are five notable
organisations which are trying to build environmental awareness across
India and …
https://clickatree.com › best-tree-pla…
The Best Tree-Planting Organizations: 6 steps to find your …
08-Feb-2021
— There are thousands of tree-planting organizations all over the
planet, … we’ve created this complete guide to tree-planting for you.
https://impactful.ninja › best-charitie…
9 Best Charities for Planting Trees (Complete 2021 List) – Impactful …
What
they do: With the aim of global reforestation, One Tree Planted plants
trees all over the world. Today they plant trees in 28 countries across
North …
https://selfecogarden.com › blogs
10 Companies that Plant a Tree for Every Product You Buy | SelfEco …
We
started Baron Fig to celebrate the creators and their process, which we
believe should also consider how we interact with the world around us.
It’s
https://www.thebetterindia.com › …
5 Unique Initiatives That Take Tree Plantation to the Next Level
04-Jan-2018
— Several organisations have started initiatives to promote
environmental … They have planted 30000 trees across Maharashtra
schools.
https://www.geographyrealm.com › …
Mega Tree Planting Efforts Around the World - Geography Realm
10-Dec-2020
— As a response to the global deforestation crisis, many countries,
organizations, and influencers have started mega-tree planting
https://tree-nation.com › projects
List of reforestation projects worldwide | Tree-Nation - Projects
Discover
the projects where you can start planting now. Use the follow button to
stay tuned in on your preferred projects and discover the species you
can
https://www.greenbiz.com › article
Web results
These 14 businesses are growing money on trees | Greenbiz
25-Jan-2018
— The U.S. restoration economy alone generated $9.5 billion in annual
economic output in 2015 and created an additional $15 billion in
indirect …
https://eco-age.com › resources › co…
12 Amazing Companies Who Plant Trees When You Buy Their …
26-Jul-2019
— Cool, huh? In terms of tree planting, Australia is aiming to have
planted a billion trees by 2050 as part of its strategy to meet the
Paris …https://eco-age.com › resources › co…
12 Amazing Companies Who Plant Trees When You Buy Their …
26-Jul-2019
— Cool, huh? In terms of tree planting, Australia is aiming to have
planted a billion trees by 2050 as part of its strategy to meet the
Paris …
https://www.marthastewart.com › or…
Web results
These Eight Organizations Are Fighting to Save Trees Across the …
26-Nov-2019
— Plant 50 Million Trees. On Earth Day 2018, the National Forest
Foundation launched its campaign to do just that in U.S. forests within
five …
https://www.nelda.org.in › category
Web results
5 Notable Tree Plantation NGOs In India - Nelda Foundation
08-Nov-2018
— Though we can’t mention all of them, here are five notable
organisations which are trying to build environmental awareness across
India and …
https://clickatree.com › best-tree-pla…
The Best Tree-Planting Organizations: 6 steps to find your …
08-Feb-2021
— There are thousands of tree-planting organizations all over the
planet, … we’ve created this complete guide to tree-planting for you.
https://impactful.ninja › best-charitie…
9 Best Charities for Planting Trees (Complete 2021 List) – Impactful …
What
they do: With the aim of global reforestation, One Tree Planted plants
trees all over the world. Today they plant trees in 28 countries across
North …
https://selfecogarden.com › blogs
10 Companies that Plant a Tree for Every Product You Buy | SelfEco …
We
started Baron Fig to celebrate the creators and their process, which we
believe should also consider how we interact with the world around us.
It’s
𝒴𝑒𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝒶𝓂𝑜𝓊𝓈 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶𝒸𝒶𝓀𝓀𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒶𝓋𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒶 𝒮𝓊𝓉𝓉𝒶. 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓂𝑜𝓃, 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝒹 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝒹, 𝒾𝓃 𝐸𝓃𝑔𝓁𝒾𝓈𝒽, 𝒶𝒻𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓈𝓊𝓉𝓉𝒶 𝒾𝓈 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 “𝒮𝑒𝓉𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝒽𝑒𝑒𝓁 𝑜𝒻 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶 𝒾𝓃 𝑀𝑜𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃”. 𝒲𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝑜𝓌𝑒𝓇 𝑜𝒻 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒹𝑒𝑒𝓅 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓉𝑒𝓂𝓅𝓁𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝒻𝑒𝓌 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝒹𝓈, 𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝒻𝒻𝑒𝒸𝓉𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓁𝓎 𝓈𝑒𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒 “𝒲𝒽𝑒𝑒𝓁 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝑜𝒸𝓉𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑒” (𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒟𝑒𝓈𝓉𝒾𝓃𝓎) 𝒾𝓃 𝓂𝑜𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒾𝓃 𝓈𝓊𝒸𝒽 𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓎 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒾𝓉 𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝓃𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓇 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝓊𝓇𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝒶𝒸𝓀. 𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒’𝓈 𝓈𝑜 𝓂𝓊𝒸𝒽 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓍 𝓌𝓇𝒾𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒶𝓃𝒶𝓁𝓎𝓈𝒾𝓈 𝑜𝓃 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒾𝓈𝓂 𝓉𝒽𝓇𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽𝑜𝓊𝓉 𝒽𝒾𝓈𝓉𝑜𝓇𝓎. 𝐿𝑜𝑜𝓀𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝓊𝓉𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝒸𝓁𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓉𝓎 𝒷𝓎 𝑔𝑜𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒷𝒶𝒸𝓀 𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝓉𝓊𝒹𝓎 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒹𝒾𝓇𝑒𝒸𝓉 𝓉𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈.
𝒜 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝑒𝓁 𝓇𝑒𝓅𝓇𝑒𝓈𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓈𝓅𝑜𝓀𝑒𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝑒𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝓉𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝑒𝑒𝓇 𝒫𝒶𝓇𝓀, 𝒮𝒶𝓇𝓃𝒶𝓉𝒽. 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒹𝑒𝑒𝓇 𝓈𝓎𝓂𝒷𝑜𝓁𝒾𝓏𝑒𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝑒𝓇𝓈𝑜𝓃𝒾𝒻𝒾𝒸𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝑔𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓁𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓈𝒹𝑜𝓂. 𝐼𝓃 𝒯𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓉𝒶𝓃 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒾𝓈𝓂, 𝒶 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝓂𝒶𝓎 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓈𝓎𝓂𝒷𝑜𝓁 𝑜𝒻 𝒶 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝑒𝓁 𝒻𝓁𝒶𝓃𝓀𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝓎 𝓉𝓌𝑜 𝒹𝑒𝑒𝓇 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓇𝑜𝑜𝒻𝓉𝑜𝓅.
𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒 𝒶𝒻𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔:
𝒪𝓃 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝑜𝒸𝒸𝒶𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓎𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓃𝑒𝒶𝓇 𝐵𝑒𝓃𝒶𝓇𝑒𝓈 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝑒𝑒𝓇 𝒫𝒶𝓇𝓀, 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝒹𝒹𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈𝑒𝒹 𝒶 𝑔𝓇𝑜𝓊𝓅 𝑜𝒻 𝒻𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈:
“𝑀𝓎 𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝓉𝓌𝑜 𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒶 𝓅𝑒𝓇𝓈𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝓈𝒽𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝒶𝓋𝑜𝒾𝒹. 𝒲𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝓉𝓌𝑜? 𝒪𝓃𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝓁𝓊𝓃𝑔𝑒 𝑜𝓃𝑒𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻 𝒾𝓃𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝑒𝓃𝓈𝓊𝒶𝓁 𝓅𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝓊𝓇𝑒𝓈. 𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒 𝒶𝓊𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓉𝒾𝑒𝓈 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒹𝑒𝓅𝓇𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒷𝑜𝒹𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝒾𝓉𝓈 𝓃𝑒𝑒𝒹𝓈. 𝐵𝑜𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒻𝒶𝒾𝓁𝓊𝓇𝑒.
“𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑀𝒾𝒹𝒹𝓁𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎, 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒶𝓋𝑜𝒾𝒹𝓈 𝒷𝑜𝓉𝒽 𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝒶𝓅𝒶𝒸𝒾𝓉𝓎 𝓉𝑜 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒. 𝐼𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝒫𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽𝓉, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓈𝓅𝑒𝑒𝒸𝒽, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓁𝒾𝒽𝑜𝑜𝒹, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝑒𝒻𝒻𝑜𝓇𝓉, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒸𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃. 𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓁𝓁𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓏𝑒𝒹 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒.
𝒜 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝑒𝓁 𝓇𝑒𝓅𝓇𝑒𝓈𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓈𝓅𝑜𝓀𝑒𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝑒𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝓉𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝑒𝑒𝓇 𝒫𝒶𝓇𝓀, 𝒮𝒶𝓇𝓃𝒶𝓉𝒽. 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒹𝑒𝑒𝓇 𝓈𝓎𝓂𝒷𝑜𝓁𝒾𝓏𝑒𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝑒𝓇𝓈𝑜𝓃𝒾𝒻𝒾𝒸𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝑔𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓁𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓈𝒹𝑜𝓂. 𝐼𝓃 𝒯𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓉𝒶𝓃 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒾𝓈𝓂, 𝒶 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝓂𝒶𝓎 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓈𝓎𝓂𝒷𝑜𝓁 𝑜𝒻 𝒶 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝑒𝓁 𝒻𝓁𝒶𝓃𝓀𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝓎 𝓉𝓌𝑜 𝒹𝑒𝑒𝓇 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓇𝑜𝑜𝒻𝓉𝑜𝓅.
𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒 𝒶𝒻𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔:
𝒪𝓃 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝑜𝒸𝒸𝒶𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓎𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓃𝑒𝒶𝓇 𝐵𝑒𝓃𝒶𝓇𝑒𝓈 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒟𝑒𝑒𝓇 𝒫𝒶𝓇𝓀, 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝒹𝒹𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈𝑒𝒹 𝒶 𝑔𝓇𝑜𝓊𝓅 𝑜𝒻 𝒻𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈:
“𝑀𝓎 𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝓉𝓌𝑜 𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒶 𝓅𝑒𝓇𝓈𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝓈𝒽𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝒶𝓋𝑜𝒾𝒹. 𝒲𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝓉𝓌𝑜? 𝒪𝓃𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝓁𝓊𝓃𝑔𝑒 𝑜𝓃𝑒𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻 𝒾𝓃𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝑒𝓃𝓈𝓊𝒶𝓁 𝓅𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝓊𝓇𝑒𝓈. 𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒 𝒶𝓊𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓉𝒾𝑒𝓈 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒹𝑒𝓅𝓇𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒷𝑜𝒹𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝒾𝓉𝓈 𝓃𝑒𝑒𝒹𝓈. 𝐵𝑜𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒻𝒶𝒾𝓁𝓊𝓇𝑒.
“𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑀𝒾𝒹𝒹𝓁𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎, 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒶𝓋𝑜𝒾𝒹𝓈 𝒷𝑜𝓉𝒽 𝑒𝓍𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝒶𝓅𝒶𝒸𝒾𝓉𝓎 𝓉𝑜 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒. 𝐼𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝒫𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽𝓉, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓈𝓅𝑒𝑒𝒸𝒽, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓁𝒾𝒽𝑜𝑜𝒹, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝑒𝒻𝒻𝑜𝓇𝓉, 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒸𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃. 𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓁𝓁𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓏𝑒𝒹 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒.
𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝓍𝒾𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝐵𝒾𝓇𝓉𝒽, 𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝒶𝑔𝑒, 𝓈𝒾𝒸𝓀𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝑒𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒮𝒶𝒹𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝑔𝑒𝓇, 𝒿𝑒𝒶𝓁𝑜𝓊𝓈𝓎, 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓇𝓎, 𝒶𝓃𝓍𝒾𝑒𝓉𝓎, 𝒻𝑒𝒶𝓇, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝓅𝒶𝒾𝓇 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒮𝑒𝓅𝒶𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒𝒹 𝑜𝓃𝑒𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒜𝓈𝓈𝑜𝒸𝒾𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑜𝓈𝑒 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝓁𝒾𝓀𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒟𝑒𝓈𝒾𝓇𝑒, 𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝒸𝒽𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒸𝓁𝒾𝓃𝑔𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝒶𝑔𝑔𝓇𝑒𝑔𝒶𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔.
“𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝑒𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝓇𝑒𝓋𝑒𝒶𝓁𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝒶𝓊𝓈𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝐵𝑒𝒸𝒶𝓊𝓈𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝒾𝑔𝓃𝑜𝓇𝒶𝓃𝒸𝑒, 𝓅𝑒𝑜𝓅𝓁𝑒 𝒸𝒶𝓃𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝓈𝑒𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝒷𝑜𝓊𝓉 𝓁𝒾𝒻𝑒, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝒷𝑒𝒸𝑜𝓂𝑒 𝒸𝒶𝓊𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝓁𝒶𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝑜𝒻 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝒾𝓇𝑒, 𝒶𝓃𝑔𝑒𝓇, 𝒿𝑒𝒶𝓁𝑜𝓊𝓈𝓎, 𝑔𝓇𝒾𝑒𝒻, 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓇𝓎, 𝒻𝑒𝒶𝓇, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝓅𝒶𝒾𝓇.
“𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓇𝒹 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔.
𝒰𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓁𝒾𝒻𝑒 𝒷𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝒶𝒷𝑜𝓊𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝑔𝓇𝒾𝑒𝒻 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝑜𝓇𝓇𝑜𝓌 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝑔𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓈 𝓇𝒾𝓈𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒿𝑜𝓎.
“𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓊𝒻𝒻𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝐼𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝒫𝒶𝓉𝒽, 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒿𝓊𝓈𝓉 𝑒𝓍𝓅𝓁𝒶𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹. 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝐸𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝒻𝑜𝓁𝒹 𝒫𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓊𝓇𝒾𝓈𝒽𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝓎 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓁𝓎. 𝑀𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒸𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔, 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂 𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝓅𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝑜𝓇𝓇𝑜𝓌 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝑒𝒶𝒸𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒿𝑜𝓎. 𝐼 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝑔𝓊𝒾𝒹𝑒 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒶𝓁𝑜𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓏𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃.
“𝒱𝒾𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒, 𝒾𝓃𝓈𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒, 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑒𝓇𝓃𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒, 𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌𝓁𝑒𝒹𝑔𝑒 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒, 𝒾𝓁𝓁𝓊𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃 𝓂𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓇𝑒𝑔𝒶𝓇𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝓃𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓇 𝒽𝑒𝒶𝓇𝒹 𝒷𝑒𝒻𝑜𝓇𝑒: ‘𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝒽𝒶𝓈 𝒷𝑒𝑒𝓃 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓅𝓇𝑒𝒽𝑒𝓃𝒹𝑒𝒹.’
“𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈: 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓉𝑒 𝒻𝒶𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔 & 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝓇𝑒𝓃𝓊𝓃𝒸𝒾𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃, 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝒾𝓃𝓆𝓊𝒾𝓈𝒽𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉, 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒, & 𝓁𝑒𝓉𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝑔𝑜 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝒸𝓇𝒶𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝒽𝒶𝓈 𝒷𝑒𝑒𝓃 𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓏𝑒𝒹. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝒶𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓈𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓈.
“𝒜𝓈 𝓈𝑜𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓈 𝓂𝓎 𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌𝓁𝑒𝒹𝑔𝑒 & 𝓋𝒾𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝒸𝑒𝓇𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝒻𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽𝓈 𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒—𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝓁𝓎 𝓅𝓊𝓇𝑒, 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝐼 𝒹𝒾𝒹 𝒸𝓁𝒶𝒾𝓂 𝓉𝑜 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓇𝑒𝒸𝓉𝓁𝓎 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓇𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻-𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓊𝓃𝑒𝓍𝒸𝑒𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑜𝓈𝓂𝑜𝓈 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝒾𝓉𝓈 𝓊𝓃𝓈𝑒𝑒𝓃 𝑔𝓊𝒾𝒹𝑒𝓈, 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓉𝑒𝓂𝓅𝓁𝒶𝓉𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓈, 𝒷𝓇𝒶𝒽𝓂𝒶𝓃𝓈, 𝒾𝓉𝓈 𝓇𝑜𝓎𝒶𝓁𝓉𝓎 & 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓂𝑜𝓃𝒻𝑜𝓁𝓀. 𝒦𝓃𝑜𝓌𝓁𝑒𝒹𝑔𝑒 & 𝓋𝒾𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒶𝓇𝑜𝓈𝑒 𝒾𝓃 𝓂𝑒: ‘𝒰𝓃𝓈𝒽𝒶𝓀𝒶𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓂𝓎 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝓂𝓎 𝓁𝒶𝓈𝓉 𝒷𝒾𝓇𝓉𝒽. 𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓌 𝓃𝑜 𝓇𝑒𝓃𝑒𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝑒𝓍𝒾𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓃𝒸𝑒.”
𝒲𝒽𝒾𝓁𝑒 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝑒𝓍𝓅𝓁𝒶𝒾𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐹𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝒩𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝒯𝓇𝓊𝓉𝒽𝓈, 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈, 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝓈𝓊𝒹𝒹𝑒𝓃𝓁𝓎 𝒻𝑒𝓁𝓉 𝒶 𝑔𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓉 𝓈𝒽𝒾𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝑜𝓌𝓃 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹. 𝐻𝑒 𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝓉𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒽𝑒 𝒽𝒶𝒹 𝓈𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽𝓉 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝓈𝑜 𝓁𝑜𝓃𝑔. 𝐻𝒾𝓈 𝒻𝒶𝒸𝑒 𝒷𝑒𝒶𝓂𝑒𝒹 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒿𝑜𝓎. 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓅𝑜𝒾𝓃𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓉 𝒽𝒾𝓂 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒸𝓇𝒾𝑒𝒹, “𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶! 𝒴𝑜𝓊’𝓋𝑒 𝑔𝑜𝓉 𝒾𝓉! 𝒴𝑜𝓊’𝓋𝑒 𝑔𝑜𝓉 𝒾𝓉!”
𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝒿𝑜𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓅𝒶𝓁𝓂𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒷𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝑒𝒻𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶. 𝒲𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒹𝑒𝑒𝓅𝑒𝓈𝓉 𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓅𝑒𝒸𝓉, 𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝓅𝑜𝓀𝑒, “𝒱𝑒𝓃𝑒𝓇𝒶𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝒢𝒶𝓊𝓉𝒶𝓂𝒶, 𝓅𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒 𝒶𝒸𝒸𝑒𝓅𝓉 𝓂𝑒 𝒶𝓈 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒. 𝐼 𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝓊𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝑔𝓊𝒾𝒹𝒶𝓃𝒸𝑒, 𝐼 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒢𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓉 𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔.”
𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝒻𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈 𝒶𝓁𝓈𝑜 𝒷𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓉 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝒻𝑒𝑒𝓉, 𝒿𝑜𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝒾𝓇 𝓅𝒶𝓁𝓂𝓈, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒶𝓈𝓀𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒 𝓇𝑒𝒸𝑒𝒾𝓋𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓈 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓈. 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶 𝓈𝒶𝒾𝒹, “𝐵𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈! 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓁𝒹𝓇𝑒𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓋𝒾𝓁𝓁𝒶𝑔𝑒 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝑔𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓃 𝓂𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓃𝒶𝓂𝑒 ‘𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶.” 𝒴𝑜𝓊 𝓉𝑜𝑜 𝓂𝒶𝓎 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝓂𝑒 𝒷𝓎 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝓃𝒶𝓂𝑒 𝒾𝒻 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓁𝒾𝓀𝑒.”
𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝒶𝓈𝓀𝑒𝒹, “𝒟𝑜𝑒𝓈𝓃’𝓉 ‘𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’ 𝓂𝑒𝒶𝓃 ‘𝒪𝓃𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜 𝒾𝓈 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹’?”
“𝒯𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝒸𝑜𝓇𝓇𝑒𝒸𝓉, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝐼 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒹 ‘𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔.’ 𝒲𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒹𝑜 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃𝓀 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝒶𝓂𝑒?”
“’𝒪𝓃𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜 𝒾𝓈 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹’! ‘𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔’! 𝒲𝑜𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝒻𝓊𝓁! 𝒲𝑜𝓃𝒹𝑒𝓇𝒻𝓊𝓁! 𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓈𝑒 𝓃𝒶𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝓇𝓊𝑒, 𝓎𝑒𝓉 𝓈𝒾𝓂𝓅𝓁𝑒. 𝒲𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒽𝒶𝓅𝓅𝒾𝓁𝓎 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝒶𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔. 𝒜𝓈 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝒿𝓊𝓈𝓉 𝓈𝒶𝒾𝒹, 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽 𝒹𝒶𝓎 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓁𝓎 𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝒷𝒶𝓈𝒾𝓈 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓅𝒾𝓇𝒾𝓉𝓊𝒶𝓁 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒.” 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈 𝓌𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒶𝒸𝒸𝑒𝓅𝓉 𝒢𝒶𝓊𝓉𝒶𝓂𝒶 𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝒾𝓇 𝓉𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝒽𝒾𝓂 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶.
𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓈𝓂𝒾𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓂.” 𝒫𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒, 𝒷𝓇𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒶𝓃 𝑜𝓅𝑒𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒾𝓃𝓉𝑒𝓁𝓁𝒾𝑔𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝓈𝓅𝒾𝓇𝒾𝓉, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝓇𝑒𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓉𝒽𝓈 𝓎𝑜𝓊 𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝓊𝒾𝓉 𝑜𝒻 𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃.”
𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝑜𝓇 𝒜𝒿𝓃𝒶𝓉𝒶 𝒦𝒶𝓊𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝓎𝒶
𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶(𝒫𝒶𝓁𝒾) 𝑜𝓇 𝒜𝒿𝓃𝒶𝓉𝒶 𝒦𝒶𝓊𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝓎𝒶(𝒮𝒶𝓃𝓈𝓀𝓇𝒾𝓉) 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝒻𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶. 𝐻𝑒 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝒷𝑜𝓇𝓃 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝟨𝓉𝒽 𝒸𝑒𝓃𝓉𝓊𝓇𝓎 𝐵𝒞𝐸 𝒾𝓃 𝒶 𝐵𝓇𝒶𝒽𝓂𝒾𝓃 𝒻𝒶𝓂𝒾𝓁𝓎 𝒾𝓃 𝒟𝑜𝓃𝒶𝓋𝒶𝓉𝒽𝓊 𝓃𝑒𝒶𝓇 𝒦𝒶𝓅𝒾𝓁𝒶𝓋𝒶𝓈𝓉𝓊. 𝒜𝓈 𝒶 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓉𝒽 𝒹𝓊𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓂𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝒱𝑒𝒹𝒶𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝑒𝓍𝒸𝑒𝓁𝓁𝑒𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝒸𝒾𝑒𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓅𝒽𝓎𝓈𝒾𝑜𝑔𝓃𝑜𝓂𝓎(𝐿𝒶𝓀𝒽𝒶𝓃𝒶 𝑀𝒶𝓃𝓉𝒶) 𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝒶𝓅𝓅𝑜𝒾𝓃𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓈 𝒶 𝓇𝑜𝓎𝒶𝓁 𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓉 𝓈𝒸𝒽𝑜𝓁𝒶𝓇 𝒾𝓃 𝒦𝒶𝓅𝒾𝓁𝓋𝒶𝓈𝓉𝓊 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒮𝒽𝒶𝓀𝓎𝒶 𝐸𝓂𝓅𝒾𝓇𝑒 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝓇𝓊𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝓎 𝒦𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒮𝒽𝓊𝒹𝒽𝑜𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓃𝒶. 𝒲𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒬𝓊𝑒𝑒𝓃 𝑔𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒷𝒾𝓇𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝑜 𝒶 𝓈𝑜𝓃 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶 𝒢𝒶𝓊𝓉𝒶𝓂, 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝓅𝓇𝑒𝒹𝒾𝒸𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒫𝓇𝒾𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝓌𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝒷𝑒𝒸𝑜𝓂𝑒 𝒶𝓃 𝐸𝓃𝓁𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝐵𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓋𝑜𝓌𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒻𝑜𝓁𝓁𝑜𝓌 𝒽𝒾𝓂.
𝑅𝑒𝓃𝑜𝓊𝓃𝒸𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒜𝓇𝒶𝒽𝒶𝓃𝓉𝓈𝒽𝒾𝓅
𝒲𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝓅𝓇𝒾𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝒮𝒾𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓉𝒽𝒶 𝓁𝑒𝒻𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓀𝒾𝓃𝑔𝒹𝑜𝓂 𝓉𝑜 𝒷𝑒𝒸𝑜𝓂𝑒 𝒶𝓃 𝒶𝓈𝒸𝑒𝓉𝒾𝒸, 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝒻𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝒻𝓇𝒾𝑒𝓃𝒹𝓈 𝒶𝓁𝓈𝑜 𝒶𝒸𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓅𝒶𝓃𝒾𝑒𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓂. 𝒯𝒽𝑒𝓎 𝓌𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌𝓃 𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒫𝒶𝓃𝒸𝒶𝓋𝒶𝑔𝑔𝒾𝓎𝓎𝒶 𝑜𝓇 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒢𝓇𝑜𝓊𝓅 𝑜𝒻 𝐹𝒾𝓋𝑒. 𝒲𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝑒𝓃𝓁𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝑒𝓃𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝑔𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝒮𝑒𝓇𝓂𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝑜 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒻𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀 𝒻𝓇𝒾𝑒𝓃𝒹𝓈 𝒾𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓈𝒶𝒾𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝓉𝑜 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓅𝓇𝑒𝒽𝑒𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒷𝑒𝒸𝒶𝓂𝑒 𝒶𝓃 𝒜𝓇𝒶𝒽𝒶𝓃𝓉 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝒽𝑒 𝒽𝑒𝒶𝓇𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒜𝓃𝒶𝓉𝓉𝒶𝓁𝒶𝓀𝓀𝒽𝒶𝓃𝒶 𝒮𝓊𝓉𝓉𝒶 𝓇𝑒𝑔𝒶𝓇𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓈𝑜𝓊𝓁-𝓁𝑒𝓈𝓈𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝑜𝓇 𝓃𝑜𝓃 𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻. 𝐻𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝓇𝑒𝓆𝓊𝑒𝓈𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓉𝑜 𝓅𝑒𝓇𝓂𝒾𝓉 𝒽𝒾𝓂 𝓉𝑜 𝓇𝑒𝓉𝒾𝓇𝑒 𝒻𝓇𝑜𝓂 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓁𝒹 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝒶𝑔𝓇𝑒𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝑒𝒸𝓁𝒶𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓂 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐹𝒾𝓇𝓈𝓉 𝐵𝒽𝒾𝓀𝓀𝒽𝓊 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒮𝒶𝓃𝑔𝒽𝒶.
𝒜𝒻𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝒜𝓌𝒶𝓀𝑒𝓃𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉
𝒜𝒻𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓈𝑒𝓉 𝓊𝓅 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒮𝒶𝓃𝑔𝒽𝒶, 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈 𝓉𝓇𝒶𝓋𝑒𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝒷𝓎 𝒻𝑜𝑜𝓉 𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝓅𝓇𝑒𝒶𝒹 𝒟𝒽𝒶𝓂𝓂𝒶. 𝒲𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓌𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝓉𝑜 𝒸𝑜𝓂𝓂𝓊𝓃𝒾𝒸𝒶𝓉𝑒 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓉𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝑒𝓍𝒶𝓁𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝑒𝓃𝓁𝒾𝑔𝒽𝓉𝑒𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓉𝑒 𝓉𝑜 𝒦𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝐵𝒾𝓂𝒷𝒾𝓈𝒶𝓇𝒶 𝒶𝓈 𝓅𝓇𝑜𝓂𝒾𝓈𝑒𝒹, 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝓌𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝓉𝑜 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒽𝑜𝓂𝑒 𝓉𝑜𝓌𝓃 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝓂𝒶𝓃𝓎 𝒻𝑜𝓁𝓁𝑜𝓌𝑒𝓇𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝓉𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈, 𝒻𝑜𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑜𝓈𝓉 𝒶𝓂𝑜𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓂 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑒𝓅𝒽𝑒𝓌 𝒫𝓊𝓃𝓃𝒶. 𝒫𝓊𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝓊𝓇𝓃 𝓅𝓇𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒸𝑜𝓃𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝟧𝟢𝟢 𝑜𝒻 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒸𝓁𝒶𝓃 𝓉𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈. 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓉𝑜𝑜 𝒶𝒸𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌𝓁𝑒𝒹𝑔𝑒𝒹 𝒫𝓊𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝓅𝓇𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓈𝓀𝒾𝓁𝓁𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝑒𝒸𝓁𝒶𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓂 𝒻𝑜𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑜𝓈𝓉 𝒶𝓂𝑜𝓃𝑔 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓈.
𝑀𝒶𝓃𝓎 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓌𝓇𝒾𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝒶𝓇𝑒 𝒶𝓉𝓉𝓇𝒾𝒷𝓊𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝒶 𝒾𝓃 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒾𝓈𝓉 𝓁𝒾𝓉𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝓊𝓇𝑒 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝑒𝓃𝒾𝑜𝓇𝓂𝑜𝓈𝓉 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈. 𝒜𝒻𝓉𝑒𝓇 𝓈𝓅𝑒𝓃𝒹𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒶 𝓅𝑒𝓇𝒾𝑜𝒹 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒮𝒶𝓃𝑔𝒽𝒶 𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝓇𝑒𝓉𝒾𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐻𝒾𝓂𝒶𝓁𝒶𝓎𝒶𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝓅𝑒𝓃𝒹 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒾𝓂𝑒 𝒾𝓃 𝓇𝑒𝓁𝒾𝑔𝒾𝑜𝓊𝓈 𝓅𝓇𝒶𝒸𝓉𝒾𝒸𝑒 𝒶𝓈 𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒾𝓃𝒽𝒾𝒷𝒾𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝓎 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑔𝓇𝑜𝓌𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓅𝑜𝓅𝓊𝓁𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓉𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒮𝒶𝓃𝑔𝒽𝒶. 𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒮𝒶𝓂𝓎𝓊𝓉𝓉𝒶 𝒩𝒾𝓀𝒶𝓎𝒶. 𝒲𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝒽𝑒 𝓀𝓃𝑒𝓌 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝑒𝓃𝒹 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝓃𝑒𝒶𝓇 𝒽𝑒 𝓇𝑒𝓉𝓊𝓇𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝓈𝓉𝓇𝑜𝓀𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓀𝒾𝓈𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶’𝓈 𝒻𝑒𝑒𝓉 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓁𝓎 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒶𝓈𝓀𝑒𝒹 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝓉𝑜 𝓂𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓃 𝒽𝒾𝓂. 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝓃𝑒𝓍𝓉 𝓂𝑜𝓇𝓃𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝒶𝓈𝓈𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓌𝒶𝓎 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝒸𝓇𝑒𝓂𝒶𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝑒𝓇𝑒𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓎 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓅𝓇𝑒𝓈𝒾𝒹𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝓎 𝒜𝓃𝓊𝓇𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓉𝑒𝓃 𝒸𝒽𝒾𝑒𝒻 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝟧𝟢𝟢 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈. 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒶𝓈𝒽𝑒𝓈 𝓌𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝑒𝓃𝓈𝒽𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒾𝓃 𝒶 𝓈𝒾𝓁𝓋𝑒𝓇 𝒮𝓉𝓊𝓅𝒶 𝒶𝓉 𝒱𝑒𝓁𝓊𝓋𝒶𝓃𝒶.
𝒫𝒶𝓈𝓉 𝐵𝒾𝓇𝓉𝒽𝓈
𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝓈𝒶𝒾𝒹 𝓉𝑜 𝒽𝒶𝓋𝑒 𝒷𝑒𝑒𝓃 𝒷𝑜𝓇𝓃 𝒶 𝓃𝓊𝓂𝒷𝑒𝓇 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒾𝓂𝑒𝓈 𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝒾𝓃 𝑒𝒶𝓇𝓁𝒾𝑒𝓇 𝒷𝒾𝓇𝓉𝒽𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝒶𝒹 𝒶𝓁𝓇𝑒𝒶𝒹𝓎 𝓇𝑒𝒶𝒸𝒽𝑒𝒹 𝒶 𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓎 𝒽𝒾𝑔𝒽 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝓉𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓈𝓅𝒾𝓇𝒾𝓉𝓊𝒶𝓁 𝑒𝓋𝑜𝓁𝓋𝑒𝓂𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝓌𝒽𝒾𝒸𝒽 𝒸𝓊𝓁𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒶𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝒾𝓃 𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒜𝓇𝒶𝒽𝒶𝓃𝓉𝓈𝒽𝒾𝓅 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓅𝓇𝑒𝓈𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝓁𝒾𝒻𝑒𝓉𝒾𝓂𝑒.
𝒞𝑜𝓃𝒸𝓁𝓊𝓈𝒾𝑜𝓃
𝒦𝑜𝓃𝒹𝒶𝓃𝓃𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒸𝓁𝑜𝓈𝑒𝓈𝓉 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈, 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒾𝓃𝒾𝓉𝒾𝒶𝓁𝓁𝓎 𝒶 𝒻𝓇𝒾𝑒𝓃𝒹 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝒶 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓁𝒹𝓁𝓎 𝒫𝓇𝒾𝓃𝒸𝑒. 𝐻𝒾𝓈 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓋𝒾𝓉𝓊𝒹𝑒 𝓉𝑜𝓌𝒶𝓇𝒹𝓈 𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝑒𝓍𝑒𝓂𝓅𝓁𝒶𝓇𝓎 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝒶𝓈 𝒽𝑜𝓃𝑜𝓊𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓇𝑒𝓈𝓅𝑒𝒸𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝒷𝓎 𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓈𝑒𝓃𝒾𝑜𝓇𝓂𝑜𝓈𝓉 𝓂𝑜𝓃𝓀𝓈. 𝐻𝑒 𝒶𝓁𝓌𝒶𝓎𝓈 𝑒𝓍𝒽𝑜𝓇𝓉𝑒𝒹 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒻𝑒𝓁𝓁𝑜𝓌 𝒹𝒾𝓈𝒸𝒾𝓅𝓁𝑒𝓈 𝓉𝑜 𝑔𝒾𝓋𝑒 𝓊𝓅 𝓉𝓇𝒶𝓃𝓈𝒾𝓉𝑜𝓇𝓎 𝓅𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝓊𝓇𝑒𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒹𝓌𝑒𝓁𝓁 𝑜𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝒾𝓂𝓅𝑒𝓇𝓂𝒶𝓃𝑒𝓃𝒸𝑒 𝑜𝒻 𝓁𝒾𝒻𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝑒𝑒𝓀 𝒮𝑒𝓁𝒻 𝓇𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓈𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝓇 𝐿𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃.
𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞’𝔰 𝔣𝔦𝔯𝔰𝔱 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔬𝔲𝔯𝔰𝔢 𝔞𝔣𝔱𝔢𝔯 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔞𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤:
𝔒𝔫 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔬𝔠𝔠𝔞𝔰𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔶𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔫𝔢𝔞𝔯 𝔅𝔢𝔫𝔞𝔯𝔢𝔰 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔇𝔢𝔢𝔯 𝔓𝔞𝔯𝔨, 𝔴𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔥𝔢 𝔞𝔡𝔡𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔢𝔡 𝔞 𝔤𝔯𝔬𝔲𝔭 𝔬𝔣 𝔣𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰:
“𝔐𝔶 𝔅𝔯𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔰, 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔞𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔰𝔢 𝔱𝔴𝔬 𝔢𝔵𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔞 𝔭𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔞𝔱𝔥 𝔰𝔥𝔬𝔲𝔩𝔡 𝔞𝔳𝔬𝔦𝔡. 𝔚𝔥𝔦𝔠𝔥 𝔱𝔴𝔬? 𝔒𝔫𝔢 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔬 𝔭𝔩𝔲𝔫𝔤𝔢 𝔬𝔫𝔢𝔰𝔢𝔩𝔣 𝔦𝔫𝔱𝔬 𝔰𝔢𝔫𝔰𝔲𝔞𝔩 𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔰𝔲𝔯𝔢𝔰. 𝔄𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔬 𝔭𝔯𝔞𝔠𝔱𝔦𝔠𝔢 𝔞𝔲𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔱𝔦𝔢𝔰 𝔴𝔥𝔦𝔠𝔥 𝔡𝔢𝔭𝔯𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔟𝔬𝔡𝔶 𝔬𝔣 𝔦𝔱𝔰 𝔫𝔢𝔢𝔡𝔰. 𝔅𝔬𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔰𝔢 𝔢𝔵𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔣𝔞𝔦𝔩𝔲𝔯𝔢.
“𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔞𝔱𝔥 ℑ 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔬𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔢𝔡 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔐𝔦𝔡𝔡𝔩𝔢 𝔚𝔞𝔶, 𝔴𝔥𝔦𝔠𝔥 𝔞𝔳𝔬𝔦𝔡𝔰 𝔟𝔬𝔱𝔥 𝔢𝔵𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔥𝔞𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔞𝔭𝔞𝔠𝔦𝔱𝔶 𝔱𝔬 𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔡 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔱𝔬 𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤, 𝔩𝔦𝔟𝔢𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔭𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔢. ℑ𝔱 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔑𝔬𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔈𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱𝔣𝔬𝔩𝔡 𝔓𝔞𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤, 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔱𝔥𝔬𝔲𝔤𝔥𝔱, 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔰𝔭𝔢𝔢𝔠𝔥, 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔞𝔠𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫, 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔩𝔦𝔳𝔢𝔩𝔦𝔥𝔬𝔬𝔡, 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔢𝔣𝔣𝔬𝔯𝔱, 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔪𝔦𝔫𝔡𝔣𝔲𝔩𝔫𝔢𝔰𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔠𝔬𝔫𝔠𝔢𝔫𝔱𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫. ℑ 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔣𝔬𝔩𝔩𝔬𝔴𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔑𝔬𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔈𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱𝔣𝔬𝔩𝔡 𝔭𝔞𝔱𝔥 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔩𝔦𝔷𝔢𝔡 𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤, 𝔩𝔦𝔟𝔢𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔭𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔢.
𝔄 𝔇𝔥𝔞𝔪𝔪𝔞 𝔴𝔥𝔢𝔢𝔩 𝔯𝔢𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔢𝔫𝔱𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔢𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔰𝔭𝔬𝔨𝔢𝔰, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔢𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱𝔣𝔬𝔩𝔡 𝔭𝔞𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞’𝔰 𝔣𝔦𝔯𝔰𝔱 𝔱𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔇𝔢𝔢𝔯 𝔓𝔞𝔯𝔨, 𝔖𝔞𝔯𝔫𝔞𝔱𝔥. 𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔡𝔢𝔢𝔯 𝔰𝔶𝔪𝔟𝔬𝔩𝔦𝔷𝔢𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔬𝔫𝔦𝔣𝔦𝔠𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔣 𝔤𝔢𝔫𝔱𝔩𝔢 𝔴𝔦𝔰𝔡𝔬𝔪. ℑ𝔫 𝔗𝔦𝔟𝔢𝔱𝔞𝔫 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔦𝔰𝔪, 𝔞 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔯𝔶 𝔪𝔞𝔶 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔰𝔶𝔪𝔟𝔬𝔩 𝔬𝔣 𝔞 𝔇𝔥𝔞𝔪𝔪𝔞 𝔴𝔥𝔢𝔢𝔩 𝔣𝔩𝔞𝔫𝔨𝔢𝔡 𝔟𝔶 𝔱𝔴𝔬 𝔡𝔢𝔢𝔯 𝔬𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔯𝔬𝔬𝔣𝔱𝔬𝔭.
𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞’𝔰 𝔣𝔦𝔯𝔰𝔱 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔬𝔲𝔯𝔰𝔢 𝔞𝔣𝔱𝔢𝔯 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔞𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤:
𝔒𝔫 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔬𝔠𝔠𝔞𝔰𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔶𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔫𝔢𝔞𝔯 𝔅𝔢𝔫𝔞𝔯𝔢𝔰 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔇𝔢𝔢𝔯 𝔓𝔞𝔯𝔨, 𝔴𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔥𝔢 𝔞𝔡𝔡𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔢𝔡 𝔞 𝔤𝔯𝔬𝔲𝔭 𝔬𝔣 𝔣𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰:
“𝔐𝔶 𝔅𝔯𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔰, 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔞𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔰𝔢 𝔱𝔴𝔬 𝔢𝔵𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔞 𝔭𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔞𝔱𝔥 𝔰𝔥𝔬𝔲𝔩𝔡 𝔞𝔳𝔬𝔦𝔡. 𝔚𝔥𝔦𝔠𝔥 𝔱𝔴𝔬? 𝔒𝔫𝔢 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔬 𝔭𝔩𝔲𝔫𝔤𝔢 𝔬𝔫𝔢𝔰𝔢𝔩𝔣 𝔦𝔫𝔱𝔬 𝔰𝔢𝔫𝔰𝔲𝔞𝔩 𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔰𝔲𝔯𝔢𝔰. 𝔄𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔬 𝔭𝔯𝔞𝔠𝔱𝔦𝔠𝔢 𝔞𝔲𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔱𝔦𝔢𝔰 𝔴𝔥𝔦𝔠𝔥 𝔡𝔢𝔭𝔯𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔟𝔬𝔡𝔶 𝔬𝔣 𝔦𝔱𝔰 𝔫𝔢𝔢𝔡𝔰. 𝔅𝔬𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔰𝔢 𝔢𝔵𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔣𝔞𝔦𝔩𝔲𝔯𝔢.
“𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔞𝔱𝔥 ℑ 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔬𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔢𝔡 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔐𝔦𝔡𝔡𝔩𝔢 𝔚𝔞𝔶, 𝔴𝔥𝔦𝔠𝔥 𝔞𝔳𝔬𝔦𝔡𝔰 𝔟𝔬𝔱𝔥 𝔢𝔵𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔥𝔞𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔞𝔭𝔞𝔠𝔦𝔱𝔶 𝔱𝔬 𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔡 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔱𝔬 𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤, 𝔩𝔦𝔟𝔢𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔭𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔢.
𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔣𝔦𝔯𝔰𝔱 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔢𝔵𝔦𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔫𝔠𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔲𝔣𝔣𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤. 𝔅𝔦𝔯𝔱𝔥, 𝔬𝔩𝔡 𝔞𝔤𝔢, 𝔰𝔦𝔠𝔨𝔫𝔢𝔰𝔰, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔡𝔢𝔞𝔱𝔥 𝔞𝔯𝔢 𝔰𝔲𝔣𝔣𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤. 𝔖𝔞𝔡𝔫𝔢𝔰𝔰, 𝔞𝔫𝔤𝔢𝔯, 𝔧𝔢𝔞𝔩𝔬𝔲𝔰𝔶, 𝔴𝔬𝔯𝔯𝔶, 𝔞𝔫𝔵𝔦𝔢𝔱𝔶, 𝔣𝔢𝔞𝔯, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔡𝔢𝔰𝔭𝔞𝔦𝔯 𝔞𝔯𝔢 𝔰𝔲𝔣𝔣𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤. 𝔖𝔢𝔭𝔞𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔣𝔯𝔬𝔪 𝔩𝔬𝔳𝔢𝔡 𝔬𝔫𝔢𝔰 𝔦𝔰 𝔰𝔲𝔣𝔣𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤. 𝔄𝔰𝔰𝔬𝔠𝔦𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔱𝔥𝔬𝔰𝔢 𝔶𝔬𝔲 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔩𝔦𝔨𝔢 𝔦𝔰 𝔰𝔲𝔣𝔣𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤. 𝔇𝔢𝔰𝔦𝔯𝔢, 𝔞𝔱𝔱𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔪𝔢𝔫𝔱, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔠𝔩𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔱𝔬 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔣𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔞𝔤𝔤𝔯𝔢𝔤𝔞𝔱𝔢𝔰 𝔞𝔯𝔢 𝔰𝔲𝔣𝔣𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤.
“𝔅𝔯𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔰, 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔰𝔢𝔠𝔬𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔯𝔢𝔳𝔢𝔞𝔩𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔞𝔲𝔰𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔲𝔣𝔣𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤. 𝔅𝔢𝔠𝔞𝔲𝔰𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔦𝔤𝔫𝔬𝔯𝔞𝔫𝔠𝔢, 𝔭𝔢𝔬𝔭𝔩𝔢 𝔠𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔬𝔱 𝔰𝔢𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔞𝔟𝔬𝔲𝔱 𝔩𝔦𝔣𝔢, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔶 𝔟𝔢𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔢 𝔠𝔞𝔲𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔣𝔩𝔞𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔬𝔣 𝔡𝔢𝔰𝔦𝔯𝔢, 𝔞𝔫𝔤𝔢𝔯, 𝔧𝔢𝔞𝔩𝔬𝔲𝔰𝔶, 𝔤𝔯𝔦𝔢𝔣, 𝔴𝔬𝔯𝔯𝔶, 𝔣𝔢𝔞𝔯, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔡𝔢𝔰𝔭𝔞𝔦𝔯.
“𝔅𝔯𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔰, 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔯𝔡 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔲𝔣𝔣𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤.
𝔘𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔩𝔦𝔣𝔢 𝔟𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔰 𝔞𝔟𝔬𝔲𝔱 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔣 𝔢𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔶 𝔤𝔯𝔦𝔢𝔣 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔰𝔬𝔯𝔯𝔬𝔴 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔤𝔦𝔳𝔢𝔰 𝔯𝔦𝔰𝔢 𝔱𝔬 𝔭𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔢 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔧𝔬𝔶.
“Brothers, there are Four Truths: the existence of suffering, the
cause of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the path which
leads to the cessation of suffering. I call these the Four Noble Truths.
“𝔙𝔦𝔰𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔞𝔯𝔬𝔰𝔢, 𝔦𝔫𝔰𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔞𝔯𝔬𝔰𝔢, 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔢𝔯𝔫𝔪𝔢𝔫𝔱 𝔞𝔯𝔬𝔰𝔢, 𝔨𝔫𝔬𝔴𝔩𝔢𝔡𝔤𝔢 𝔞𝔯𝔬𝔰𝔢, 𝔦𝔩𝔩𝔲𝔪𝔦𝔫𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔞𝔯𝔬𝔰𝔢 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔫 𝔪𝔢 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔯𝔢𝔤𝔞𝔯𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔰 𝔫𝔢𝔳𝔢𝔯 𝔥𝔢𝔞𝔯𝔡 𝔟𝔢𝔣𝔬𝔯𝔢: ‘𝔗𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔫𝔬𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔰 𝔥𝔞𝔰 𝔟𝔢𝔢𝔫 𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔥𝔢𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔡.’
“𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔫𝔬𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔰: 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔱𝔢 𝔣𝔞𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤 & 𝔠𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫, 𝔯𝔢𝔫𝔲𝔫𝔠𝔦𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫, 𝔯𝔢𝔩𝔦𝔫𝔮𝔲𝔦𝔰𝔥𝔪𝔢𝔫𝔱, 𝔯𝔢𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔰𝔢, & 𝔩𝔢𝔱𝔱𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔤𝔬 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔶 𝔠𝔯𝔞𝔳𝔦𝔫𝔤. 𝔗𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔫𝔬𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔰 𝔥𝔞𝔰 𝔟𝔢𝔢𝔫 𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔩𝔦𝔷𝔢𝔡. 𝔗𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔫𝔬𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔴𝔞𝔶 𝔬𝔣 𝔭𝔯𝔞𝔠𝔱𝔦𝔠𝔢 𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔱𝔬 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔱𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔰.
“𝔄𝔰 𝔰𝔬𝔬𝔫 𝔞𝔰 𝔪𝔶 𝔨𝔫𝔬𝔴𝔩𝔢𝔡𝔤𝔢 & 𝔳𝔦𝔰𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔠𝔬𝔫𝔠𝔢𝔯𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔰𝔢 𝔣𝔬𝔲𝔯 𝔫𝔬𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔱𝔥𝔰 𝔞𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔶 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔢 𝔱𝔬 𝔟𝔢—𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔩𝔶 𝔭𝔲𝔯𝔢, 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔫 ℑ 𝔡𝔦𝔡 𝔠𝔩𝔞𝔦𝔪 𝔱𝔬 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔡𝔦𝔯𝔢𝔠𝔱𝔩𝔶 𝔞𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔯𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱 𝔰𝔢𝔩𝔣-𝔞𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔲𝔫𝔢𝔵𝔠𝔢𝔩𝔩𝔢𝔡 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔬𝔰𝔪𝔬𝔰 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔞𝔩𝔩 𝔦𝔱𝔰 𝔲𝔫𝔰𝔢𝔢𝔫 𝔤𝔲𝔦𝔡𝔢𝔰, 𝔠𝔬𝔫𝔱𝔢𝔪𝔭𝔩𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔳𝔢𝔰, 𝔟𝔯𝔞𝔥𝔪𝔞𝔫𝔰, 𝔦𝔱𝔰 𝔯𝔬𝔶𝔞𝔩𝔱𝔶 & 𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔣𝔬𝔩𝔨. 𝔎𝔫𝔬𝔴𝔩𝔢𝔡𝔤𝔢 & 𝔳𝔦𝔰𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔞𝔯𝔬𝔰𝔢 𝔦𝔫 𝔪𝔢: ‘𝔘𝔫𝔰𝔥𝔞𝔨𝔞𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔦𝔰 𝔪𝔶 𝔯𝔢𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔰𝔢. 𝔗𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔦𝔰 𝔪𝔶 𝔩𝔞𝔰𝔱 𝔟𝔦𝔯𝔱𝔥. 𝔗𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔦𝔰 𝔫𝔬𝔴 𝔫𝔬 𝔯𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔴𝔢𝔡 𝔢𝔵𝔦𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔫𝔠𝔢.”
𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔧𝔬𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔭𝔞𝔩𝔪𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔟𝔬𝔴𝔢𝔡 𝔟𝔢𝔣𝔬𝔯𝔢 𝔖𝔦𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔱𝔥𝔞. 𝔚𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔡𝔢𝔢𝔭𝔢𝔰𝔱 𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔭𝔢𝔠𝔱, 𝔥𝔢 𝔰𝔭𝔬𝔨𝔢, “𝔙𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔯𝔞𝔟𝔩𝔢 𝔊𝔞𝔲𝔱𝔞𝔪𝔞, 𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔰𝔢 𝔞𝔠𝔠𝔢𝔭𝔱 𝔪𝔢 𝔞𝔰 𝔶𝔬𝔲𝔯 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔦𝔭𝔩𝔢. ℑ 𝔨𝔫𝔬𝔴 𝔱𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯 𝔶𝔬𝔲𝔯 𝔤𝔲𝔦𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔠𝔢, ℑ 𝔴𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔞𝔱𝔱𝔞𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔊𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔱 𝔄𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤.”
𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯 𝔣𝔬𝔲𝔯 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰 𝔞𝔩𝔰𝔬 𝔟𝔬𝔴𝔢𝔡 𝔞𝔱 𝔖𝔦𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔱𝔥𝔞’𝔰 𝔣𝔢𝔢𝔱, 𝔧𝔬𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔦𝔯 𝔭𝔞𝔩𝔪𝔰, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔞𝔰𝔨𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔟𝔢 𝔯𝔢𝔠𝔢𝔦𝔳𝔢𝔡 𝔞𝔰 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔦𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔰. 𝔖𝔦𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔱𝔥𝔞 𝔰𝔞𝔦𝔡, “𝔅𝔯𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔰! 𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔥𝔦𝔩𝔡𝔯𝔢𝔫 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔳𝔦𝔩𝔩𝔞𝔤𝔢 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔤𝔦𝔳𝔢𝔫 𝔪𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔫𝔞𝔪𝔢 ‘𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞.” 𝔜𝔬𝔲 𝔱𝔬𝔬 𝔪𝔞𝔶 𝔠𝔞𝔩𝔩 𝔪𝔢 𝔟𝔶 𝔱𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔫𝔞𝔪𝔢 𝔦𝔣 𝔶𝔬𝔲 𝔩𝔦𝔨𝔢.”
𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔞𝔰𝔨𝔢𝔡, “𝔇𝔬𝔢𝔰𝔫’𝔱 ‘𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞’ 𝔪𝔢𝔞𝔫 ‘𝔒𝔫𝔢 𝔴𝔥𝔬 𝔦𝔰 𝔞𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔡’?”
“𝔗𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔦𝔰 𝔠𝔬𝔯𝔯𝔢𝔠𝔱, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔶 𝔠𝔞𝔩𝔩 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔞𝔱𝔥 𝔱𝔥𝔞𝔱 ℑ 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔬𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔢𝔡 ‘𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔚𝔞𝔶 𝔬𝔣 𝔄𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤.’ 𝔚𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔡𝔬 𝔶𝔬𝔲 𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔫𝔨 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔫𝔞𝔪𝔢?”
“’𝔒𝔫𝔢 𝔴𝔥𝔬 𝔦𝔰 𝔞𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔡’! ‘𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔚𝔞𝔶 𝔬𝔣 𝔄𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤’! 𝔚𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔣𝔲𝔩! 𝔚𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔢𝔯𝔣𝔲𝔩! 𝔗𝔥𝔢𝔰𝔢 𝔫𝔞𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔞𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔯𝔲𝔢, 𝔶𝔢𝔱 𝔰𝔦𝔪𝔭𝔩𝔢. 𝔚𝔢 𝔴𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔥𝔞𝔭𝔭𝔦𝔩𝔶 𝔠𝔞𝔩𝔩 𝔶𝔬𝔲 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔞𝔱𝔥 𝔶𝔬𝔲 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔬𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔚𝔞𝔶 𝔬𝔣 𝔄𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤. 𝔄𝔰 𝔶𝔬𝔲 𝔧𝔲𝔰𝔱 𝔰𝔞𝔦𝔡, 𝔩𝔦𝔳𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥 𝔡𝔞𝔶 𝔪𝔦𝔫𝔡𝔣𝔲𝔩𝔩𝔶 𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔶 𝔟𝔞𝔰𝔦𝔰 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔭𝔦𝔯𝔦𝔱𝔲𝔞𝔩 𝔭𝔯𝔞𝔠𝔱𝔦𝔠𝔢.” 𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔣𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰 𝔴𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔪𝔦𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔞𝔠𝔠𝔢𝔭𝔱 𝔊𝔞𝔲𝔱𝔞𝔪𝔞 𝔞𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔦𝔯 𝔱𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔢𝔯 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔠𝔞𝔩𝔩 𝔥𝔦𝔪 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞.
𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔰𝔪𝔦𝔩𝔢𝔡 𝔞𝔱 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔪.” 𝔓𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔰𝔢, 𝔟𝔯𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔰, 𝔭𝔯𝔞𝔠𝔱𝔦𝔠𝔢 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔞𝔫 𝔬𝔭𝔢𝔫 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔦𝔫𝔱𝔢𝔩𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔢𝔫𝔱 𝔰𝔭𝔦𝔯𝔦𝔱, 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔯𝔢𝔢 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔱𝔥𝔰 𝔶𝔬𝔲 𝔴𝔦𝔩𝔩 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔞𝔱𝔱𝔞𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔣𝔯𝔲𝔦𝔱 𝔬𝔣 𝔩𝔦𝔟𝔢𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫.”
𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔬𝔯 𝔄𝔧𝔫𝔞𝔱𝔞 𝔎𝔞𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔶𝔞
𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞(𝔓𝔞𝔩𝔦) 𝔬𝔯 𝔄𝔧𝔫𝔞𝔱𝔞 𝔎𝔞𝔲𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔶𝔞(𝔖𝔞𝔫𝔰𝔨𝔯𝔦𝔱) 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔣𝔦𝔯𝔰𝔱 𝔣𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞. ℌ𝔢 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔟𝔬𝔯𝔫 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 6𝔱𝔥 𝔠𝔢𝔫𝔱𝔲𝔯𝔶 𝔅ℭ𝔈 𝔦𝔫 𝔞 𝔅𝔯𝔞𝔥𝔪𝔦𝔫 𝔣𝔞𝔪𝔦𝔩𝔶 𝔦𝔫 𝔇𝔬𝔫𝔞𝔳𝔞𝔱𝔥𝔲 𝔫𝔢𝔞𝔯 𝔎𝔞𝔭𝔦𝔩𝔞𝔳𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔲. 𝔄𝔰 𝔞 𝔶𝔬𝔲𝔱𝔥 𝔡𝔲𝔢 𝔱𝔬 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔪𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔯𝔶 𝔬𝔣 𝔙𝔢𝔡𝔞𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔢𝔵𝔠𝔢𝔩𝔩𝔢𝔫𝔠𝔢 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔰𝔠𝔦𝔢𝔫𝔠𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔭𝔥𝔶𝔰𝔦𝔬𝔤𝔫𝔬𝔪𝔶(𝔏𝔞𝔨𝔥𝔞𝔫𝔞 𝔐𝔞𝔫𝔱𝔞) 𝔥𝔢 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔞𝔭𝔭𝔬𝔦𝔫𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔞𝔰 𝔞 𝔯𝔬𝔶𝔞𝔩 𝔠𝔬𝔲𝔯𝔱 𝔰𝔠𝔥𝔬𝔩𝔞𝔯 𝔦𝔫 𝔎𝔞𝔭𝔦𝔩𝔳𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔲 𝔴𝔥𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔖𝔥𝔞𝔨𝔶𝔞 𝔈𝔪𝔭𝔦𝔯𝔢 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔯𝔲𝔩𝔢𝔡 𝔟𝔶 𝔎𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔖𝔥𝔲𝔡𝔥𝔬𝔡𝔥𝔞𝔫𝔞. 𝔚𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔔𝔲𝔢𝔢𝔫 𝔤𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔟𝔦𝔯𝔱𝔥 𝔱𝔬 𝔞 𝔰𝔬𝔫 𝔖𝔦𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔱𝔥𝔞 𝔊𝔞𝔲𝔱𝔞𝔪, 𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔡𝔦𝔠𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔓𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔠𝔢 𝔴𝔬𝔲𝔩𝔡 𝔟𝔢𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔢 𝔞𝔫 𝔈𝔫𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔅𝔢𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔳𝔬𝔴𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔣𝔬𝔩𝔩𝔬𝔴 𝔥𝔦𝔪.
ℜ𝔢𝔫𝔬𝔲𝔫𝔠𝔢𝔪𝔢𝔫𝔱 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔄𝔯𝔞𝔥𝔞𝔫𝔱𝔰𝔥𝔦𝔭
𝔚𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔭𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔠𝔢 𝔖𝔦𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔱𝔥𝔞 𝔩𝔢𝔣𝔱 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔨𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔡𝔬𝔪 𝔱𝔬 𝔟𝔢𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔢 𝔞𝔫 𝔞𝔰𝔠𝔢𝔱𝔦𝔠, 𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯 𝔣𝔬𝔲𝔯 𝔣𝔯𝔦𝔢𝔫𝔡𝔰 𝔞𝔩𝔰𝔬 𝔞𝔠𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔭𝔞𝔫𝔦𝔢𝔡 𝔥𝔦𝔪. 𝔗𝔥𝔢𝔶 𝔴𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔨𝔫𝔬𝔴𝔫 𝔞𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔓𝔞𝔫𝔠𝔞𝔳𝔞𝔤𝔤𝔦𝔶𝔶𝔞 𝔬𝔯 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔊𝔯𝔬𝔲𝔭 𝔬𝔣 𝔉𝔦𝔳𝔢. 𝔚𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔥𝔢 𝔞𝔱𝔱𝔞𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔢𝔫𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱𝔢𝔫𝔪𝔢𝔫𝔱 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔤𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔣𝔦𝔯𝔰𝔱 𝔖𝔢𝔯𝔪𝔬𝔫 𝔱𝔬 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔣𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨 𝔣𝔯𝔦𝔢𝔫𝔡𝔰 𝔦𝔱 𝔦𝔰 𝔰𝔞𝔦𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔞𝔱 𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔣𝔦𝔯𝔰𝔱 𝔱𝔬 𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔥𝔢𝔫𝔡 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔟𝔢𝔠𝔞𝔪𝔢 𝔞𝔫 𝔄𝔯𝔞𝔥𝔞𝔫𝔱 𝔴𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔥𝔢 𝔥𝔢𝔞𝔯𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔄𝔫𝔞𝔱𝔱𝔞𝔩𝔞𝔨𝔨𝔥𝔞𝔫𝔞 𝔖𝔲𝔱𝔱𝔞 𝔯𝔢𝔤𝔞𝔯𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔰𝔬𝔲𝔩-𝔩𝔢𝔰𝔰𝔫𝔢𝔰𝔰 𝔬𝔯 𝔫𝔬𝔫 𝔰𝔢𝔩𝔣. ℌ𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔯𝔢𝔮𝔲𝔢𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔱𝔬 𝔭𝔢𝔯𝔪𝔦𝔱 𝔥𝔦𝔪 𝔱𝔬 𝔯𝔢𝔱𝔦𝔯𝔢 𝔣𝔯𝔬𝔪 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔴𝔬𝔯𝔩𝔡 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔞𝔤𝔯𝔢𝔢𝔡 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔡𝔢𝔠𝔩𝔞𝔯𝔢𝔡 𝔥𝔦𝔪 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔉𝔦𝔯𝔰𝔱 𝔅𝔥𝔦𝔨𝔨𝔥𝔲 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔖𝔞𝔫𝔤𝔥𝔞.
𝔄𝔣𝔱𝔢𝔯 𝔄𝔴𝔞𝔨𝔢𝔫𝔪𝔢𝔫𝔱
𝔄𝔣𝔱𝔢𝔯 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔰𝔢𝔱 𝔲𝔭 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔖𝔞𝔫𝔤𝔥𝔞, 𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰 𝔱𝔯𝔞𝔳𝔢𝔩𝔩𝔢𝔡 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔟𝔶 𝔣𝔬𝔬𝔱 𝔱𝔬 𝔰𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔡 𝔇𝔥𝔞𝔪𝔪𝔞. 𝔚𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔴𝔢𝔫𝔱 𝔱𝔬 𝔠𝔬𝔪𝔪𝔲𝔫𝔦𝔠𝔞𝔱𝔢 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔱𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔢𝔵𝔞𝔩𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔢𝔫𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔥𝔱𝔢𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔱𝔢 𝔱𝔬 𝔎𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔅𝔦𝔪𝔟𝔦𝔰𝔞𝔯𝔞 𝔞𝔰 𝔭𝔯𝔬𝔪𝔦𝔰𝔢𝔡, 𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔴𝔢𝔫𝔱 𝔱𝔬 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔥𝔬𝔪𝔢 𝔱𝔬𝔴𝔫 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔠𝔬𝔫𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔪𝔞𝔫𝔶 𝔣𝔬𝔩𝔩𝔬𝔴𝔢𝔯𝔰 𝔱𝔬 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞’𝔰 𝔱𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔰, 𝔣𝔬𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔬𝔰𝔱 𝔞𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔤 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔪 𝔟𝔢𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔫𝔢𝔭𝔥𝔢𝔴 𝔓𝔲𝔫𝔫𝔞. 𝔓𝔲𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔲𝔯𝔫 𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔢𝔡 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔠𝔬𝔫𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔱𝔢𝔡 500 𝔬𝔣 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔠𝔩𝔞𝔫 𝔱𝔬 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰. 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔱𝔬𝔬 𝔞𝔠𝔨𝔫𝔬𝔴𝔩𝔢𝔡𝔤𝔢𝔡 𝔓𝔲𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔣𝔬𝔯 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔰𝔨𝔦𝔩𝔩𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔡𝔢𝔠𝔩𝔞𝔯𝔢𝔡 𝔥𝔦𝔪 𝔣𝔬𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔬𝔰𝔱 𝔞𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔤 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔦𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔰.
𝔐𝔞𝔫𝔶 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔬𝔲𝔯𝔰𝔢𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔴𝔯𝔦𝔱𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔰 𝔞𝔯𝔢 𝔞𝔱𝔱𝔯𝔦𝔟𝔲𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔞 𝔦𝔫 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔦𝔰𝔱 𝔩𝔦𝔱𝔢𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔲𝔯𝔢 𝔟𝔢𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔰𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔬𝔯𝔪𝔬𝔰𝔱 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰. 𝔄𝔣𝔱𝔢𝔯 𝔰𝔭𝔢𝔫𝔡𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔞 𝔭𝔢𝔯𝔦𝔬𝔡 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔖𝔞𝔫𝔤𝔥𝔞 𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔯𝔢𝔱𝔦𝔯𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔱𝔥𝔢 ℌ𝔦𝔪𝔞𝔩𝔞𝔶𝔞𝔰 𝔱𝔬 𝔰𝔭𝔢𝔫𝔡 𝔪𝔬𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔦𝔪𝔢 𝔦𝔫 𝔯𝔢𝔩𝔦𝔤𝔦𝔬𝔲𝔰 𝔭𝔯𝔞𝔠𝔱𝔦𝔠𝔢 𝔞𝔰 𝔥𝔢 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔟𝔢𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔦𝔫𝔥𝔦𝔟𝔦𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔟𝔶 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔤𝔯𝔬𝔴𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔭𝔬𝔭𝔲𝔩𝔞𝔯𝔦𝔱𝔶 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔖𝔞𝔫𝔤𝔥𝔞. 𝔗𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔦𝔰 𝔪𝔢𝔫𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔖𝔞𝔪𝔶𝔲𝔱𝔱𝔞 𝔑𝔦𝔨𝔞𝔶𝔞. 𝔚𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔥𝔢 𝔨𝔫𝔢𝔴 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔢𝔫𝔡 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔫𝔢𝔞𝔯 𝔥𝔢 𝔯𝔢𝔱𝔲𝔯𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔰𝔱𝔯𝔬𝔨𝔢 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔨𝔦𝔰𝔰 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞’𝔰 𝔣𝔢𝔢𝔱 𝔩𝔬𝔳𝔦𝔫𝔤𝔩𝔶 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔞𝔰𝔨𝔢𝔡 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔦𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔰 𝔫𝔬𝔱 𝔱𝔬 𝔪𝔬𝔲𝔯𝔫 𝔥𝔦𝔪. 𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔫𝔢𝔵𝔱 𝔪𝔬𝔯𝔫𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔞𝔰𝔰𝔢𝔡 𝔞𝔴𝔞𝔶 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔠𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔞𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔢𝔯𝔢𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔶 𝔟𝔢𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔦𝔡𝔢𝔡 𝔟𝔶 𝔄𝔫𝔲𝔯𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔱𝔢𝔫 𝔠𝔥𝔦𝔢𝔣 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔦𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 500 𝔬𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔯 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰. 𝔗𝔥𝔢 𝔞𝔰𝔥𝔢𝔰 𝔴𝔢𝔯𝔢 𝔱𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔢𝔫𝔰𝔥𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔢𝔡 𝔦𝔫 𝔞 𝔰𝔦𝔩𝔳𝔢𝔯 𝔖𝔱𝔲𝔭𝔞 𝔞𝔱 𝔙𝔢𝔩𝔲𝔳𝔞𝔫𝔞.
𝔓𝔞𝔰𝔱 𝔅𝔦𝔯𝔱𝔥𝔰
𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔰𝔞𝔦𝔡 𝔱𝔬 𝔥𝔞𝔳𝔢 𝔟𝔢𝔢𝔫 𝔟𝔬𝔯𝔫 𝔞 𝔫𝔲𝔪𝔟𝔢𝔯 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔦𝔪𝔢𝔰 𝔴𝔦𝔱𝔥 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔦𝔫 𝔢𝔞𝔯𝔩𝔦𝔢𝔯 𝔟𝔦𝔯𝔱𝔥𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔥𝔞𝔡 𝔞𝔩𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔡𝔶 𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔢𝔡 𝔞 𝔳𝔢𝔯𝔶 𝔥𝔦𝔤𝔥 𝔰𝔱𝔞𝔱𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔰𝔭𝔦𝔯𝔦𝔱𝔲𝔞𝔩 𝔢𝔳𝔬𝔩𝔳𝔢𝔪𝔢𝔫𝔱 𝔴𝔥𝔦𝔠𝔥 𝔠𝔲𝔩𝔪𝔦𝔫𝔞𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔦𝔫 𝔥𝔦𝔰 𝔄𝔯𝔞𝔥𝔞𝔫𝔱𝔰𝔥𝔦𝔭 𝔦𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔭𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔢𝔫𝔱 𝔩𝔦𝔣𝔢𝔱𝔦𝔪𝔢.
ℭ𝔬𝔫𝔠𝔩𝔲𝔰𝔦𝔬𝔫
𝔎𝔬𝔫𝔡𝔞𝔫𝔫𝔞 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔠𝔩𝔬𝔰𝔢𝔰𝔱 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰, 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔦𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔦𝔫𝔦𝔱𝔦𝔞𝔩𝔩𝔶 𝔞 𝔣𝔯𝔦𝔢𝔫𝔡 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔴𝔥𝔢𝔫 𝔥𝔢 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔞 𝔴𝔬𝔯𝔩𝔡𝔩𝔶 𝔓𝔯𝔦𝔫𝔠𝔢. ℌ𝔦𝔰 𝔩𝔬𝔳𝔢 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔰𝔢𝔯𝔳𝔦𝔱𝔲𝔡𝔢 𝔱𝔬𝔴𝔞𝔯𝔡𝔰 𝔅𝔲𝔡𝔡𝔥𝔞 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔢𝔵𝔢𝔪𝔭𝔩𝔞𝔯𝔶 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔥𝔢 𝔴𝔞𝔰 𝔥𝔬𝔫𝔬𝔲𝔯𝔢𝔡 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔯𝔢𝔰𝔭𝔢𝔠𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔟𝔶 𝔞𝔩𝔩 𝔟𝔢𝔦𝔫𝔤 𝔬𝔫𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔰𝔢𝔫𝔦𝔬𝔯𝔪𝔬𝔰𝔱 𝔪𝔬𝔫𝔨𝔰. ℌ𝔢 𝔞𝔩𝔴𝔞𝔶𝔰 𝔢𝔵𝔥𝔬𝔯𝔱𝔢𝔡 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔣𝔢𝔩𝔩𝔬𝔴 𝔡𝔦𝔰𝔠𝔦𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔰 𝔱𝔬 𝔤𝔦𝔳𝔢 𝔲𝔭 𝔱𝔯𝔞𝔫𝔰𝔦𝔱𝔬𝔯𝔶 𝔭𝔩𝔢𝔞𝔰𝔲𝔯𝔢𝔰 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔡𝔴𝔢𝔩𝔩 𝔬𝔫 𝔱𝔥𝔢 𝔦𝔪𝔭𝔢𝔯𝔪𝔞𝔫𝔢𝔫𝔠𝔢 𝔬𝔣 𝔩𝔦𝔣𝔢 𝔞𝔫𝔡 𝔰𝔢𝔢𝔨 𝔖𝔢𝔩𝔣 𝔯𝔢𝔞𝔩𝔦𝔰𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫 𝔬𝔯 𝔏𝔦𝔟𝔢𝔯𝔞𝔱𝔦𝔬𝔫.
𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖘𝖊𝖗𝖒𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖋𝖙𝖊𝖗 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌
𝖄𝖊𝖘, 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖆𝖒𝖔𝖚𝖘 𝕯𝖍𝖆𝖒𝖒𝖆𝖈𝖆𝖐𝖐𝖆𝖕𝖕𝖆𝖛𝖆𝖙𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖆 𝕾𝖚𝖙𝖙𝖆. 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖘𝖊𝖗𝖒𝖔𝖓, 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖉 𝖋𝖔𝖗 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖉, 𝖎𝖓 𝕰𝖓𝖌𝖑𝖎𝖘𝖍, 𝖆𝖋𝖙𝖊𝖗 𝖍𝖊 𝖆𝖙𝖙𝖆𝖎𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙. 𝕿𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖘𝖚𝖙𝖙𝖆 𝖎𝖘 𝖈𝖆𝖑𝖑𝖊𝖉 “𝕾𝖊𝖙𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖂𝖍𝖊𝖊𝖑 𝖔𝖋 𝕯𝖍𝖆𝖒𝖒𝖆 𝖎𝖓 𝕸𝖔𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓”. 𝖂𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖔𝖜𝖊𝖗 𝖔𝖋 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖉𝖊𝖊𝖕 𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖙𝖊𝖒𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖋𝖊𝖜 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖉𝖘, 𝖍𝖊 𝖊𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖛𝖊𝖑𝖞 𝖘𝖊𝖙 𝖙𝖍𝖊 “𝖂𝖍𝖊𝖊𝖑 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕯𝖔𝖈𝖙𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖊” (𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝕯𝖊𝖘𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖞) 𝖎𝖓 𝖒𝖔𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖎𝖓 𝖘𝖚𝖈𝖍 𝖆 𝖜𝖆𝖞 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖎𝖙 𝖈𝖔𝖚𝖑𝖉 𝖓𝖊𝖛𝖊𝖗 𝖇𝖊 𝖙𝖚𝖗𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖆𝖈𝖐. 𝕿𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖊’𝖘 𝖘𝖔 𝖒𝖚𝖈𝖍 𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖝 𝖜𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖆𝖓𝖆𝖑𝖞𝖘𝖎𝖘 𝖔𝖓 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖎𝖘𝖒 𝖙𝖍𝖗𝖔𝖚𝖌𝖍𝖔𝖚𝖙 𝖍𝖎𝖘𝖙𝖔𝖗𝖞. 𝕷𝖔𝖔𝖐𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖋𝖔𝖗 𝖚𝖙𝖙𝖊𝖗 𝖈𝖑𝖆𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖞 𝖇𝖞 𝖌𝖔𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖇𝖆𝖈𝖐 𝖙𝖔 𝖘𝖙𝖚𝖉𝖞 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖉𝖎𝖗𝖊𝖈𝖙 𝖙𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖘.
𝕬 𝕯𝖍𝖆𝖒𝖒𝖆 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖊𝖑 𝖗𝖊𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖊𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖘𝖕𝖔𝖐𝖊𝖘, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖊𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖙𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕯𝖊𝖊𝖗 𝕻𝖆𝖗𝖐, 𝕾𝖆𝖗𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖍. 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖉𝖊𝖊𝖗 𝖘𝖞𝖒𝖇𝖔𝖑𝖎𝖟𝖊𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖔𝖓𝖎𝖋𝖎𝖈𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖌𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖑𝖊 𝖜𝖎𝖘𝖉𝖔𝖒. 𝕴𝖓 𝕿𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖙𝖆𝖓 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖎𝖘𝖒, 𝖆 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖆𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖒𝖆𝖞 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖘𝖞𝖒𝖇𝖔𝖑 𝖔𝖋 𝖆 𝕯𝖍𝖆𝖒𝖒𝖆 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖊𝖑 𝖋𝖑𝖆𝖓𝖐𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖞 𝖙𝖜𝖔 𝖉𝖊𝖊𝖗 𝖔𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖗𝖔𝖔𝖋𝖙𝖔𝖕.
𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖘𝖊 𝖆𝖋𝖙𝖊𝖗 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌:
𝕺𝖓 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖔𝖈𝖈𝖆𝖘𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖞𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖓𝖊𝖆𝖗 𝕭𝖊𝖓𝖆𝖗𝖊𝖘 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕯𝖊𝖊𝖗 𝕻𝖆𝖗𝖐, 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖍𝖊 𝖆𝖉𝖉𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖊𝖉 𝖆 𝖌𝖗𝖔𝖚𝖕 𝖔𝖋 𝖋𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘:
“𝕸𝖞 𝕭𝖗𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖘, 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖆𝖗𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖘𝖊 𝖙𝖜𝖔 𝖊𝖝𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖆 𝖕𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖘𝖍𝖔𝖚𝖑𝖉 𝖆𝖛𝖔𝖎𝖉. 𝖂𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖙𝖜𝖔? 𝕺𝖓𝖊 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖕𝖑𝖚𝖓𝖌𝖊 𝖔𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖊𝖑𝖋 𝖎𝖓𝖙𝖔 𝖘𝖊𝖓𝖘𝖚𝖆𝖑 𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖘𝖚𝖗𝖊𝖘. 𝕬𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖕𝖗𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖈𝖊 𝖆𝖚𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖎𝖊𝖘 𝖜𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖉𝖊𝖕𝖗𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖇𝖔𝖉𝖞 𝖔𝖋 𝖎𝖙𝖘 𝖓𝖊𝖊𝖉𝖘. 𝕭𝖔𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖘𝖊 𝖊𝖝𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖋𝖆𝖎𝖑𝖚𝖗𝖊.
“𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝕴 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖔𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖊𝖉 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕸𝖎𝖉𝖉𝖑𝖊 𝖂𝖆𝖞, 𝖜𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖆𝖛𝖔𝖎𝖉𝖘 𝖇𝖔𝖙𝖍 𝖊𝖝𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖆𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖆𝖕𝖆𝖈𝖎𝖙𝖞 𝖙𝖔 𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖉 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖙𝖔 𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌, 𝖑𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖕𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖊. 𝕴𝖙 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕹𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝕰𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝕻𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖙𝖍𝖔𝖚𝖌𝖍𝖙, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖘𝖕𝖊𝖊𝖈𝖍, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖑𝖎𝖛𝖊𝖑𝖎𝖍𝖔𝖔𝖉, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖊𝖋𝖋𝖔𝖗𝖙, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖉𝖋𝖚𝖑𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖈𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓. 𝕴 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖑𝖔𝖜𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝕹𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝕰𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖑𝖎𝖟𝖊𝖉 𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌, 𝖑𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖕𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖊.
𝕬 𝕯𝖍𝖆𝖒𝖒𝖆 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖊𝖑 𝖗𝖊𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖊𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖘𝖕𝖔𝖐𝖊𝖘, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖊𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖙𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕯𝖊𝖊𝖗 𝕻𝖆𝖗𝖐, 𝕾𝖆𝖗𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖍. 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖉𝖊𝖊𝖗 𝖘𝖞𝖒𝖇𝖔𝖑𝖎𝖟𝖊𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖔𝖓𝖎𝖋𝖎𝖈𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖌𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖑𝖊 𝖜𝖎𝖘𝖉𝖔𝖒. 𝕴𝖓 𝕿𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖙𝖆𝖓 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖎𝖘𝖒, 𝖆 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖆𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖒𝖆𝖞 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖘𝖞𝖒𝖇𝖔𝖑 𝖔𝖋 𝖆 𝕯𝖍𝖆𝖒𝖒𝖆 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖊𝖑 𝖋𝖑𝖆𝖓𝖐𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖞 𝖙𝖜𝖔 𝖉𝖊𝖊𝖗 𝖔𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖗𝖔𝖔𝖋𝖙𝖔𝖕.
𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖘𝖊 𝖆𝖋𝖙𝖊𝖗 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌:
𝕺𝖓 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖔𝖈𝖈𝖆𝖘𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖞𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖓𝖊𝖆𝖗 𝕭𝖊𝖓𝖆𝖗𝖊𝖘 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕯𝖊𝖊𝖗 𝕻𝖆𝖗𝖐, 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖍𝖊 𝖆𝖉𝖉𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖊𝖉 𝖆 𝖌𝖗𝖔𝖚𝖕 𝖔𝖋 𝖋𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘:
“𝕸𝖞 𝕭𝖗𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖘, 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖆𝖗𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖘𝖊 𝖙𝖜𝖔 𝖊𝖝𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖆 𝖕𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖘𝖍𝖔𝖚𝖑𝖉 𝖆𝖛𝖔𝖎𝖉. 𝖂𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖙𝖜𝖔? 𝕺𝖓𝖊 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖕𝖑𝖚𝖓𝖌𝖊 𝖔𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖊𝖑𝖋 𝖎𝖓𝖙𝖔 𝖘𝖊𝖓𝖘𝖚𝖆𝖑 𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖘𝖚𝖗𝖊𝖘. 𝕬𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖕𝖗𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖈𝖊 𝖆𝖚𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖎𝖊𝖘 𝖜𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖉𝖊𝖕𝖗𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖇𝖔𝖉𝖞 𝖔𝖋 𝖎𝖙𝖘 𝖓𝖊𝖊𝖉𝖘. 𝕭𝖔𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖘𝖊 𝖊𝖝𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖋𝖆𝖎𝖑𝖚𝖗𝖊.
“𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝕴 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖔𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖊𝖉 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕸𝖎𝖉𝖉𝖑𝖊 𝖂𝖆𝖞, 𝖜𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖆𝖛𝖔𝖎𝖉𝖘 𝖇𝖔𝖙𝖍 𝖊𝖝𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖆𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖆𝖕𝖆𝖈𝖎𝖙𝖞 𝖙𝖔 𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖉 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖙𝖔 𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌, 𝖑𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖕𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖊. 𝕴𝖙 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕹𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝕰𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝕻𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖙𝖍𝖔𝖚𝖌𝖍𝖙, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖘𝖕𝖊𝖊𝖈𝖍, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖑𝖎𝖛𝖊𝖑𝖎𝖍𝖔𝖔𝖉, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖊𝖋𝖋𝖔𝖗𝖙, 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖉𝖋𝖚𝖑𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖈𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓. 𝕴 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖑𝖔𝖜𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝕹𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝕰𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖑𝖎𝖟𝖊𝖉 𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌, 𝖑𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖕𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖊.
𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖊𝖝𝖎𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖓𝖈𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕭𝖎𝖗𝖙𝖍, 𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝖆𝖌𝖊, 𝖘𝖎𝖈𝖐𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖘, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖉𝖊𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖆𝖗𝖊 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕾𝖆𝖉𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖘, 𝖆𝖓𝖌𝖊𝖗, 𝖏𝖊𝖆𝖑𝖔𝖚𝖘𝖞, 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖗𝖞, 𝖆𝖓𝖝𝖎𝖊𝖙𝖞, 𝖋𝖊𝖆𝖗, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖉𝖊𝖘𝖕𝖆𝖎𝖗 𝖆𝖗𝖊 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕾𝖊𝖕𝖆𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖋𝖗𝖔𝖒 𝖑𝖔𝖛𝖊𝖉 𝖔𝖓𝖊𝖘 𝖎𝖘 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕬𝖘𝖘𝖔𝖈𝖎𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖙𝖍𝖔𝖘𝖊 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖑𝖎𝖐𝖊 𝖎𝖘 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕯𝖊𝖘𝖎𝖗𝖊, 𝖆𝖙𝖙𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖈𝖑𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖔 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖆𝖌𝖌𝖗𝖊𝖌𝖆𝖙𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖗𝖊 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌.
“𝕭𝖗𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖘, 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖘𝖊𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖗𝖊𝖛𝖊𝖆𝖑𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖆𝖚𝖘𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕭𝖊𝖈𝖆𝖚𝖘𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖎𝖌𝖓𝖔𝖗𝖆𝖓𝖈𝖊, 𝖕𝖊𝖔𝖕𝖑𝖊 𝖈𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖔𝖙 𝖘𝖊𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖆𝖇𝖔𝖚𝖙 𝖑𝖎𝖋𝖊, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖞 𝖇𝖊𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖊 𝖈𝖆𝖚𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖑𝖆𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖔𝖋 𝖉𝖊𝖘𝖎𝖗𝖊, 𝖆𝖓𝖌𝖊𝖗, 𝖏𝖊𝖆𝖑𝖔𝖚𝖘𝖞, 𝖌𝖗𝖎𝖊𝖋, 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖗𝖞, 𝖋𝖊𝖆𝖗, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖉𝖊𝖘𝖕𝖆𝖎𝖗.
“𝕭𝖗𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖘, 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖗𝖉 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌.
𝖀𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖑𝖎𝖋𝖊 𝖇𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖘 𝖆𝖇𝖔𝖚𝖙 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖊𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖌𝖗𝖎𝖊𝖋 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖘𝖔𝖗𝖗𝖔𝖜 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖌𝖎𝖛𝖊𝖘 𝖗𝖎𝖘𝖊 𝖙𝖔 𝖕𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖊 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖏𝖔𝖞.
“𝕭𝖗𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖘, 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖙𝖍 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖜𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖉𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖚𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕴𝖙 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕹𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝕰𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝕻𝖆𝖙𝖍, 𝖜𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝕴 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖏𝖚𝖘𝖙 𝖊𝖝𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖎𝖓𝖊𝖉. 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕹𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝕰𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖉 𝕻𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖎𝖘 𝖓𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖎𝖘𝖍𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖞 𝖑𝖎𝖛𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖉𝖋𝖚𝖑𝖑𝖞. 𝕸𝖎𝖓𝖉𝖋𝖚𝖑𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖘 𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖉𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖈𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌, 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖑𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖊𝖘 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖋𝖗𝖔𝖒 𝖊𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖕𝖆𝖎𝖓 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖘𝖔𝖗𝖗𝖔𝖜 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖉𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖕𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖊 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖏𝖔𝖞. 𝕴 𝖜𝖎𝖑𝖑 𝖌𝖚𝖎𝖉𝖊 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖆𝖑𝖔𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖑𝖎𝖟𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓.
“𝖁𝖎𝖘𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖗𝖔𝖘𝖊, 𝖎𝖓𝖘𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖆𝖗𝖔𝖘𝖊, 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖊𝖗𝖓𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙 𝖆𝖗𝖔𝖘𝖊, 𝖐𝖓𝖔𝖜𝖑𝖊𝖉𝖌𝖊 𝖆𝖗𝖔𝖘𝖊, 𝖎𝖑𝖑𝖚𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖗𝖔𝖘𝖊 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖓 𝖒𝖊 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖗𝖊𝖌𝖆𝖗𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖘 𝖓𝖊𝖛𝖊𝖗 𝖍𝖊𝖆𝖗𝖉 𝖇𝖊𝖋𝖔𝖗𝖊: ‘𝕿𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖓𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖘 𝖍𝖆𝖘 𝖇𝖊𝖊𝖓 𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖍𝖊𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖉.’
“𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖓𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖘: 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖙𝖊 𝖋𝖆𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌 & 𝖈𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓, 𝖗𝖊𝖓𝖚𝖓𝖈𝖎𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓, 𝖗𝖊𝖑𝖎𝖓𝖖𝖚𝖎𝖘𝖍𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙, 𝖗𝖊𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖘𝖊, & 𝖑𝖊𝖙𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖌𝖔 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖈𝖗𝖆𝖛𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕿𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖓𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖘 𝖍𝖆𝖘 𝖇𝖊𝖊𝖓 𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖑𝖎𝖟𝖊𝖉. 𝕿𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖓𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖜𝖆𝖞 𝖔𝖋 𝖕𝖗𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖈𝖊 𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖔 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖘.
“𝕬𝖘 𝖘𝖔𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖘 𝖒𝖞 𝖐𝖓𝖔𝖜𝖑𝖊𝖉𝖌𝖊 & 𝖛𝖎𝖘𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖈𝖊𝖗𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖘𝖊 𝖋𝖔𝖚𝖗 𝖓𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍𝖘 𝖆𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖞 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖊 𝖙𝖔 𝖇𝖊—𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖑𝖞 𝖕𝖚𝖗𝖊, 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝕴 𝖉𝖎𝖉 𝖈𝖑𝖆𝖎𝖒 𝖙𝖔 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖉𝖎𝖗𝖊𝖈𝖙𝖑𝖞 𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖗𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖘𝖊𝖑𝖋-𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖚𝖓𝖊𝖝𝖈𝖊𝖑𝖑𝖊𝖉 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖔𝖘𝖒𝖔𝖘 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖆𝖑𝖑 𝖎𝖙𝖘 𝖚𝖓𝖘𝖊𝖊𝖓 𝖌𝖚𝖎𝖉𝖊𝖘, 𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖙𝖊𝖒𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖛𝖊𝖘, 𝖇𝖗𝖆𝖍𝖒𝖆𝖓𝖘, 𝖎𝖙𝖘 𝖗𝖔𝖞𝖆𝖑𝖙𝖞 & 𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖐. 𝕶𝖓𝖔𝖜𝖑𝖊𝖉𝖌𝖊 & 𝖛𝖎𝖘𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖆𝖗𝖔𝖘𝖊 𝖎𝖓 𝖒𝖊: ‘𝖀𝖓𝖘𝖍𝖆𝖐𝖆𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝖎𝖘 𝖒𝖞 𝖗𝖊𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖘𝖊. 𝕿𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖎𝖘 𝖒𝖞 𝖑𝖆𝖘𝖙 𝖇𝖎𝖗𝖙𝖍. 𝕿𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖎𝖘 𝖓𝖔𝖜 𝖓𝖔 𝖗𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖜𝖊𝖉 𝖊𝖝𝖎𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖓𝖈𝖊.”
𝖂𝖍𝖎𝖑𝖊 𝕾𝖎𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖍𝖆 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖊𝖝𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖎𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕱𝖔𝖚𝖗 𝕹𝖔𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝕿𝖗𝖚𝖙𝖍𝖘, 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘, 𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖘𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖊𝖓𝖑𝖞 𝖋𝖊𝖑𝖙 𝖆 𝖌𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖙 𝖘𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖓 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖔𝖜𝖓 𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖉. 𝕳𝖊 𝖈𝖔𝖚𝖑𝖉 𝖙𝖆𝖘𝖙𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖑𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖍𝖊 𝖍𝖆𝖉 𝖘𝖔𝖚𝖌𝖍𝖙 𝖋𝖔𝖗 𝖘𝖔 𝖑𝖔𝖓𝖌. 𝕳𝖎𝖘 𝖋𝖆𝖈𝖊 𝖇𝖊𝖆𝖒𝖊𝖉 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖏𝖔𝖞. 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖕𝖔𝖎𝖓𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖙 𝖍𝖎𝖒 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖈𝖗𝖎𝖊𝖉, “𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆! 𝖄𝖔𝖚’𝖛𝖊 𝖌𝖔𝖙 𝖎𝖙! 𝖄𝖔𝖚’𝖛𝖊 𝖌𝖔𝖙 𝖎𝖙!”
𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖏𝖔𝖎𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖕𝖆𝖑𝖒𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖇𝖔𝖜𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖊𝖋𝖔𝖗𝖊 𝕾𝖎𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖍𝖆. 𝖂𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖉𝖊𝖊𝖕𝖊𝖘𝖙 𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖕𝖊𝖈𝖙, 𝖍𝖊 𝖘𝖕𝖔𝖐𝖊, “𝖁𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖇𝖑𝖊 𝕲𝖆𝖚𝖙𝖆𝖒𝖆, 𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖘𝖊 𝖆𝖈𝖈𝖊𝖕𝖙 𝖒𝖊 𝖆𝖘 𝖞𝖔𝖚𝖗 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖕𝖑𝖊. 𝕴 𝖐𝖓𝖔𝖜 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗 𝖞𝖔𝖚𝖗 𝖌𝖚𝖎𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖈𝖊, 𝕴 𝖜𝖎𝖑𝖑 𝖆𝖙𝖙𝖆𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕲𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖙 𝕬𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌.”
𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗 𝖋𝖔𝖚𝖗 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘 𝖆𝖑𝖘𝖔 𝖇𝖔𝖜𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖙 𝕾𝖎𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖋𝖊𝖊𝖙, 𝖏𝖔𝖎𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖎𝖗 𝖕𝖆𝖑𝖒𝖘, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖆𝖘𝖐𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖇𝖊 𝖗𝖊𝖈𝖊𝖎𝖛𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖘 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖘. 𝕾𝖎𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖍𝖆 𝖘𝖆𝖎𝖉, “𝕭𝖗𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖘! 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖑𝖉𝖗𝖊𝖓 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖛𝖎𝖑𝖑𝖆𝖌𝖊 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖌𝖎𝖛𝖊𝖓 𝖒𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖓𝖆𝖒𝖊 ‘𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆.” 𝖄𝖔𝖚 𝖙𝖔𝖔 𝖒𝖆𝖞 𝖈𝖆𝖑𝖑 𝖒𝖊 𝖇𝖞 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖓𝖆𝖒𝖊 𝖎𝖋 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖑𝖎𝖐𝖊.”
𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖆𝖘𝖐𝖊𝖉, “𝕯𝖔𝖊𝖘𝖓’𝖙 ‘𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’ 𝖒𝖊𝖆𝖓 ‘𝕺𝖓𝖊 𝖜𝖍𝖔 𝖎𝖘 𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖉’?”
“𝕿𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖎𝖘 𝖈𝖔𝖗𝖗𝖊𝖈𝖙, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖞 𝖈𝖆𝖑𝖑 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝕴 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖔𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖊𝖉 ‘𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖂𝖆𝖞 𝖔𝖋 𝕬𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌.’ 𝖂𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖉𝖔 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖐 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖓𝖆𝖒𝖊?”
“’𝕺𝖓𝖊 𝖜𝖍𝖔 𝖎𝖘 𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖉’! ‘𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖂𝖆𝖞 𝖔𝖋 𝕬𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌’! 𝖂𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖋𝖚𝖑! 𝖂𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖊𝖗𝖋𝖚𝖑! 𝕿𝖍𝖊𝖘𝖊 𝖓𝖆𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖗𝖊 𝖙𝖗𝖚𝖊, 𝖞𝖊𝖙 𝖘𝖎𝖒𝖕𝖑𝖊. 𝖂𝖊 𝖜𝖎𝖑𝖑 𝖍𝖆𝖕𝖕𝖎𝖑𝖞 𝖈𝖆𝖑𝖑 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖆𝖙𝖍 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖔𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖂𝖆𝖞 𝖔𝖋 𝕬𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌. 𝕬𝖘 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖏𝖚𝖘𝖙 𝖘𝖆𝖎𝖉, 𝖑𝖎𝖛𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍 𝖉𝖆𝖞 𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖉𝖋𝖚𝖑𝖑𝖞 𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖇𝖆𝖘𝖎𝖘 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖕𝖎𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖚𝖆𝖑 𝖕𝖗𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖈𝖊.” 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘 𝖜𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖆𝖈𝖈𝖊𝖕𝖙 𝕲𝖆𝖚𝖙𝖆𝖒𝖆 𝖆𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖎𝖗 𝖙𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖊𝖗 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖈𝖆𝖑𝖑 𝖍𝖎𝖒 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆.
𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖘𝖒𝖎𝖑𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖙 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖒.” 𝕻𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖘𝖊, 𝖇𝖗𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖘, 𝖕𝖗𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖈𝖊 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖆𝖓 𝖔𝖕𝖊𝖓 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖎𝖓𝖙𝖊𝖑𝖑𝖎𝖌𝖊𝖓𝖙 𝖘𝖕𝖎𝖗𝖎𝖙, 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖗𝖊𝖊 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖙𝖍𝖘 𝖞𝖔𝖚 𝖜𝖎𝖑𝖑 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖆𝖙𝖙𝖆𝖎𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖗𝖚𝖎𝖙 𝖔𝖋 𝖑𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓.”
𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖔𝖗 𝕬𝖏𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖆 𝕶𝖆𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖞𝖆
𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆(𝕻𝖆𝖑𝖎) 𝖔𝖗 𝕬𝖏𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖆 𝕶𝖆𝖚𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖞𝖆(𝕾𝖆𝖓𝖘𝖐𝖗𝖎𝖙) 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖋𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆. 𝕳𝖊 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖇𝖔𝖗𝖓 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 6𝖙𝖍 𝖈𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖚𝖗𝖞 𝕭𝕮𝕰 𝖎𝖓 𝖆 𝕭𝖗𝖆𝖍𝖒𝖎𝖓 𝖋𝖆𝖒𝖎𝖑𝖞 𝖎𝖓 𝕯𝖔𝖓𝖆𝖛𝖆𝖙𝖍𝖚 𝖓𝖊𝖆𝖗 𝕶𝖆𝖕𝖎𝖑𝖆𝖛𝖆𝖘𝖙𝖚. 𝕬𝖘 𝖆 𝖞𝖔𝖚𝖙𝖍 𝖉𝖚𝖊 𝖙𝖔 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖒𝖆𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖔𝖋 𝖁𝖊𝖉𝖆𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖊𝖝𝖈𝖊𝖑𝖑𝖊𝖓𝖈𝖊 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖊𝖓𝖈𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖕𝖍𝖞𝖘𝖎𝖔𝖌𝖓𝖔𝖒𝖞(𝕷𝖆𝖐𝖍𝖆𝖓𝖆 𝕸𝖆𝖓𝖙𝖆) 𝖍𝖊 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖆𝖕𝖕𝖔𝖎𝖓𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖘 𝖆 𝖗𝖔𝖞𝖆𝖑 𝖈𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖙 𝖘𝖈𝖍𝖔𝖑𝖆𝖗 𝖎𝖓 𝕶𝖆𝖕𝖎𝖑𝖛𝖆𝖘𝖙𝖚 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕾𝖍𝖆𝖐𝖞𝖆 𝕰𝖒𝖕𝖎𝖗𝖊 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖗𝖚𝖑𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖞 𝕶𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝕾𝖍𝖚𝖉𝖍𝖔𝖉𝖍𝖆𝖓𝖆. 𝖂𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕼𝖚𝖊𝖊𝖓 𝖌𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖇𝖎𝖗𝖙𝖍 𝖙𝖔 𝖆 𝖘𝖔𝖓 𝕾𝖎𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖍𝖆 𝕲𝖆𝖚𝖙𝖆𝖒, 𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖉𝖎𝖈𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕻𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖈𝖊 𝖜𝖔𝖚𝖑𝖉 𝖇𝖊𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖊 𝖆𝖓 𝕰𝖓𝖑𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝕭𝖊𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖛𝖔𝖜𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖑𝖔𝖜 𝖍𝖎𝖒.
𝕽𝖊𝖓𝖔𝖚𝖓𝖈𝖊𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝕬𝖗𝖆𝖍𝖆𝖓𝖙𝖘𝖍𝖎𝖕
𝖂𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖕𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖈𝖊 𝕾𝖎𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖍𝖆 𝖑𝖊𝖋𝖙 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖐𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖉𝖔𝖒 𝖙𝖔 𝖇𝖊𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖊 𝖆𝖓 𝖆𝖘𝖈𝖊𝖙𝖎𝖈, 𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗 𝖋𝖔𝖚𝖗 𝖋𝖗𝖎𝖊𝖓𝖉𝖘 𝖆𝖑𝖘𝖔 𝖆𝖈𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖕𝖆𝖓𝖎𝖊𝖉 𝖍𝖎𝖒. 𝕿𝖍𝖊𝖞 𝖜𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖐𝖓𝖔𝖜𝖓 𝖆𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕻𝖆𝖓𝖈𝖆𝖛𝖆𝖌𝖌𝖎𝖞𝖞𝖆 𝖔𝖗 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕲𝖗𝖔𝖚𝖕 𝖔𝖋 𝕱𝖎𝖛𝖊. 𝖂𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖍𝖊 𝖆𝖙𝖙𝖆𝖎𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖊𝖓𝖑𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖊𝖓𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖌𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝕾𝖊𝖗𝖒𝖔𝖓 𝖙𝖔 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖋𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐 𝖋𝖗𝖎𝖊𝖓𝖉𝖘 𝖎𝖙 𝖎𝖘 𝖘𝖆𝖎𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖆𝖙 𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝖙𝖔 𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖍𝖊𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖇𝖊𝖈𝖆𝖒𝖊 𝖆𝖓 𝕬𝖗𝖆𝖍𝖆𝖓𝖙 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖍𝖊 𝖍𝖊𝖆𝖗𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕬𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖙𝖆𝖑𝖆𝖐𝖐𝖍𝖆𝖓𝖆 𝕾𝖚𝖙𝖙𝖆 𝖗𝖊𝖌𝖆𝖗𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖘𝖔𝖚𝖑-𝖑𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖘 𝖔𝖗 𝖓𝖔𝖓 𝖘𝖊𝖑𝖋. 𝕳𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖗𝖊𝖖𝖚𝖊𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖙𝖔 𝖕𝖊𝖗𝖒𝖎𝖙 𝖍𝖎𝖒 𝖙𝖔 𝖗𝖊𝖙𝖎𝖗𝖊 𝖋𝖗𝖔𝖒 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖑𝖉 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖆𝖌𝖗𝖊𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖉𝖊𝖈𝖑𝖆𝖗𝖊𝖉 𝖍𝖎𝖒 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕱𝖎𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝕭𝖍𝖎𝖐𝖐𝖍𝖚 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕾𝖆𝖓𝖌𝖍𝖆.
𝕬𝖋𝖙𝖊𝖗 𝕬𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙
𝕬𝖋𝖙𝖊𝖗 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖘𝖊𝖙 𝖚𝖕 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕾𝖆𝖓𝖌𝖍𝖆, 𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘 𝖙𝖗𝖆𝖛𝖊𝖑𝖑𝖊𝖉 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖇𝖞 𝖋𝖔𝖔𝖙 𝖙𝖔 𝖘𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖉 𝕯𝖍𝖆𝖒𝖒𝖆. 𝖂𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖜𝖊𝖓𝖙 𝖙𝖔 𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖒𝖚𝖓𝖎𝖈𝖆𝖙𝖊 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖙𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖊𝖝𝖆𝖑𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖊𝖓𝖑𝖎𝖌𝖍𝖙𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖙𝖊 𝖙𝖔 𝕶𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝕭𝖎𝖒𝖇𝖎𝖘𝖆𝖗𝖆 𝖆𝖘 𝖕𝖗𝖔𝖒𝖎𝖘𝖊𝖉, 𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖜𝖊𝖓𝖙 𝖙𝖔 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖍𝖔𝖒𝖊 𝖙𝖔𝖜𝖓 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖒𝖆𝖓𝖞 𝖋𝖔𝖑𝖑𝖔𝖜𝖊𝖗𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖙𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖘, 𝖋𝖔𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖔𝖘𝖙 𝖆𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖒 𝖇𝖊𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖓𝖊𝖕𝖍𝖊𝖜 𝕻𝖚𝖓𝖓𝖆. 𝕻𝖚𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖚𝖗𝖓 𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖈𝖔𝖓𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖙𝖊𝖉 500 𝖔𝖋 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖈𝖑𝖆𝖓 𝖙𝖔 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘. 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖙𝖔𝖔 𝖆𝖈𝖐𝖓𝖔𝖜𝖑𝖊𝖉𝖌𝖊𝖉 𝕻𝖚𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖋𝖔𝖗 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖘𝖐𝖎𝖑𝖑𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖉𝖊𝖈𝖑𝖆𝖗𝖊𝖉 𝖍𝖎𝖒 𝖋𝖔𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖔𝖘𝖙 𝖆𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖌 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖘.
𝕸𝖆𝖓𝖞 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖘𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖜𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖘 𝖆𝖗𝖊 𝖆𝖙𝖙𝖗𝖎𝖇𝖚𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖆 𝖎𝖓 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖎𝖘𝖙 𝖑𝖎𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖚𝖗𝖊 𝖇𝖊𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖘𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖔𝖗𝖒𝖔𝖘𝖙 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘. 𝕬𝖋𝖙𝖊𝖗 𝖘𝖕𝖊𝖓𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖆 𝖕𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖔𝖉 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕾𝖆𝖓𝖌𝖍𝖆 𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖗𝖊𝖙𝖎𝖗𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕳𝖎𝖒𝖆𝖑𝖆𝖞𝖆𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖘𝖕𝖊𝖓𝖉 𝖒𝖔𝖗𝖊 𝖙𝖎𝖒𝖊 𝖎𝖓 𝖗𝖊𝖑𝖎𝖌𝖎𝖔𝖚𝖘 𝖕𝖗𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖈𝖊 𝖆𝖘 𝖍𝖊 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖇𝖊𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖎𝖓𝖍𝖎𝖇𝖎𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖞 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖌𝖗𝖔𝖜𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖕𝖔𝖕𝖚𝖑𝖆𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖞 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕾𝖆𝖓𝖌𝖍𝖆. 𝕿𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖎𝖘 𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕾𝖆𝖒𝖞𝖚𝖙𝖙𝖆 𝕹𝖎𝖐𝖆𝖞𝖆. 𝖂𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖍𝖊 𝖐𝖓𝖊𝖜 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖊𝖓𝖉 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖓𝖊𝖆𝖗 𝖍𝖊 𝖗𝖊𝖙𝖚𝖗𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖘𝖙𝖗𝖔𝖐𝖊 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖐𝖎𝖘𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆’𝖘 𝖋𝖊𝖊𝖙 𝖑𝖔𝖛𝖎𝖓𝖌𝖑𝖞 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖆𝖘𝖐𝖊𝖉 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖘 𝖓𝖔𝖙 𝖙𝖔 𝖒𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖓 𝖍𝖎𝖒. 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖓𝖊𝖝𝖙 𝖒𝖔𝖗𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖆𝖘𝖘𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖜𝖆𝖞 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖈𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖆𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖊𝖗𝖊𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖞 𝖇𝖊𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖎𝖉𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖞 𝕬𝖓𝖚𝖗𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖙𝖊𝖓 𝖈𝖍𝖎𝖊𝖋 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 500 𝖔𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖗 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘. 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝖆𝖘𝖍𝖊𝖘 𝖜𝖊𝖗𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖊𝖓𝖘𝖍𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖎𝖓 𝖆 𝖘𝖎𝖑𝖛𝖊𝖗 𝕾𝖙𝖚𝖕𝖆 𝖆𝖙 𝖁𝖊𝖑𝖚𝖛𝖆𝖓𝖆.
𝕻𝖆𝖘𝖙 𝕭𝖎𝖗𝖙𝖍𝖘
𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖘𝖆𝖎𝖉 𝖙𝖔 𝖍𝖆𝖛𝖊 𝖇𝖊𝖊𝖓 𝖇𝖔𝖗𝖓 𝖆 𝖓𝖚𝖒𝖇𝖊𝖗 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖎𝖒𝖊𝖘 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖎𝖓 𝖊𝖆𝖗𝖑𝖎𝖊𝖗 𝖇𝖎𝖗𝖙𝖍𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖆𝖉 𝖆𝖑𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖉𝖞 𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖈𝖍𝖊𝖉 𝖆 𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖞 𝖍𝖎𝖌𝖍 𝖘𝖙𝖆𝖙𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖘𝖕𝖎𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖚𝖆𝖑 𝖊𝖛𝖔𝖑𝖛𝖊𝖒𝖊𝖓𝖙 𝖜𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖈𝖚𝖑𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖎𝖓 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝕬𝖗𝖆𝖍𝖆𝖓𝖙𝖘𝖍𝖎𝖕 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖊𝖓𝖙 𝖑𝖎𝖋𝖊𝖙𝖎𝖒𝖊.
𝕮𝖔𝖓𝖈𝖑𝖚𝖘𝖎𝖔𝖓
𝕶𝖔𝖓𝖉𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖆 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖈𝖑𝖔𝖘𝖊𝖘𝖙 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘, 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖎𝖓𝖎𝖙𝖎𝖆𝖑𝖑𝖞 𝖆 𝖋𝖗𝖎𝖊𝖓𝖉 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖜𝖍𝖊𝖓 𝖍𝖊 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖆 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖑𝖉𝖑𝖞 𝕻𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖈𝖊. 𝕳𝖎𝖘 𝖑𝖔𝖛𝖊 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖘𝖊𝖗𝖛𝖎𝖙𝖚𝖉𝖊 𝖙𝖔𝖜𝖆𝖗𝖉𝖘 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖊𝖝𝖊𝖒𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖗𝖞 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖍𝖊 𝖜𝖆𝖘 𝖍𝖔𝖓𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖊𝖉 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖗𝖊𝖘𝖕𝖊𝖈𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖞 𝖆𝖑𝖑 𝖇𝖊𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖔𝖓𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖘𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖔𝖗𝖒𝖔𝖘𝖙 𝖒𝖔𝖓𝖐𝖘. 𝕳𝖊 𝖆𝖑𝖜𝖆𝖞𝖘 𝖊𝖝𝖍𝖔𝖗𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖋𝖊𝖑𝖑𝖔𝖜 𝖉𝖎𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖌𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖚𝖕 𝖙𝖗𝖆𝖓𝖘𝖎𝖙𝖔𝖗𝖞 𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖆𝖘𝖚𝖗𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖉𝖜𝖊𝖑𝖑 𝖔𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖎𝖒𝖕𝖊𝖗𝖒𝖆𝖓𝖊𝖓𝖈𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖑𝖎𝖋𝖊 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖘𝖊𝖊𝖐 𝕾𝖊𝖑𝖋 𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖑𝖎𝖘𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓 𝖔𝖗 𝕷𝖎𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓.
We would like to invite all Thai monastic
communities, foreign monastic communities and people around the world to
join the celebrating of Asalha Puja Day in homage to the Sammasambuddha
by Dhammcakka Chanting across the globe and take this opportunity to
counter the COVID-19 pandemic.
Join this chanting of
Dhamacakkaappavatta to celebrate 3,555,555,555 rounds on Asalha Puja
Day, on Saturday, July 24, 2021, at 6:00 AM – 9:00 PM GMT+7 via Zoom
Application
Timeline of the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta Chanting from 2016 to the present
ABOUT US
International Committee for the Espousal of Dhammacakkappavatta Sutta (ICED)
Home
About Us
Recent Activities
Up Coming Event
Photo Gallery
©
A depiction of the first teaching of the Buddha from a Vietnamese Buddhist monastery in Quebec, Canada.
Retaining the oldest teachings Edit
Modern
scholars agree that the teachings of the Buddha were passed down in an
oral tradition for approximately a few hundred years after the passing
of the Buddha; the first written recordings of these teachings were made
hundreds of years after the Buddha’s passing. According to academic
scholars, inconsistencies in the oldest texts may reveal developments in
the oldest teachings.[11][note 3] While the Theravada tradition holds
that it is likely that the sutras date back to the Buddha himself, in an
unbroken chain of oral transmission,[web 2][web 3][note 4] academic
scholars have identified many of such inconsistencies, and tried to
explain them. Information of the oldest teachings of Buddhism, such as
on the Four Noble Truths, which are an important topic in the
Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, has been obtained by analysis of the oldest
texts and these inconsistencies, and are a matter of ongoing discussion
and research.[12][13][14][15][note 5]
Development of the sutta Edit
According
to Bronkhorst this “first sermon” is recorded in several sutras, with
important variations.[22][note 6] In the Vinaya texts, and in the
Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta which was influenced by the Vinaya texts,
the four truths are included, and Kondañña is enlightened[22][23] when
the “vision of Dhamma”[24] arises in him: “whatever is subject to
origination is all subject to cessation.”[note 7] Yet, in the
Ariyapariyesanā Sutta (”The Noble Search”, Majjhima Nikaya 26) the four
truths are not included,[note 8] and the Buddha gives the five ascetics
personal instructions in turn, two or three of them, while the others go
out begging for food. The versions of the “first sermon” which include
the four truths, such as the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, omit this
instruction, showing that
…the accounts which include the Four
Noble Truths had a completely different conception of the process of
liberation than the one which includes the Four Dhyanas and the
subsequent destruction of the intoxicants.[22]
According to
Bronkhorst, this indicates that the four truths were later added to
earlier descriptions of liberation by practicing the four dhyanas, which
originally was thought to be sufficient for the destruction of the
arsavas.[22] Anderson, following Norman, also thinks that the four
truths originally were not part of this sutta, and were later added in
some versions.[28][note 9] According to Bronkhorst, the “twelve
insights” are probably also a later addition, born out of unease with
the substitution of the general term “prajna” for the more specific
“four truths”.[30]
The “essence” of Buddhism Edit
According
to Cousins, many scholars are of the view that “this discourse was
identified as the first sermon of the Buddha only at a later date.”[29]
According to Richard Gombrich,
Of course we do not really know
what the Buddha said in his first sermon […] and it has even been
convincingly demonstrated[note 10] that the language of the text as we
have it is in the main a set of formulae, expressions which are by no
means self-explanatory but refer to already established doctrines.
Nevertheless, the compilers of the Canon put in the first sermon what
they knew to be the very essence of the Buddha’s Enlightenment.[32]
Yet,
the understanding of what exactly constituted this “very essence” also
developed over time. What exactly was regarded as the central insight
“varied along with what was considered most central to the teaching of
the Buddha.”[33] “Liberating insight” came to be defined as “insight
into the four truths,” which is presented as the “liberating insight”
which constituted the awakening, or “enlightenment” of the Buddha. When
he understood these truths he was “enlightened” and liberated,[note 11]
as reflected in Majjhima Nikaya 26:42: “his taints are destroyed by his
seeing with wisdom.”[37] The four truths were superseded by
pratityasamutpada, and still later by the doctrine of the non-existence
of a substantial self or person.[38]
According to Anderson, a
long recognized feature of the Theravada canon is that it lacks an
“overarching and comprehensive structure of the path to nibbana.”[39]
The sutras form a network or matrix, which have to be taken
together.[40][note 12] Within this network, “the four noble truths are
one doctrine among others and are not particularly central,”[40] but are
a part of “the entire dhamma matrix.”[42] The four noble truths are set
and learnt in that network, learning “how the various teachings
intersect with each other,”[43] and refer to the various Buddhist
techniques, which are all explicitly and implicitly part of the passages
which refer to the four truths.[44] According to Anderson,
There
is no single way of understanding the teachings: one teaching may be
used to explain another in one passage; the relationship may be reversed
or altered in other talks.[42]
Translations into English Edit
From the Pali version Edit
In
the Pāli Canon, this sutta is found in the Samyutta Nikaya, chapter 56
(”Saccasamyutta” or “Connected Discourses on the Truths”), sutta number
11 (and, thus, can be referenced as “SN 56.11″). There are multiple
English translations of the Pali version of this sutta, including:
Bhikkhu Bodhi (trans.), Setting in Motion the Wheel of the Dhamma
Ñanamoli Thera (trans.) (1993). Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta: Setting Rolling the Wheel of Truth.
Piyadassi Thera (trans.) (1999). Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta: Setting in Motion the Wheel of Truth.
Thanissaro Bhikkhu (trans.) (1993). Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta: Setting the Wheel of Dhamma in Motion.
Bhikkhu Sujato (trans.) (2018). Rolling Forth the Wheel of Dhamma.
Thich
Nhat Hanh (trans.) (1999). “Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the
Dharma: Dhamma Cakka Pavattana Sutta”. In The Heart of the Buddha’s
Teaching, p. 257.[45]
Ven. Dr. Rewata Dhamma (trans.) (1997). “The
First Discourse of the Buddha: Turning the Wheel of Dhamma”. In The
First Discourse of the Buddha, Wisdom, pp. 17–20.[46]
Walpola Rahula (trans.) (2007). “Setting in Motion the Wheel of Truth”. In What the Buddha Taught.[47]
From Tibetan, Chinese and Sanskrit versions Edit
The
Tibetan ‘Missing Translator’s Colophon’ Version of the Dharma Wheel
Discourse (chos kyi ‘khor lo’i mdo ‘gyur byang med pa): A New
Translation into English by Erick Tsiknopoulos (2013) This is a
translation of one of two versions of the Dharma Wheel Sutra in Tibetan,
known as the ‘Missing Translator’s Colophon’ version (Tib: ‘gyur byang
med pa). It has a correlate in Chinese, translated into English by Lapiz
Lazuli Texts and listed below.
Lapis Lazuli Texts: Saṃyuktāgama 379.
Turning the Dharma Wheel. This is a translation from the Chinese canon;
the Chinese version is based on the Sarvastivadin Sanskrit version of
the text (Dharmacakra Pravartana Sutra).
Thich Nhat Hanh has produced
a notable rendering of the first teaching of the Buddha in his
biography of the Buddha entitled Old Path White Clouds.[9] Thich Nhat
Hanh relied on multiple sources for this rendering.[48] This rendering
is also included in Thich Nhat Hanh’s book Path of Compassion: Stories
from the Buddha’s Life.[49] See Turning the Wheel of Dharma
The 26th
chapter of the Lalitavistara Sutra contains a Mahayana version of the
first turning that closely parallels the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta.
The following English translations of this text are available:
The
Play in Full: Lalitavistara (2013), translated by the Dharmachakra
Translation Committee. Translated from Tibetan into English and checked
against the Sanskrit version.[web 5]
Voice of the Buddha: The Beauty
of Compassion (1983), translated by Gwendolyn Bays, Dharma Publishing
(two-volume set). This translation has been made from French into
English and then checked with the original in Tibetan and Sanskrit.
See also Edit
Dharmacakra
Enlightenment
Four Noble Truths
Middle Way
Noble Eightfold Path
Sarnath
Taṇhā
Three marks of existence
Notes Edit
^ For instance, in the context of the objects of mindfulness, dhamma refers to “mental objects” (see, Satipatthana Sutta).
^ English translations of this sutta’s full title include:
“Setting in Motion the Wheel of the Dhamma” (Bodhi, 2000, pp. 1843–7)
“Setting in Motion the Wheel of Truth” (Piyadassi, 1999)[1]
“Setting Rolling the Wheel of Truth” (Ñanamoli, 1993)[2]
“Setting the Wheel of Dhamma in Motion” (Thanissaro, 1993)[3] (Geshe Tashi Tsering, 2005)[3]
“The Discourse That Sets Turning the Wheel of Truth” (Ajahn Sucitto, 2010)[4]
“Turning the Wheel of Dhamma” (Dhamma, 1997).
“The Four Noble Truths Sutra” (Geshe Tashi Tsering, 2005)[3]
^ See:
La Vallee Possin (1937), Musila et Narada; reprinted in Gombrich (2006), How Buddhism Began, appendix
Erich Frauwallner (1953), Geschichte der indischen Philosophie, Band Der Buddha und der Jina (pp. 147-272)
Andre
Bareau (1963), Recherches sur la biographiedu Buddha dans les
Sutrapitaka et les Vinayapitaka anciens, Ecole Francaise
d’Extreme-Orient
Schmithausen, On some Aspects of Descriptions or
Theories of ‘Liberating Insight’ and ‘Enlightenment’ in Early Buddhism.
In: Studien zum Jainismus und Buddhismus (Gedenkschrift für Ludwig
Alsdorf), hrsg. von Klaus Bruhn und Albrecht Wezler, Wiesbaden 1981,
199-250.
Griffiths, Paul (1981), “Concentration or Insight; The
Problematic of Theravada Buddhist Meditation-theory”, The Journal of the
American Academy of Religion
K.R. Norman, Four Noble Truths
Bronkhorst 1993, Chapter 8
Tilman Vetter (1988), The Ideas and Meditative Practices of Early Buddhism, by Tilmann Vetter
Richard
F. Gombrich (2006) [1996]. How Buddhism Began: The Conditioned Genesis
of the Early Teachings. Routledge. ISBN 978-1-134-19639-5., chapter four
Anderson, Carol (1999), Pain and Its Ending: The Four Noble Truths in the Theravada Buddhist Canon, Routledge
Alexander Wynne (2007), The Origin of Buddhist Meditation, Routledge
^
Bhikkhu Sujato & Bhikkhu Brahmali, p.4: “Most academic scholars of
Early Buddhism cautiously affirm that it is possible that the EBTS
contain some authentic sayings of the Buddha. We contend that this
drastically understates the evidence. A sympathetic assessment of
relevant evidence shows that it is very likely that the bulk of the
sayings in the EBTS that are attributed to the Buddha were actually
spoken by him. It is very unlikely that most of these sayings are
inauthentic.[web 3]
^ According to Schmithausen, three positions held
by scholars of Buddhism can be distinguished regarding the possibility
to retain knowledge of the oldest Buddhism:[16]
“Stress on the
fundamental homogeneity and substantial authenticity of at least a
considerable part of the Nikayic materials;”[subnote 1]
“Scepticism with regard to the possibility of retrieving the doctrine of earliest Buddhism;”[subnote 2]
“Cautious optimism in this respect.”[subnote 3]
^
The Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta is best-known from the Pāli Canon,
Saṃyutta Nikāya chapter 56, sutta 11. In the Chinese Buddhist canon
there are numerous editions of this sutra from a variety of different
schools in ancient India, including the Sarvāstivāda, Dharmaguptaka, and
Mahīśāsaka, as well as an edition translated as early as 170 by the
early Parthian missionary An Shigao. Parallel texts can be found in
other early Buddhist sources as well, such as the Sarvāstivādin
Lalitavistara Sūtra and the Lokottaravādin Mahāvastu.[web 4]
^ Translation Bhikkhu Bodhi (2000), Samyutta Nikaya, SN 56.11, p.1846. See also Anderson (2001), Pain and its Ending, p.69.
^
MN 26.17 merely says “[’]This will serve for the striving of a clansman
intent on striving.’ And I sat down there thinking: ‘This will serve
for striving.’[25] According to Bhikkhu Bodhi Majjhima Nikaya 36 then
continuous with the extreme ascetic practices, which are omitted in MN
26.[26] In verse 18, the Buddha has attained Nirvana, being secured from
bondage by birth, ageing, sickness and death, referring to the truths
of dependent origination and “the stilling of all formations, the
relinquishing of all attachments, the destruction of craving,
dispassion, cessation.”[27]
^ According to Cousins, Anderson
misunderstands Norman in this respect, but does “not think that this
misunderstanding of Norman’s position critically affects Anderson’s
thesis. Even if these arguments do not prove that the four truths are
definitely a later insertion in the Dhammacakkapavattana-sutta, it is
certainly possible to take the position that the sutta itself is
relatively late.”[29]
^ Gombrich includes an end note here citing “Norman 1982″ (.[31]
^
“Enlightenment” is a typical western term, which bears its own,
specific western connotations, meanings and interpretations.[34][35][36]
^
Gethin: “The word satya (Pali sacca) can certainly mean truth, but it
might equally be rendered as ‘real’ or ‘actual thing’. That is, we are
not dealing here with propositional truths with which we must either
agree or disagree, but with four ‘true things’ or ‘realities’ whose
nature, we are told, the Buddha finally understood on the night of his
awakening. […] This is not to say that the Buddha’s discourses do not
contain theoretical statements of the nature of suffering, its cause,
its cessation, and the path to its cessation, but these descriptions
function not so much as dogmas of the Buddhist faith as a convenient
conceptual framework for making sense of Buddhist thought.”[41]
Subnotes
^ Well-known proponents of the first position are:
*
A.K. Warder. According to A.K. Warder, in his 1970 publication “Indian
Buddhism”, from the oldest extant texts a common kernel can be drawn
out,[17] namely the Bodhipakkhiyādhammā. According to Warder, c.q. his
publisher: “This kernel of doctrine is presumably common Buddhism of the
period before the great schisms of the fourth and third centuries BC.
It may be substantially the Buddhism of the Buddha himself, although
this cannot be proved: at any rate it is a Buddhism presupposed by the
schools as existing about a hundred years after the parinirvana of the
Buddha, and there is no evidence to suggest that it was formulated by
anyone else than the Buddha and his immediate followers.”[17]
*
Richard Gombrich: “I have the greatest difficulty in accepting that the
main edifice is not the work of a single genius. By “the main edifice” I
mean the collections of the main body of sermons, the four Nikāyas, and
of the main body of monastic rules.”[15]
^ A proponent of the second
position is Ronald Davidson: “While most scholars agree that there was a
rough body of sacred literature (disputed)(sic) that a relatively early
community (disputed)(sic) maintained and transmitted, we have little
confidence that much, if any, of surviving Buddhist scripture is
actually the word of the historic Buddha.”[18]
^ Well-known proponent of the third position are:
*
J.W. de Jong: “It would be hypocritical to assert that nothing can be
said about the doctrine of earliest Buddhism […] the basic ideas of
Buddhism found in the canonical writings could very well have been
proclaimed by him [the Buddha], transmitted and developed by his
disciples and, finally, codified in fixed formulas.”[19]
* Johannes
Bronkhorst: “This position is to be preferred to (ii) for purely
methodological reasons: only those who seek may find, even if no success
is guaranteed.”[20]
* Donald Lopez: “The original teachings of the
historical Buddha are extremely difficult, if not impossible, to recover
or reconstruct.”[21]
References Edit
^ Gethin 1998, p. 59.
^ Norman 2003.
^ a b Geshe Tashi Tsering 2005, Kindle Location 174.
^ Sucitto 2010, p. 193.
^ Sucitto 2010, pp. 10-12.
^ Dhamma 1997, pp. 22-24.
^ Geshe Tashi Tsering 2005, Kindle Locations 163-169.
^ Gethin 1998, p. 25.
^ a b Thich Nhat Hanh 1991, Kindle Locations 1822-1884.
^ Thich Nhat Hanh 1999, pp. 6-8.
^ Vetter 1988, p. ix.
^ Bronkhorst 1993.
^ Vetter 1988.
^ Schmithausen 1981.
^ a b Gombrich 1997.
^ Bronkhorst 1993, p. vii.
^ a b Warder 1999, inside flap.
^ Davidson 2003, p. 147.
^ Jong 1993, p. 25.
^ Bronkhorst 1997, p. vii.
^ Lopez 1995, p. 4.
^ a b c d Bronkhorst 1993, p. 110.
^ Anderson 2001, p. 69.
^ Bhikkhu Bodhi 2000, p. 1846.
^ Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) 1995, p. 259.
^ Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) 1995, p. 1216, note 403.
^ Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) 1995, p. 259-260.
^ Anderson 1999, p. 68.
^ a b Cousins 2001, p. 38.
^ Bronkhorst 1993, p. 106.
^ Norman 1982.
^ Gombrich 2002, p. 61.
^ Bronkhorst 1993, p. 54-55, 96, 99.
^ Cohen 2006.
^ Sharf 1995.
^ Sharf 2000.
^ Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) 1995, p. 268.
^ Bronkhorst 1993, p. 100-101.
^ Anderson 2001, p. 131.
^ a b Anderson 2001, p. 85.
^ Gethin 1998, p. 60.
^ a b Anderson 2001, p. 86.
^ Anderson 2001, p. 86-87.
^ Anderson 2001, p. 132.
^ Thich Nhat Hanh 1999, p. 257.
^ Dhamma 1997, pp. 17-20.
^ Rahula 2007, Kindle Location 2055.
^ Thich Nhat Hanh 1991, Kindle Location 7566.
^ Thich Nhat Hanh 2012, p. 81.
Sources Edit
Printed sources Edit
Pali Canon
The
Connected Discourses of the Buddha: A New Translation of the Samyutta
Nikaya, translated by Bhikkhu, Bodhi, Boston: Wisdom Publications, 2000,
ISBN 0-86171-331-1
Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) (1995), The Middle
Length Discourses of the Buddha: A New Translation of the Majjhima
Nikaya, Boston: Wisdom Publications, ISBN 0-86171-072-X
Buddhist teachers
Anandajoti
Bhikkhu (trans.) (2010). The Earliest Recorded Discourses of the Buddha
(from Lalitavistara, Mahākhandhaka & Mahāvastu). Kuala Lumpur:
Sukhi Hotu. Also available on-line.
Sumedho, Ajahn (2002), The Four Noble Truths, Amaravati Publications
Sucitto, Ajahn (2010), Turning the Wheel of Truth: Commentary on the Buddha’s First Teaching, Shambhala
Dhamma, Ven. Dr. Rewata (1997), The First Discourse of the Buddha, Wisdom, ISBN 0-86171-104-1
Geshe Tashi Tsering (2005), The Four Noble Truths: The Foundation of Buddhist Thought, Volume I (Kindle ed.), Wisdom
Gethin, Rupert (1998), Foundations of Buddhism, Oxford University Press
Goldstein, Joseph (2002), One Dharma: The Emerging Western Buddhism, HarperCollins
Thich Nhat Hanh (1991), Old Path White Clouds, Parallax Press
Thich Nhat Hanh (1999), The Heart of the Buddha’s Teaching, Three River Press
Thich Nhat Hanh (2012), Path of Compassion: Stories from the Buddha’s Life, Parallax Press
Rahula, Walpola (2007), What the Buddha Taught (Kindle ed.), Grove Press
Secondary
Anderson, Carol (2001), Pain and Its Ending: The Four Noble Truths in the Theravada Buddhist Canon, Motilall Banarsidas
Bronkhorst, Johannes (1993), The Two Traditions of Meditation in Ancient India, Motilal Banarsidass Publ.
Cohen, Robert S. (2006), Beyond Enlightenment: Buddhism, Religion, Modernity, Routledge
Cousins,
L.S. (2001), “Review of Pain and its Ending: The Four Noble Truths in
the Theravada Buddhist Canon” (PDF), Journal of Buddhist Ethics, 8:
36–41
Davidson, Ronald M. (2003), Indian Esoteric Buddhism, Columbia University Press, ISBN 0-231-12618-2
Gombrich,
Richard (2002) [1988], Theravada Buddhism: A Social History from
Ancient Benares to Modern Colombo, London: Routledge, ISBN 0-415-07585-8
Gombrich,
Richard F. (1997), How Buddhism Began: The Conditioned Genesis of the
Early Teachings, Routledge, ISBN 978-1-134-19639-5
Harvey, Peter (1990), Introduction to Buddhism, Cambridge University Press
Lopez, Donald S., Jr. (1995), Buddhism in Practice (PDF), Princeton University Press, ISBN 0-691-04442-2
Norman,
K.R. (1982), “The Four Noble Truths: a problem of Pali syntax”, in
Hercus, L.A.; et al. (eds.), Indological and Buddhist Studies: Volume in
Honour of Professor J.W. de Jong on his Sixtieth Birthday, Canberra,
pp. 377–91
Norman, K.R. (2003), “The Four Noble Truths”, K.R. Norman Collected Papers II (PDF)
Schmithausen,
Lambert (1981), On some Aspects of Descriptions or Theories of
‘Liberating Insight’ and ‘Enlightenment’ in Early Buddhism”. In: Studien
zum Jainismus und Buddhismus (Gedenkschrift für Ludwig Alsdorf), hrsg.
von Klaus Bruhn und Albrecht Wezler, Wiesbaden
Sharf, Robert H.
(1995), “Buddhist Modernism and the Rhetoric of Meditative Experience”
(PDF), NUMEN, 42, archived from the original (PDF) on 2019-04-12,
retrieved 2017-05-06
Sharf, Robert H. (2000), “The Rhetoric of
Experience and the Study of Religion” (PDF), Journal of Consciousness
Studies, 7 (11–12): 267–87, archived from the original (PDF) on
2013-05-13, retrieved 2017-05-06
Vetter, Tilmann (1988), The Ideas and Meditative Practices of Early Buddhism, BRILL
Warder, A.K. (1999), Indian Buddhism, Delhi
Web-sources Edit
^
accesstoinsight, Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta: Setting the Wheel of
Dhamma in Motion, translated from the Pali by Thanissaro Bhikkhu]
^ Payutto, P. A. “The Pali Canon What a Buddhist Must Know” (PDF).
^
a b *Sujato, Bhante; Brahmali, Bhikkhu (2015), The Authenticity of the
Early Buddhist Texts (PDF), Chroniker Press, ISBN 9781312911505
^
Anandajoti (2010), “Introduction,” retrieved 18 May 2010 from
http://www.ancient-buddhist-texts.net/English-Texts/Earliest-Discourses/index.htm.
^ A Play in Full: Lalitavistara (2013), translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee
Further reading Edit
Scholarly
Anderson, Carol (2001), Pain and Its Ending: The Four Noble Truths in the Theravada Buddhist Canon, Motilall Banarsidas
Analayo,
V (2012). The Chinese Parallels to the Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta (1),
Journal of the Oxford Centre for Buddhist Studies 3, 12-46
Analayo, V
(2013). The Chinese Parallels to the Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta (2),
Journal of the Oxford Centre for Buddhist Studies 5, 9-41
Commentaries in English
Ajahn Sucitto (2010), Turning the Wheel of Truth: Commentary on the Buddha’s First Teaching, Shambhala
Bhikkhu Pesala, An Exposition of the Dhammacakka Sutta
Mahasi Sayadaw (1996–2012), Discourse on the Wheel of Dharma
Ven. Dr. Rewata Dhamma (1997), The First Discourse of the Buddha, Wisdom, ISBN 0-86171-104-1.
External links
Last edited 1 month ago by Wham2001
RELATED ARTICLES
Four Noble Truths
Basic framework of Buddhist thought
Jāti (Buddhism)
Physical birth In Buddhism
Satipatthana Sutta
10th sutta in the Majjhima Nikaya
Dhammacakkappavattana
Sutta is the first sermon of the Lord Buddha, delivered to the five
ascetics (“Pancavaggi”) at “I-sip-pa-ta-na-ma-ruka-ta-ya-wan” Forest,
Varanasi in India. The Dhammcakkkappavattana Sutta is the core of
Buddhism as it give explaination about the Middle Way , Eight Fold Path
and Four Noble Truth.
After Lord Buddha delivered this Sutta , Kondañña became enlightened
as the first Stream-Winner which made first monk in Buddhism , first
enlightened follower and Triple Gem completely occurred which comprise
of Buddha , Dhamma and Sangha.
So Dhammacakka Sutta can bring happiness and success to human life until can change ordinary person to be noble monk.
During the world face many difficulties such as COVID pandemic , war ,
economic problem, social problem, ect. , the Dhammacakka chanting can
reduce the stress and purify human mind especially if we chant this
Sutta together regularly around the world. This program will be the
origin to let the Wheel of Dhamma set in motion the incalculable power
of purity that can overcome all difficulties.
The
Dhammacakkappavatta Sutta Chanting is one of the most important sutta.
It’s coving of the three principles; Dhamma Learning, Practice and to
Attain Enlightenment. Furthermore, these three are important principles
for Buddhism to inherit as a refuge for human beings and gods until
today.
Consequently, we had invited an International Buddhist Monk and the
Lay People to an around the world Buddhist chanting activity to join on
the Dhammacakka Chanting, Meditating, Lantern Lighting and
Sharing-Loving Kindness for the World Peace
VDO Chanting and Meditation throughout the World via Zoom
We
have participated in an International Buddhist Monk to lead the
Dhammacakkappavatta Sutta every day, in addition, an important Buddhist
Day from many recent projects we had conducted continuedly. Moreover,
there is Voice for youth, and it’s the Dhammacakka Chanting contest.
This is the purpose of acquiring moral standards and values for them.
Activities
1. Speech from World Buddhist Leaders & Scholars
2. VDO International Dhammacakka Chanting
3. International Sangha Chanting & Blessing from all Sanghas to overcome COVID-19
4. Chanting & Meditation & Sharing loving kindness
5. The Dhammacakka Chanting & Lighting from Sarnath where the Buddha give the first Sermon of Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta
Zoom072.com/wab/1
Meeting ID: 89372431989
Passcode: 072
H.H. Most Venerable Professor Banasree Mahathera 29th Sanghanayaka in Bangladesh Chief Abbot
Most Ven Bhaddanta Sandi Ma Bhivamsa
Secretary General of State Sangha Mahanayaka Committee Ministry of
Culture and Religious Affairs Union of Myanmar
Master Ven. Jing Yao
President of Buddhist Association of Republic of China ( B.A.ROC) , TAIWAN
Ven. Lama Palden
Chairman, Nepal Tamang Lama Ghedun (Association of Nepal Tamang Lama (Monk)
Asalha Puja Day is observed on Saturday, July 24, 2021. This
is one of the most important days in Thailand that The Four Noble Truths
from worldwide chant the Dhammacakkappavatta Sutra, which was the first
sermon by the Sammasambuddha after his enlightenment. On this occasion,
the Buddhist community can send the blessing forward through Zoom
Application activity at the same time to create positive power,
encourage people, spread loving-kindness forward to protect and bring
the world peace.
We would like to invite all Thai monastic communities, foreign
monastic communities and people around the world to join the celebrating
of Asalha Puja Day in homage to the Sammasambuddha by Dhammcakka
Chanting across the globe and take this opportunity to counter the
COVID-19 pandemic.
Join this chanting of Dhamacakkaappavatta to celebrate 3,555,555,555
rounds on Asalha Puja Day, on Saturday, July 24, 2021, at 6:00 AM – 9:00
PM GMT+7 via Zoom Application
We would like to invite all Thai monastic
communities, foreign monastic communities and people around the world to
join the celebrating of Asalha Puja Day in homage to the Sammasambuddha
by Dhammcakka Chanting across the globe and take this opportunity to
counter the COVID-19 pandemic.
Join this chanting of
Dhamacakkaappavatta to celebrate 3,555,555,555 rounds on Asalha Puja
Day, on Saturday, July 24, 2021, at 6:00 AM – 9:00 PM GMT+7 via Zoom
Application
Timeline of the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta Chanting from 2016 to the present
ABOUT US
International Committee for the Espousal of Dhammacakkappavatta Sutta (ICED)
Home
About Us
Recent Activities
Up Coming Event
Photo Gallery
©
A depiction of the first teaching of the Buddha from a Vietnamese Buddhist monastery in Quebec, Canada.
Retaining the oldest teachings Edit
Modern
scholars agree that the teachings of the Buddha were passed down in an
oral tradition for approximately a few hundred years after the passing
of the Buddha; the first written recordings of these teachings were made
hundreds of years after the Buddha’s passing. According to academic
scholars, inconsistencies in the oldest texts may reveal developments in
the oldest teachings.[11][note 3] While the Theravada tradition holds
that it is likely that the sutras date back to the Buddha himself, in an
unbroken chain of oral transmission,[web 2][web 3][note 4] academic
scholars have identified many of such inconsistencies, and tried to
explain them. Information of the oldest teachings of Buddhism, such as
on the Four Noble Truths, which are an important topic in the
Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, has been obtained by analysis of the oldest
texts and these inconsistencies, and are a matter of ongoing discussion
and research.[12][13][14][15][note 5]
Development of the sutta Edit
According
to Bronkhorst this “first sermon” is recorded in several sutras, with
important variations.[22][note 6] In the Vinaya texts, and in the
Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta which was influenced by the Vinaya texts,
the four truths are included, and Kondañña is enlightened[22][23] when
the “vision of Dhamma”[24] arises in him: “whatever is subject to
origination is all subject to cessation.”[note 7] Yet, in the
Ariyapariyesanā Sutta (”The Noble Search”, Majjhima Nikaya 26) the four
truths are not included,[note 8] and the Buddha gives the five ascetics
personal instructions in turn, two or three of them, while the others go
out begging for food. The versions of the “first sermon” which include
the four truths, such as the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, omit this
instruction, showing that
…the accounts which include the Four
Noble Truths had a completely different conception of the process of
liberation than the one which includes the Four Dhyanas and the
subsequent destruction of the intoxicants.[22]
According to
Bronkhorst, this indicates that the four truths were later added to
earlier descriptions of liberation by practicing the four dhyanas, which
originally was thought to be sufficient for the destruction of the
arsavas.[22] Anderson, following Norman, also thinks that the four
truths originally were not part of this sutta, and were later added in
some versions.[28][note 9] According to Bronkhorst, the “twelve
insights” are probably also a later addition, born out of unease with
the substitution of the general term “prajna” for the more specific
“four truths”.[30]
The “essence” of Buddhism Edit
According
to Cousins, many scholars are of the view that “this discourse was
identified as the first sermon of the Buddha only at a later date.”[29]
According to Richard Gombrich,
Of course we do not really know
what the Buddha said in his first sermon […] and it has even been
convincingly demonstrated[note 10] that the language of the text as we
have it is in the main a set of formulae, expressions which are by no
means self-explanatory but refer to already established doctrines.
Nevertheless, the compilers of the Canon put in the first sermon what
they knew to be the very essence of the Buddha’s Enlightenment.[32]
Yet,
the understanding of what exactly constituted this “very essence” also
developed over time. What exactly was regarded as the central insight
“varied along with what was considered most central to the teaching of
the Buddha.”[33] “Liberating insight” came to be defined as “insight
into the four truths,” which is presented as the “liberating insight”
which constituted the awakening, or “enlightenment” of the Buddha. When
he understood these truths he was “enlightened” and liberated,[note 11]
as reflected in Majjhima Nikaya 26:42: “his taints are destroyed by his
seeing with wisdom.”[37] The four truths were superseded by
pratityasamutpada, and still later by the doctrine of the non-existence
of a substantial self or person.[38]
According to Anderson, a
long recognized feature of the Theravada canon is that it lacks an
“overarching and comprehensive structure of the path to nibbana.”[39]
The sutras form a network or matrix, which have to be taken
together.[40][note 12] Within this network, “the four noble truths are
one doctrine among others and are not particularly central,”[40] but are
a part of “the entire dhamma matrix.”[42] The four noble truths are set
and learnt in that network, learning “how the various teachings
intersect with each other,”[43] and refer to the various Buddhist
techniques, which are all explicitly and implicitly part of the passages
which refer to the four truths.[44] According to Anderson,
There
is no single way of understanding the teachings: one teaching may be
used to explain another in one passage; the relationship may be reversed
or altered in other talks.[42]
Translations into English Edit
From the Pali version Edit
In
the Pāli Canon, this sutta is found in the Samyutta Nikaya, chapter 56
(”Saccasamyutta” or “Connected Discourses on the Truths”), sutta number
11 (and, thus, can be referenced as “SN 56.11″). There are multiple
English translations of the Pali version of this sutta, including:
Bhikkhu Bodhi (trans.), Setting in Motion the Wheel of the Dhamma
Ñanamoli Thera (trans.) (1993). Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta: Setting Rolling the Wheel of Truth.
Piyadassi Thera (trans.) (1999). Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta: Setting in Motion the Wheel of Truth.
Thanissaro Bhikkhu (trans.) (1993). Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta: Setting the Wheel of Dhamma in Motion.
Bhikkhu Sujato (trans.) (2018). Rolling Forth the Wheel of Dhamma.
Thich
Nhat Hanh (trans.) (1999). “Discourse on Turning the Wheel of the
Dharma: Dhamma Cakka Pavattana Sutta”. In The Heart of the Buddha’s
Teaching, p. 257.[45]
Ven. Dr. Rewata Dhamma (trans.) (1997). “The
First Discourse of the Buddha: Turning the Wheel of Dhamma”. In The
First Discourse of the Buddha, Wisdom, pp. 17–20.[46]
Walpola Rahula (trans.) (2007). “Setting in Motion the Wheel of Truth”. In What the Buddha Taught.[47]
From Tibetan, Chinese and Sanskrit versions Edit
The
Tibetan ‘Missing Translator’s Colophon’ Version of the Dharma Wheel
Discourse (chos kyi ‘khor lo’i mdo ‘gyur byang med pa): A New
Translation into English by Erick Tsiknopoulos (2013) This is a
translation of one of two versions of the Dharma Wheel Sutra in Tibetan,
known as the ‘Missing Translator’s Colophon’ version (Tib: ‘gyur byang
med pa). It has a correlate in Chinese, translated into English by Lapiz
Lazuli Texts and listed below.
Lapis Lazuli Texts: Saṃyuktāgama 379.
Turning the Dharma Wheel. This is a translation from the Chinese canon;
the Chinese version is based on the Sarvastivadin Sanskrit version of
the text (Dharmacakra Pravartana Sutra).
Thich Nhat Hanh has produced
a notable rendering of the first teaching of the Buddha in his
biography of the Buddha entitled Old Path White Clouds.[9] Thich Nhat
Hanh relied on multiple sources for this rendering.[48] This rendering
is also included in Thich Nhat Hanh’s book Path of Compassion: Stories
from the Buddha’s Life.[49] See Turning the Wheel of Dharma
The 26th
chapter of the Lalitavistara Sutra contains a Mahayana version of the
first turning that closely parallels the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta.
The following English translations of this text are available:
The
Play in Full: Lalitavistara (2013), translated by the Dharmachakra
Translation Committee. Translated from Tibetan into English and checked
against the Sanskrit version.[web 5]
Voice of the Buddha: The Beauty
of Compassion (1983), translated by Gwendolyn Bays, Dharma Publishing
(two-volume set). This translation has been made from French into
English and then checked with the original in Tibetan and Sanskrit.
See also Edit
Dharmacakra
Enlightenment
Four Noble Truths
Middle Way
Noble Eightfold Path
Sarnath
Taṇhā
Three marks of existence
Notes Edit
^ For instance, in the context of the objects of mindfulness, dhamma refers to “mental objects” (see, Satipatthana Sutta).
^ English translations of this sutta’s full title include:
“Setting in Motion the Wheel of the Dhamma” (Bodhi, 2000, pp. 1843–7)
“Setting in Motion the Wheel of Truth” (Piyadassi, 1999)[1]
“Setting Rolling the Wheel of Truth” (Ñanamoli, 1993)[2]
“Setting the Wheel of Dhamma in Motion” (Thanissaro, 1993)[3] (Geshe Tashi Tsering, 2005)[3]
“The Discourse That Sets Turning the Wheel of Truth” (Ajahn Sucitto, 2010)[4]
“Turning the Wheel of Dhamma” (Dhamma, 1997).
“The Four Noble Truths Sutra” (Geshe Tashi Tsering, 2005)[3]
^ See:
La Vallee Possin (1937), Musila et Narada; reprinted in Gombrich (2006), How Buddhism Began, appendix
Erich Frauwallner (1953), Geschichte der indischen Philosophie, Band Der Buddha und der Jina (pp. 147-272)
Andre
Bareau (1963), Recherches sur la biographiedu Buddha dans les
Sutrapitaka et les Vinayapitaka anciens, Ecole Francaise
d’Extreme-Orient
Schmithausen, On some Aspects of Descriptions or
Theories of ‘Liberating Insight’ and ‘Enlightenment’ in Early Buddhism.
In: Studien zum Jainismus und Buddhismus (Gedenkschrift für Ludwig
Alsdorf), hrsg. von Klaus Bruhn und Albrecht Wezler, Wiesbaden 1981,
199-250.
Griffiths, Paul (1981), “Concentration or Insight; The
Problematic of Theravada Buddhist Meditation-theory”, The Journal of the
American Academy of Religion
K.R. Norman, Four Noble Truths
Bronkhorst 1993, Chapter 8
Tilman Vetter (1988), The Ideas and Meditative Practices of Early Buddhism, by Tilmann Vetter
Richard
F. Gombrich (2006) [1996]. How Buddhism Began: The Conditioned Genesis
of the Early Teachings. Routledge. ISBN 978-1-134-19639-5., chapter four
Anderson, Carol (1999), Pain and Its Ending: The Four Noble Truths in the Theravada Buddhist Canon, Routledge
Alexander Wynne (2007), The Origin of Buddhist Meditation, Routledge
^
Bhikkhu Sujato & Bhikkhu Brahmali, p.4: “Most academic scholars of
Early Buddhism cautiously affirm that it is possible that the EBTS
contain some authentic sayings of the Buddha. We contend that this
drastically understates the evidence. A sympathetic assessment of
relevant evidence shows that it is very likely that the bulk of the
sayings in the EBTS that are attributed to the Buddha were actually
spoken by him. It is very unlikely that most of these sayings are
inauthentic.[web 3]
^ According to Schmithausen, three positions held
by scholars of Buddhism can be distinguished regarding the possibility
to retain knowledge of the oldest Buddhism:[16]
“Stress on the
fundamental homogeneity and substantial authenticity of at least a
considerable part of the Nikayic materials;”[subnote 1]
“Scepticism with regard to the possibility of retrieving the doctrine of earliest Buddhism;”[subnote 2]
“Cautious optimism in this respect.”[subnote 3]
^
The Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta is best-known from the Pāli Canon,
Saṃyutta Nikāya chapter 56, sutta 11. In the Chinese Buddhist canon
there are numerous editions of this sutra from a variety of different
schools in ancient India, including the Sarvāstivāda, Dharmaguptaka, and
Mahīśāsaka, as well as an edition translated as early as 170 by the
early Parthian missionary An Shigao. Parallel texts can be found in
other early Buddhist sources as well, such as the Sarvāstivādin
Lalitavistara Sūtra and the Lokottaravādin Mahāvastu.[web 4]
^ Translation Bhikkhu Bodhi (2000), Samyutta Nikaya, SN 56.11, p.1846. See also Anderson (2001), Pain and its Ending, p.69.
^
MN 26.17 merely says “[’]This will serve for the striving of a clansman
intent on striving.’ And I sat down there thinking: ‘This will serve
for striving.’[25] According to Bhikkhu Bodhi Majjhima Nikaya 36 then
continuous with the extreme ascetic practices, which are omitted in MN
26.[26] In verse 18, the Buddha has attained Nirvana, being secured from
bondage by birth, ageing, sickness and death, referring to the truths
of dependent origination and “the stilling of all formations, the
relinquishing of all attachments, the destruction of craving,
dispassion, cessation.”[27]
^ According to Cousins, Anderson
misunderstands Norman in this respect, but does “not think that this
misunderstanding of Norman’s position critically affects Anderson’s
thesis. Even if these arguments do not prove that the four truths are
definitely a later insertion in the Dhammacakkapavattana-sutta, it is
certainly possible to take the position that the sutta itself is
relatively late.”[29]
^ Gombrich includes an end note here citing “Norman 1982″ (.[31]
^
“Enlightenment” is a typical western term, which bears its own,
specific western connotations, meanings and interpretations.[34][35][36]
^
Gethin: “The word satya (Pali sacca) can certainly mean truth, but it
might equally be rendered as ‘real’ or ‘actual thing’. That is, we are
not dealing here with propositional truths with which we must either
agree or disagree, but with four ‘true things’ or ‘realities’ whose
nature, we are told, the Buddha finally understood on the night of his
awakening. […] This is not to say that the Buddha’s discourses do not
contain theoretical statements of the nature of suffering, its cause,
its cessation, and the path to its cessation, but these descriptions
function not so much as dogmas of the Buddhist faith as a convenient
conceptual framework for making sense of Buddhist thought.”[41]
Subnotes
^ Well-known proponents of the first position are:
*
A.K. Warder. According to A.K. Warder, in his 1970 publication “Indian
Buddhism”, from the oldest extant texts a common kernel can be drawn
out,[17] namely the Bodhipakkhiyādhammā. According to Warder, c.q. his
publisher: “This kernel of doctrine is presumably common Buddhism of the
period before the great schisms of the fourth and third centuries BC.
It may be substantially the Buddhism of the Buddha himself, although
this cannot be proved: at any rate it is a Buddhism presupposed by the
schools as existing about a hundred years after the parinirvana of the
Buddha, and there is no evidence to suggest that it was formulated by
anyone else than the Buddha and his immediate followers.”[17]
*
Richard Gombrich: “I have the greatest difficulty in accepting that the
main edifice is not the work of a single genius. By “the main edifice” I
mean the collections of the main body of sermons, the four Nikāyas, and
of the main body of monastic rules.”[15]
^ A proponent of the second
position is Ronald Davidson: “While most scholars agree that there was a
rough body of sacred literature (disputed)(sic) that a relatively early
community (disputed)(sic) maintained and transmitted, we have little
confidence that much, if any, of surviving Buddhist scripture is
actually the word of the historic Buddha.”[18]
^ Well-known proponent of the third position are:
*
J.W. de Jong: “It would be hypocritical to assert that nothing can be
said about the doctrine of earliest Buddhism […] the basic ideas of
Buddhism found in the canonical writings could very well have been
proclaimed by him [the Buddha], transmitted and developed by his
disciples and, finally, codified in fixed formulas.”[19]
* Johannes
Bronkhorst: “This position is to be preferred to (ii) for purely
methodological reasons: only those who seek may find, even if no success
is guaranteed.”[20]
* Donald Lopez: “The original teachings of the
historical Buddha are extremely difficult, if not impossible, to recover
or reconstruct.”[21]
References Edit
^ Gethin 1998, p. 59.
^ Norman 2003.
^ a b Geshe Tashi Tsering 2005, Kindle Location 174.
^ Sucitto 2010, p. 193.
^ Sucitto 2010, pp. 10-12.
^ Dhamma 1997, pp. 22-24.
^ Geshe Tashi Tsering 2005, Kindle Locations 163-169.
^ Gethin 1998, p. 25.
^ a b Thich Nhat Hanh 1991, Kindle Locations 1822-1884.
^ Thich Nhat Hanh 1999, pp. 6-8.
^ Vetter 1988, p. ix.
^ Bronkhorst 1993.
^ Vetter 1988.
^ Schmithausen 1981.
^ a b Gombrich 1997.
^ Bronkhorst 1993, p. vii.
^ a b Warder 1999, inside flap.
^ Davidson 2003, p. 147.
^ Jong 1993, p. 25.
^ Bronkhorst 1997, p. vii.
^ Lopez 1995, p. 4.
^ a b c d Bronkhorst 1993, p. 110.
^ Anderson 2001, p. 69.
^ Bhikkhu Bodhi 2000, p. 1846.
^ Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) 1995, p. 259.
^ Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) 1995, p. 1216, note 403.
^ Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) 1995, p. 259-260.
^ Anderson 1999, p. 68.
^ a b Cousins 2001, p. 38.
^ Bronkhorst 1993, p. 106.
^ Norman 1982.
^ Gombrich 2002, p. 61.
^ Bronkhorst 1993, p. 54-55, 96, 99.
^ Cohen 2006.
^ Sharf 1995.
^ Sharf 2000.
^ Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) 1995, p. 268.
^ Bronkhorst 1993, p. 100-101.
^ Anderson 2001, p. 131.
^ a b Anderson 2001, p. 85.
^ Gethin 1998, p. 60.
^ a b Anderson 2001, p. 86.
^ Anderson 2001, p. 86-87.
^ Anderson 2001, p. 132.
^ Thich Nhat Hanh 1999, p. 257.
^ Dhamma 1997, pp. 17-20.
^ Rahula 2007, Kindle Location 2055.
^ Thich Nhat Hanh 1991, Kindle Location 7566.
^ Thich Nhat Hanh 2012, p. 81.
Sources Edit
Printed sources Edit
Pali Canon
The
Connected Discourses of the Buddha: A New Translation of the Samyutta
Nikaya, translated by Bhikkhu, Bodhi, Boston: Wisdom Publications, 2000,
ISBN 0-86171-331-1
Bhikkhu Nanamoli (translator) (1995), The Middle
Length Discourses of the Buddha: A New Translation of the Majjhima
Nikaya, Boston: Wisdom Publications, ISBN 0-86171-072-X
Buddhist teachers
Anandajoti
Bhikkhu (trans.) (2010). The Earliest Recorded Discourses of the Buddha
(from Lalitavistara, Mahākhandhaka & Mahāvastu). Kuala Lumpur:
Sukhi Hotu. Also available on-line.
Sumedho, Ajahn (2002), The Four Noble Truths, Amaravati Publications
Sucitto, Ajahn (2010), Turning the Wheel of Truth: Commentary on the Buddha’s First Teaching, Shambhala
Dhamma, Ven. Dr. Rewata (1997), The First Discourse of the Buddha, Wisdom, ISBN 0-86171-104-1
Geshe Tashi Tsering (2005), The Four Noble Truths: The Foundation of Buddhist Thought, Volume I (Kindle ed.), Wisdom
Gethin, Rupert (1998), Foundations of Buddhism, Oxford University Press
Goldstein, Joseph (2002), One Dharma: The Emerging Western Buddhism, HarperCollins
Thich Nhat Hanh (1991), Old Path White Clouds, Parallax Press
Thich Nhat Hanh (1999), The Heart of the Buddha’s Teaching, Three River Press
Thich Nhat Hanh (2012), Path of Compassion: Stories from the Buddha’s Life, Parallax Press
Rahula, Walpola (2007), What the Buddha Taught (Kindle ed.), Grove Press
Secondary
Anderson, Carol (2001), Pain and Its Ending: The Four Noble Truths in the Theravada Buddhist Canon, Motilall Banarsidas
Bronkhorst, Johannes (1993), The Two Traditions of Meditation in Ancient India, Motilal Banarsidass Publ.
Cohen, Robert S. (2006), Beyond Enlightenment: Buddhism, Religion, Modernity, Routledge
Cousins,
L.S. (2001), “Review of Pain and its Ending: The Four Noble Truths in
the Theravada Buddhist Canon” (PDF), Journal of Buddhist Ethics, 8:
36–41
Davidson, Ronald M. (2003), Indian Esoteric Buddhism, Columbia University Press, ISBN 0-231-12618-2
Gombrich,
Richard (2002) [1988], Theravada Buddhism: A Social History from
Ancient Benares to Modern Colombo, London: Routledge, ISBN 0-415-07585-8
Gombrich,
Richard F. (1997), How Buddhism Began: The Conditioned Genesis of the
Early Teachings, Routledge, ISBN 978-1-134-19639-5
Harvey, Peter (1990), Introduction to Buddhism, Cambridge University Press
Lopez, Donald S., Jr. (1995), Buddhism in Practice (PDF), Princeton University Press, ISBN 0-691-04442-2
Norman,
K.R. (1982), “The Four Noble Truths: a problem of Pali syntax”, in
Hercus, L.A.; et al. (eds.), Indological and Buddhist Studies: Volume in
Honour of Professor J.W. de Jong on his Sixtieth Birthday, Canberra,
pp. 377–91
Norman, K.R. (2003), “The Four Noble Truths”, K.R. Norman Collected Papers II (PDF)
Schmithausen,
Lambert (1981), On some Aspects of Descriptions or Theories of
‘Liberating Insight’ and ‘Enlightenment’ in Early Buddhism”. In: Studien
zum Jainismus und Buddhismus (Gedenkschrift für Ludwig Alsdorf), hrsg.
von Klaus Bruhn und Albrecht Wezler, Wiesbaden
Sharf, Robert H.
(1995), “Buddhist Modernism and the Rhetoric of Meditative Experience”
(PDF), NUMEN, 42, archived from the original (PDF) on 2019-04-12,
retrieved 2017-05-06
Sharf, Robert H. (2000), “The Rhetoric of
Experience and the Study of Religion” (PDF), Journal of Consciousness
Studies, 7 (11–12): 267–87, archived from the original (PDF) on
2013-05-13, retrieved 2017-05-06
Vetter, Tilmann (1988), The Ideas and Meditative Practices of Early Buddhism, BRILL
Warder, A.K. (1999), Indian Buddhism, Delhi
Web-sources Edit
^
accesstoinsight, Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta: Setting the Wheel of
Dhamma in Motion, translated from the Pali by Thanissaro Bhikkhu]
^ Payutto, P. A. “The Pali Canon What a Buddhist Must Know” (PDF).
^
a b *Sujato, Bhante; Brahmali, Bhikkhu (2015), The Authenticity of the
Early Buddhist Texts (PDF), Chroniker Press, ISBN 9781312911505
^
Anandajoti (2010), “Introduction,” retrieved 18 May 2010 from
http://www.ancient-buddhist-texts.net/English-Texts/Earliest-Discourses/index.htm.
^ A Play in Full: Lalitavistara (2013), translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee
Further reading Edit
Scholarly
Anderson, Carol (2001), Pain and Its Ending: The Four Noble Truths in the Theravada Buddhist Canon, Motilall Banarsidas
Analayo,
V (2012). The Chinese Parallels to the Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta (1),
Journal of the Oxford Centre for Buddhist Studies 3, 12-46
Analayo, V
(2013). The Chinese Parallels to the Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta (2),
Journal of the Oxford Centre for Buddhist Studies 5, 9-41
Commentaries in English
Ajahn Sucitto (2010), Turning the Wheel of Truth: Commentary on the Buddha’s First Teaching, Shambhala
Bhikkhu Pesala, An Exposition of the Dhammacakka Sutta
Mahasi Sayadaw (1996–2012), Discourse on the Wheel of Dharma
Ven. Dr. Rewata Dhamma (1997), The First Discourse of the Buddha, Wisdom, ISBN 0-86171-104-1.
External links
Last edited 1 month ago by Wham2001
RELATED ARTICLES
Four Noble Truths
Basic framework of Buddhist thought
Jāti (Buddhism)
Physical birth In Buddhism
Satipatthana Sutta
10th sutta in the Majjhima Nikaya
Dhammacakkappavattana
Sutta is the first sermon of the Lord Buddha, delivered to the five
ascetics (“Pancavaggi”) at “I-sip-pa-ta-na-ma-ruka-ta-ya-wan” Forest,
Varanasi in India. The Dhammcakkkappavattana Sutta is the core of
Buddhism as it give explaination about the Middle Way , Eight Fold Path
and Four Noble Truth.
After Lord Buddha delivered this Sutta , Kondañña became enlightened
as the first Stream-Winner which made first monk in Buddhism , first
enlightened follower and Triple Gem completely occurred which comprise
of Buddha , Dhamma and Sangha.
So Dhammacakka Sutta can bring happiness and success to human life until can change ordinary person to be noble monk.
During the world face many difficulties such as COVID pandemic , war ,
economic problem, social problem, ect. , the Dhammacakka chanting can
reduce the stress and purify human mind especially if we chant this
Sutta together regularly around the world. This program will be the
origin to let the Wheel of Dhamma set in motion the incalculable power
of purity that can overcome all difficulties.
The
Dhammacakkappavatta Sutta Chanting is one of the most important sutta.
It’s coving of the three principles; Dhamma Learning, Practice and to
Attain Enlightenment. Furthermore, these three are important principles
for Buddhism to inherit as a refuge for human beings and gods until
today.
Consequently, we had invited an International Buddhist Monk and the
Lay People to an around the world Buddhist chanting activity to join on
the Dhammacakka Chanting, Meditating, Lantern Lighting and
Sharing-Loving Kindness for the World Peace
VDO Chanting and Meditation throughout the World via Zoom
We
have participated in an International Buddhist Monk to lead the
Dhammacakkappavatta Sutta every day, in addition, an important Buddhist
Day from many recent projects we had conducted continuedly. Moreover,
there is Voice for youth, and it’s the Dhammacakka Chanting contest.
This is the purpose of acquiring moral standards and values for them.
Activities
1. Speech from World Buddhist Leaders & Scholars
2. VDO International Dhammacakka Chanting
3. International Sangha Chanting & Blessing from all Sanghas to overcome COVID-19
4. Chanting & Meditation & Sharing loving kindness
5. The Dhammacakka Chanting & Lighting from Sarnath where the Buddha give the first Sermon of Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta
Zoom072.com/wab/1
Meeting ID: 89372431989
Passcode: 072
H.H. Most Venerable Professor Banasree Mahathera 29th Sanghanayaka in Bangladesh Chief Abbot
Most Ven Bhaddanta Sandi Ma Bhivamsa
Secretary General of State Sangha Mahanayaka Committee Ministry of
Culture and Religious Affairs Union of Myanmar
Master Ven. Jing Yao
President of Buddhist Association of Republic of China ( B.A.ROC) , TAIWAN
Ven. Lama Palden
Chairman, Nepal Tamang Lama Ghedun (Association of Nepal Tamang Lama (Monk)
Asalha Puja Day is observed on Saturday, July 24, 2021. This
is one of the most important days in Thailand that The Four Noble Truths
from worldwide chant the Dhammacakkappavatta Sutra, which was the first
sermon by the Sammasambuddha after his enlightenment. On this occasion,
the Buddhist community can send the blessing forward through Zoom
Application activity at the same time to create positive power,
encourage people, spread loving-kindness forward to protect and bring
the world peace.
We would like to invite all Thai monastic communities, foreign
monastic communities and people around the world to join the celebrating
of Asalha Puja Day in homage to the Sammasambuddha by Dhammcakka
Chanting across the globe and take this opportunity to counter the
COVID-19 pandemic.
Join this chanting of Dhamacakkaappavatta to celebrate 3,555,555,555
rounds on Asalha Puja Day, on Saturday, July 24, 2021, at 6:00 AM – 9:00
PM GMT+7 via Zoom Application
𝓛𝓔𝓢𝓢𝓞𝓝 4038 Thu 22 𝓙𝓾𝓵 2021
Dr B.R.Ambedkar thundered “Main Bharat Baudhmay karunga.” (I will make India Buddhist)
All Aboriginal Awakened Societies Thunder ” Hum Prapanch Prabuddha Bharatmay karunge.” (We will make world Prabuddha Prapanch
he Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta (Pali;
Sanskrit: Dharmacakrapravartana Sūtra; Hindi: The Setting in Motion of
the Wheel of the Dharma (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
Sutta or Promulgation of the Law Sutta) is a Buddhist text
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
Buddhists to be a record of the first sermon
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
sutta is the Four Noble Truths
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
express the basic orientation of Buddhism
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
expression.[2] This sutta also refers to the Buddhist concepts of the
Middle Way (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
origination
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
According
to Buddhist tradition, the Buddha delivered this discourse on the day
of Asalha Puja (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
month of Ashadha (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
sanctuary in Isipatana (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
was seven weeks after he attained enlightenment
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
audience consisted of five ascetics who had been his former companions:
Kondañña (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/w/
Vappa
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/w/
and Mahānāma.
Definitions
Edit (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/w/
Dhamma
(Pāli) or dharma (Sanskrit) can mean a variety of things depending on
its context;[note 1] in this context, it refers to the Buddha’s
teachings or his “truth” that leads to one’s liberation from suffering.
Cakka (Pāli) or cakra (Sanskrit) can be translated as “wheel.” The
dhammacakka (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
translated as “Dhamma-Wheel,” is a Buddhist symbol referring to Buddha’s
teaching of the path
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
Pavattana (Pāli) can be translated as “turning” or “rolling” or
“setting in motion.”[note 2]
Text
Edit (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/w/
The sutra contains the following topics:[web 1]
• The two extremes to be avoided (sensual indulgence and self-mortification)
• The Middle Way (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
• The Four Noble Truths (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
• The Noble Eightfold Path (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
• The Twelve Insights of the Four Noble Truths
•
Proclamation of release from the cycle of rebirth
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
referred to as nibbana (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
• The Opening of the Dhamma Eye (the attainment of right view (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
•
Proclamation of the devas
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
the Wheel of Dhamma (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
motion by the Buddha
• Response of the Buddha to Aññā Kondañña’s (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
Buddhist understanding of the sutta
Edit (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/w/
According
to the Buddhist tradition, the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta is the first
teaching given by the Buddha after he attained enlightenment. According
to Buddhist tradition, the Buddha attained enlightenment and liberation
while meditating
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
Bodhi Tree (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
river in Bodh Gaya (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
Afterwards, he remained silent for forty-nine days. According to MN 26
and MĀ 204, after deciding to teach, the Buddha initially intended to
visit his former teachers, Alara Kalama
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
insights, but they had already died and born in a place where it is not
apt to preach or they were deaf, so he decided to visit his five former
companions. The Buddha proclaimed that he had achieved full awakening,
but Upaka was not convinced and “took a different path”.The Buddha then
journeyed from Bodhgaya to Sarnath, a small town near the sacred city of
Varanasi (https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
There he met his five former companions, the ascetics with whom he had
shared six years of hardship. His former companions were at first
suspicious of the Buddha, thinking he had given up his search for the
truth when he renounced their ascetic ways. But upon seeing the radiance
of the Buddha, they requested him to teach what he had learned.
Thereupon the Buddha gave the teaching that was later recorded as the
Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, which introduces fundamental concepts of
Buddhist thought, such as the Middle Way
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/
(https://en.m.wikipedia.org/w/
• The Tibetan ‘Missing Translator’s Colophon’ Version of the Dharma
Wheel Discourse (chos kyi ‘khor lo’i mdo ‘gyur byang med pa): A New
Translation into English by Erick Tsiknopoulos (2013)
https://youtu.be/M_EVrdW9GK8
https://youtu.be/lnQuIGxteGI
All the original sermons chanting heard during the Buddha’s forty-five year teaching career.
Most of these sermons therefore begin with the disclaimer, “Evam me sutam” — “Thus have I heard.”
After
the Buddha’s death the teachings continued to be passed down orally
within the monastic community, in keeping with an Prabuddha Bharathian
oral tradition
that long predated the Buddha.
By 250 BCE the
Sangha had systematically arranged and compiled these teachings into
three divisions: the Vinaya Pitaka (the “basket of discipline” — the
texts
concerning the rules and customs of the Sangha), the Sutta
Pitaka (the “basket of discourses” — the sermons and utterances by the
Buddha and his close disciples), and the Abhidhamma Pitaka (the “basket
of special/higher doctrine” — a detailed psycho-philosophical analysis
of the Dhamma). Together these three are known as the Tipitaka, the
“three baskets.” In the third century BCE Sri Lankan monks began
compiling a series of exhaustive commentaries to the Tipitaka; these
were subsequently collated and translated into Pali beginning in the
fifth century CE.
The Tipitaka plus the post-canonical texts
(commentaries, chronicles, etc.) together constitute the complete body
of classical Theravada literature.
Pali was originally a spoken
language with no alphabet of its own. It wasn’t until about 100 BCE that
the Tipitaka was first fixed in writing, by Sri Lankan scribe-monks,
who wrote the
Pali phonetically in a form of early Brahmi script.
Since then the Tipitaka has been transliterated into many different
scripts (Devanagari, Thai, Burmese, Roman, Cyrillic, to name a few).
Although
English translations of the most popular Tipitaka texts abound, many
students of Theravada find that learning the Pali language — even just a
little bit here and there — greatly deepens their understanding and
appreciation of the Buddha’s teachings.
It is the truth towards which the words in the Tipitaka point that ultimately matters, not the words themselves.
Tipitaka
will quietly continue to serve — as it has for centuries — as an
indispensable guide for millions of followers in their quest for
Awakening.
A Brief Summary of the Buddha’s Teachings
The Four Noble Truths
Shortly
after his Awakening, the Buddha delivered his first sermon, in which he
laid out the essential framework upon which all his later teachings
were based. This framework consists of the Four Noble Truths, four
fundamental principles of nature (Dhamma) that emerged from the Buddha’s
radically honest and penetrating assessment of the human condition. He
taught these truths not as metaphysical theories or as articles of
faith, but as categories by which we should frame our direct experience
in a way that conduces to Awakening:
Dukkha: suffering, unsatisfactoriness, discontent, stress;
The
cause of dukkha: the cause of this dissatisfaction is craving (tanha)
for sensuality, for states of becoming, and states of no becoming;
The cessation of dukkha: the relinquishment of that craving;
The
path of practice leading to the cessation of dukkha: the Noble
Eightfold Path of right view, right resolve, right speech, right action,
right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right
concentration.
Because of our ignorance (avijja) of these
Noble Truths, because of our inexperience in framing the world in their
terms, we remain bound to samsara, the wearisome cycle of birth, aging,
illness, death, and rebirth. Craving propels this process onward, from
one moment to the next and over the course of countless lifetimes, in
accordance with kamma, the universal law of cause and effect. According
to this immutable law, every action that one performs in the present
moment — whether by body, speech, or mind itself — eventually bears
fruit according to its skillfulness: act in unskillful and harmful ways
and unhappiness is bound to follow; act skillfully and happiness will
ultimately ensue. As long as one remains ignorant of this principle, one
is doomed to an aimless existence: happy one moment, in despair the
next; enjoying one lifetime in heaven, the next in hell.
The
Buddha discovered that gaining release from samsara requires assigning
to each of the Noble Truths a specific task: the first Noble Truth is to
be comprehended; the second, abandoned; the third, realized; the
fourth, developed. The full realization of the third Noble Truth paves
the way for Awakening: the end of ignorance, craving, suffering, and
kamma itself; the direct penetration to the transcendent freedom and
supreme happiness that stands as the final goal of all the Buddha’s
teachings; the Unconditioned, the Deathless, Unbinding — Nibbana the
Eternal Bliss.
Because
the roots of ignorance are so intimately entwined with the fabric of
the psyche, the unawakened mind is capable of deceiving itself with
breathtaking ingenuity. The solution therefore requires more than simply
being kind, loving, and mindful in the present moment. The practitioner
must equip him- or herself with the expertise to use a range of tools
to outwit, outlast, and eventually uproot the mind’s unskillful
tendencies. For example, the practice of generosity (dana) erodes the
mind’s habitual tendencies towards craving and teaches valuable lessons
about the motivations behind, and the results of, skillful action. The
practice of virtue (sila) guards one against straying wildly off-course
and into harm’s way. The cultivation of goodwill (metta) helps to
undermine anger’s seductive grasp. The ten recollections offer ways to
alleviate doubt, bear physical pain with composure, maintain a healthy
sense of self-respect, overcome laziness and complacency, and restrain
oneself from unbridled lust. And there are many more skills to learn.
The
good qualities that emerge and mature from these practices not only
smooth the way for the journey to Nibbana; over time they have the
effect of transforming the practitioner into a more generous, loving,
compassionate, peaceful, and clear-headed member of society.
The individual’s sincere pursuit of Awakening is thus a priceless and timely gift to a world in desperate need of help.
Discernment (pañña)
The
Eightfold Path is best understood as a collection of personal qualities
to be developed, rather than as a sequence of steps along a linear
path. The development of right view and right resolve (the factors
classically identified with wisdom and discernment) facilitates the
development of right speech, action, and livelihood (the factors
identified with virtue). As virtue develops so do the factors identified
with concentration (right effort, mindfulness, and concentration).
Likewise,
as concentration matures, discernment evolves to a still deeper level.
And so the process unfolds: development of one factor fosters
development of the next, lifting the practitioner in an upward spiral of
spiritual maturity that eventually culminates in Awakening.
The
long journey to Awakening begins in earnest with the first tentative
stirrings of right view — the discernment by which one recognizes the
validity of the four Noble Truths and the principle of kamma.
One
begins to see that one’s future well-being is neither predestined by
fate, nor left to the whims of a divine being or random chance. The
responsibility for one’s happiness rests squarely on one’s own
shoulders. Seeing this, one’s spiritual aims become suddenly clear: to
relinquish the habitual unskillful tendencies of the mind in favor of
skilful ones. As this right resolve grows stronger, so does the
heartfelt desire to live a morally upright life, to choose one’s actions
with care.
At this point many followers make the inward
commitment to take the Buddha’s teachings to heart, to become “Buddhist”
through the act of taking refuge in the Triple Gem: the Buddha (both
the historical Buddha and one’s own innate potential for Awakening), the
Dhamma (both the Buddha’s teachings and the ultimate Truth towards
which they point), and the Sangha (both the unbroken monastic lineage
that has preserved the teachings since the Buddha’s day, and all those
who have achieved at least some degree of Awakening). With one’s feet
thus planted on solid ground, and with the help of an admirable friend
or teacher (kalyanamitta) to guide the way, one is now well-equipped to
proceed down the Path, following in the footsteps left by the Buddha
himself.
Virtue (sila)
Right view and right resolve
continue to mature through the development of the path factors
associated with sila, or virtue — namely, right speech, right action,
and right livelihood.
These are condensed into a very practical
form in the five precepts, the basic code of ethical conduct to which
every practicing Buddhist subscribes: refraining from killing, stealing,
sexual misconduct, lying, and using intoxicants. Even the monks’
complex code of 227 rules and the nuns’ 311 ultimately have these five
basic precepts at their core.
Having
gained a foothold in the purification of one’s outward behavior through
the practice of sila, the essential groundwork has been laid for
delving into the most subtle and transformative aspect of the path:
meditation and the development of samadhi, or concentration. This is
spelled out in detail in the final three path factors: right effort, by
which one learns how to favor skillful qualities of mind over unskillful
ones; right mindfulness, by which one learns to keep one’s attention
continually grounded in the present moment of experience; and right
concentration, by which one learns to immerse the mind so thoroughly and
unwaveringly in its meditation object that it enters jhana, a series of
progressively deeper states of mental and physical tranquillity.
Right
mindfulness and right concentration are developed in tandem through
satipatthana (”frames of reference” or “foundations of mindfulness”), a
systematic approach to meditation practice that embraces a wide range of
skills and techniques. Of these practices, mindfulness of the body
(especially mindfulness of breathing) is particularly effective at
bringing into balance the twin qualities of tranquillity (samatha) and
insight (vipassana), or clear-seeing. Through persistent practice, the
meditator becomes more adept at bringing the combined powers of
samatha-vipassana to bear in an exploration of the fundamental nature of
mind and bodyAs the meditator masters the ability to frame his
immediate experience in terms of anicca (inconstancy), dukkha, and
anatta (not-self), even the subtlest manifestations of these three
characteristics of experience are brought into exquisitely sharp focus.
At
the same time, the root cause of dukkha — craving — is relentlessly
exposed to the light of awareness. Eventually craving is left with no
place to hide, the entire karmic process that fabricates dukkha
unravels, the eightfold path reaches its noble climax, and the meditator
gains, at long last, his or her first unmistakable glimpse of the
Unconditioned Nibbana the Eternal Bliss.
Awakening
This
first awakenment experience, known as stream-entry (sotapatti), is the
first of four progressive stages of Awakening, each of which entails the
irreversible shedding or weakening of several fetters (samyojana), the
manifestations of ignorance that bind a person to the cycle of birth and
death.
Stream-entry marks an unprecedented and radical turning
point both in the practitioner’s current life and in the entirety of his
or her long journey in samsara. For it is at this point that any
lingering doubts about the truth of the Buddha’s teachings disappear; it
is at this point that any belief in the purifying efficacy of rites and
rituals evaporates; and it is at this point that the long-cherished
notion of an abiding personal “self” falls away. The stream-enterer is
said to be assured of no more than seven future rebirths (all of them
favorable) before eventually attaining full Awakening.
But full
Awakening is still a long way off. As the practitioner presses on with
renewed diligence, he or she passes through two more significant
landmarks:
once-returning (sakadagati), which is accompanied by the
weakening of I the fetters of sensual desire and ill-will, and
non-returning (agati), in which these two fetters are uprooted
altogether.
The final stage of Awakening — arahatta — occurs when
even the most refined and subtle levels of craving and conceit are
irrevocably extinguished.
At this point the practitioner — now an
arahant, or “worthy one” — arrives at the end-point of the Buddha’s
teaching. With ignorance, suffering, stress, and rebirth having all come
to their end, the arahant at last can utter the victory cry first
proclaimed by the Buddha upon his Awakening:
“Birth is ended, the holy life fulfilled, the task done! There is nothing further for the sake of this world.”
— MN 36
The
arahant lives out the remainder of his or her life inwardly enjoying
the bliss of Nibbana, secure at last from the possibility of any future
rebirth. When the arahant’s aeons-long trail of past kamma eventually
unwinds to its end, the arahant dies and he or she enters into
parinibbana — total Unbinding. Although language utterly fails at
describing this extraordinary event, the Buddha likened it to what
happens when a fire finally burns up all its fuel.
“The serious
pursuit of happiness” Buddhism is sometimes naïvely criticized as a
“negative” or “pessimistic” religion and philosophy. Surely life is not
all misery and disappointment: it offers many kinds of happiness and
sublime joy. Why then this dreary Buddhist obsession with
unsatisfactoriness and suffering?
“Buddhism is the serious pursuit of happiness.”
Theravada Comes West
Until
the late 19th century, the teachings of Theravada were little known
outside of southern Asia, where they had flourished for some two and
one-half millennia. In the past century, however, the West has begun to
take notice of Theravada’s unique spiritual legacy in its teachings of
Awakening. In recent decades this interest has swelled, with the
monastic Sangha from various schools within Theravada establishing
dozens of monasteries across Europe and North America. Increasing
numbers of lay meditation centers, founded and operated independently of
the
monastic Sangha, strain to meet the demands of lay men and women —
Buddhist and otherwise — seeking to learn selected aspects of the
Buddha’s teachings.
The turn of the 21st century presents both
opportunities and dangers for Theravada in the West: Will the Buddha’s
teachings be patiently studied and put into practice, and allowed
toestablish deep roots in Western soil, for the benefit of many
generations to come? Will the current popular Western climate of
“openness” and cross-fertilization between spiritual traditions lead to
the emergence of a strong new form of Buddhist practice unique to the
modern era, or will it simply lead to confusion and the dilution of
these priceless teachings? These are open questions; only time will
tell.
Spiritual teachings of every description inundate the media
and the marketplace today. Many of today’s popular spiritual teachings
borrow liberally from the Buddha, though only rarely do they place the
Buddha’s words in their true context. Earnest seekers of truth are
therefore often faced with the unsavory task of wading through
fragmentary teachings of dubious accuracy.
How are we to make sense of it all?
Fortunately
the Buddha left us with some simple guidelines to help us navigate
through this bewildering flood. Whenever you find yourself questioning
the authenticity of a particular teaching, heed well the Buddha’s advice
to his stepmother:
[The teachings that promote] the qualities of
which you may know, ‘These qualities lead to passion, not to dispassion;
to being fettered, not to being unfettered; to accumulating, not to
shedding; to self-aggrandizement, not to modesty; to discontent, not to
contentment; to entanglement, not to seclusion; to laziness, not to
aroused persistence; to being burdensome, not to being unburdensome’:
You may categorically hold, ‘This is not the Dhamma, this is not the
Vinaya, this is not the Teacher’s instruction.’ [As for the teachings
that promote] the qualities of
which you may know, ‘These qualities
lead to dispassion, not to passion; to being unfettered, not to being
fettered; to shedding, not to accumulating; to modesty, not to
self-aggrandizement; to contentment,not to discontent; to seclusion, not
to entanglement; to aroused persistence, not to laziness; to being
unburdensome, not to being burdensome’: You may categorically hold,
‘This is the Dhamma, this is the Vinaya, this is the Teacher’s
instruction.’
— AN 8.53
The truest test of these teachings, of course, is whether they yield the
promised results in the crucible of your own heart.
The Buddha presents the challenge; the rest is up to you.
END
NAM MO SHAKYAMUNI BUDDHA.( 3
TIMES ).
RESEARCH THEREVADA RELIGION BY BACH LIEN HOA.( TAM THANH
).MHDT.30/3/2012.
10 Life Lessons From Buddha (Buddhism)
Bhagawan
Buddha says ‘There is little dust in the eyes of people, remove that
ignorance, they will walk on the path of Dhamma. Being learned and
skillful in craft, Disciplined in morals and well cultivated, Being
gifted with words of wisdom, Each is a great blessing – Mangala Sutta
To share the genuine Theravada Buddhism with the people of the world.
To Study, teach and practice Theravada Buddhism as found in Pali Tipitaka containing the original teachings of the Buddha.
Introduction to Vinaya both as Theory and Practice
Study of the various parts of the Vinaya as rules of Moral Discipline Vinaya as “The Life blood of Dhamma”
Importance of disciplined conduct in Theravada.
The background stories of Vinaya rules reveal their spiritual importance.
The practical Handbook called Patimokkha as the essential core of the monastic discipline.
Violation of monastic conduct in the form of the seven ‘Offences – apattis’
A general review of the concept of Sikkhapada – Vinaya discipline and apattis their violations.
SUTTA PITAKA – BUDDHIST PHILOSOPHY
Sutta pitaka uses conventional languages to enunciate and practice
the Dhamma as distinct from Abhidhamma’s non-conventional, paramattha
ultimate terms.
Introduction to the Suttanata Pitaka and how it differs from the Vinaya and Abhidhamma Pitakas.
Dhammacakkapavatana Sutta – Basic teaching of the Buddha on four Noble Truths.
Topics of Dhammacakkappavattana sutta.
The two extremes.
The Middle Path was distinct from the two extremes.
The Three phases and twelve ways of the Wheel of truth Sutta.
Digha, Majjhima, Kuddaka, Anguttara, Samyutta Nikayas-study of selected suttas
ABHIDHAMMA PITAKA- BUDDHIST PSYCHOLOGY
Introduction
to the Abhidhamma Pitaka and how it is distinct from Vinaya and Sutta
Pitakas. The distinction between pannatti (conventional) and paramattha
(ultimate) dhammas. The various categories of analysis of paramattha
Citta, consciousness analyzed into 89 or 121 states Cetasikas constitute
mental factors of consciousness. What is cetasika. The four
characteristics of cetasika as it functions as an associate of citta.
What is the nature of Citta (interpretation). How to associate citta and
cetasika dhammas – sampayoga. How cetasikas are associated with cittas –
sahagata. How cetasikas function as associates of a citta.
HISTORY OF THERAVADA BUDDHISM
Definition of Dhamma as found in Theravada.
Different viewpoints regarding Dhamma.
The origin of Buddhist culture.
Ancient as found in India and elsewhere.
Practice of Buddhist culture in daily life as found in different lands.
Buddhist ceremonies – cultural, moral and their spiritual significance.
BASIC PRACTICES OF THERAVADA BUDDHA DHAMMA
The significance of the 3 Ratanas, The three ways of paying homage.
The highest attributes of the threefold refuge.
The basic concepts that everyone should understand. What is
wholesome, (Kusala), unwholesome, (Akusala) – Good and Bad, they are the
actual qualities and knowledge.
The ten meritorious and the
ten de-meritorious actions form one’s conduct, thus making life
upward-moving or downward-moving the mental development.
The threefold basic principle : Dana, Sila, Bhavana and Sila, Samadhi, Panya
The ten perfections – Paramis
Understanding the significance of kamma and its result in life
The common pali sutta chanting and elaboration of these chanting.
PRACTICE OF MEDITATION
Four sublime states – Brahma Viharas – Metta, Karuna, Mudita, Uppekkha
How to radiate and how they differ from each other.
Benefits of meditation in Theravada Buddhism
Samatha and Vipassana Meditation.
Meditation and its 40 subjects.
LIFE OF BUDDHA
Buddha’s birth and early life
Various early life events – Mahabhinikkhamana Buddhas’ struggle for awakenment – 6 years of penance
The basic fallacies of self mortification and sensual indulgence.
The struggle for Enlightenment – Bodhi a detailed study
Setting in motion the Wheel of Truth – Dhammacakkappavattana
The spreading of the Dhamma – Establishment of Sangha
Formation of the holy order of Nuns – Bhikkhunis
The Great Demise – Mahaparinirvana.
PALI LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
To learn pali canonical language
Pali Grammar
Pali language history
Pali literature
Pali works
Sutta Piμaka
(Five nik±yas, or collections)
1. D2gha-nik±ya [34 suttas; 3 vaggas, or chapters (each a book)]
(1) S2lakkhandavagga-p±1⁄4i (13 suttas)
(2) Mah±vagga-p±1⁄4i (10 suttas)
(3) P±μikavagga-p±1⁄4i (11 suttas)
2. Majjhima-nik±ya [152 suttas;15 vaggas; divided in 3 books,
5 vaggas each, known as paoo±sa (‘fifty’)]
(1) M3lapaoo±ssa-p±1⁄4i (the ‘root’ fifty)
1. M3lapariy±yavagga (10 suttas)
2. S2han±davagga (10 suttas)
3. Tatiyavagga (10 suttas)
4. Mah±yamakavagga (10 suttas)
5. C31⁄4ayamakavagga (10 suttas)
(2) Majjhimapaoo±sa-p±1⁄4i (the ‘middle’ fifty)
6. Gahapati-vagga (10 suttas)
7. Bhikkhu-vagga (10 suttas)
8. Paribb±jaka-vagga (10 suttas)
9. R±ja-vagga (10 suttas)
10. Br±hmana-vagga (10 suttas)
(3) Uparipaoo±sa-p±1⁄4i (means ‘more than fifty’)
11. Devadaha-vagga (10 suttas)
12. Anupada-vagga (10 suttas)
13. Suññata-vagga (10 suttas)
14. Vibhaaga-vagga (12 suttas)
15. Sa1⁄4±yatana-vagga (10 suttas)
(1) Sag±thavagga-sa1⁄2yutta-p±1⁄4i (11 sa1⁄2yuttas)
(2) Nid±navagga-sa1⁄2yutta-p±1⁄4i (10 sa1⁄2yuttas)
(3) Khandavagga-sa1⁄2yutta-p±1⁄4i (13 sa1⁄2yuttas)
(4) Sa1⁄4±yatanavagga-sa1⁄2yutta-p±1⁄4i (10 sa1⁄2yuttas)
(5) Mah±vagga-sa1⁄2yutta-p±1⁄4i Vol I ( 6 sa1⁄2yuttas)
(6) Mah±vagga-sa1⁄2yutta-p±1⁄4i Vol II ( 6 sa1⁄2yuttas)
4.
Aaguttara-nik±ya [9,557 suttas; in11 nip±tas, or groups, arranged
purely numerically; each nip±ta has several vaggas; 10 or more suttas in
each vagga; 6 books]
(1) Eka-Duka-Tika-nipata-p±1⁄4i (ones, twos, threes)
(2) Catukka-nipata-p±1⁄4i (fours)
(3) Pañcaka-nipata-p±1⁄4i (fives)
(4) Chakka-Sattaka-nipata-p±1⁄4i (sixes, sevens)
(5) Aμμhaka-Navaka-nipata-p±1⁄4i (eights, nines)
(6) Dasaka-Ekadasaka-nipata-p±1⁄4i (tens, elevens)
5.
Khuddaka-nik±ya [the collection of small books, a miscellaneous gather-
ing of works in 18 main sections; it includes suttas, compilations of
doctrinal notes, histories, verses, and commentarial literature that has
been incorporated into the Tipiμaka itself.; 12 books]
(1) Kuddhakap±tha,Dhammapada & Ud±na-p±1⁄4i
1. Kuddhakap±tha (nine short formulae and suttas, used as a training manual for novice bhikkhus)
2. Dhammapada (most famous of all the books of the Tipiμaka; a collection of 423 verses in 26 vaggas)
3.
Ud±na (in 8 vaggas, 80 joyful utterances of the Buddha, mostly in
verses, with some prose accounts of the circumstances that elicited the
utterance)
(2) Itivuttaka, Suttanip±ta-p±1⁄4i 4. Itivuttaka (4
nip±tas, 112 suttas, each beginning, “iti vutta1⁄2 bhagavata” [thus was
said by the Buddha]) 5. Suttanip±ta (5 vaggas; 71 suttas, mostly in
verse; contains many of the best known, most popular suttas of the
Buddha
(3) Vim±navatthu, Petavatthu, Therag±th± & Therig±th±-p±1⁄4i
6.
Vim±navatthu (Vim±na means mansion; 85 poems in 7 vaggas about acts of
merit and rebirth in heavenly realms) 7. Petavatthu (4 vaggas, 51 poems
describing the miserable beings [petas] born in
unhappy states due to
their demeritorious acts) 8. Therag±th± (verses of joy and delight
after the attainment of arahatship from 264 elder bhikkhus; 107 poems,
1,279 g±thas) 9. Therig±th± (same as above, from 73 elder nuns; 73
poems, 522 g±thas)
(4) J±taka-p±1⁄4i, Vol. I
(5) J±taka-p±1⁄4i, Vol II
10.
J±taka (birth stories of the Bodisatta prior to his birth as Gotama
Buddha; 547 stories in verses, divided into nip±ta according to the
number of verses required to tell the story. The full J±taka stories are
actually in the J±taka commentaries that explain the story behind the
verses.
(6) Mah±nidessa-p±1⁄4i
(7) C31⁄4anidessa-p±1⁄4i
11. Nidessa (commentary on two sections of Suttanip±ta)
Mah±nidessa: commentary on the 4th vagga C31⁄4anidessa: commentary on the 5th vagga andthe Khaggavis±oa sutta of the 1st vagga
(8) Paμisambhid±magga-p±1⁄4i
12.
Paμisambhid±magga (an abhidhamma-style detailed analysis of the
Buddha’s teaching, drawn from all portions of the Vin±ya and Sutta
Piμakas; three vaggas, each containing ten topics [kath±])
(9) Apad±na-p±1⁄4i, Vol. I
13. Apad±na (tales in verses of the former lives of 550 bhikkhus and 40 bhikkhunis)
(10) Apad±na, Buddhava1⁄2sa & Cariy±piμaka-p±1⁄4i
14.
Buddhava1⁄2sa (the history of the Buddhas in which the Buddha, in
answer to a question from Ven. Sariputta, tells the story of the ascetic
Sumedha and D2paakara Buddha and the succeeding 24 Buddhas, including
Gotama Buddha.)
15. Cariy±piμaka (35 stories from the J±taka arranged to illustrate the ten p±ram2)
(11) Nettippakarana, Peμakopadesa-p±1⁄4i
16. Nettippakarana (small treatise setting out methods for interpreting and explain- ing canonical texts)
17. Peμakopadesa (treatise setting out methods for explaining and expanding the teaching of the Buddha)
(12) Milindapañha-p±1⁄4i
18.
Milinda-pañha (a record of the questions posed by King Milinda and the
answers by Ven. Nagasena; this debate took place ca. 500 years after
the mah±parinibb±na of the Buddha)
Abhidhamma Piμaka
[Seven sections of systematic, abstract exposition of all dhammas; printed in
12 books]
1. Dhammasaagao2
(enumeration of the dhammas)
(1) Dhammasaagao2-p±1⁄4i
2. Vibhaaga-p±1⁄42
(distinction or analysis of dhammas)
(2) Vibhaaga-p±1⁄42
3. Dh±tukath±
(discussion of elements; these 1st three sections form a trilogy that
must be digested as a basis for understanding Abhidhamma)
4. Puggalapaññatti
(designation of individuals; ten chapters: the 1st dealing with single
individuals, the 2nd with pairs, the 3rd with groups of three, etc.
(3) Dh±tukath±-Puggalapaññatti-p±1⁄42
5. Kath±vatthu-p±1⁄42
(points of controversy or wrong view; discusses the points raised and
settled at the 3rd council, held at the time of Aœoka’s reign, at Patna)
(4) Kath±vatthu-p±1⁄42
6. Yamaka-p±1⁄42
(book of pairs; a use of paired, opposing questions to resolve ambi-
guities and define precise usage of technical terms)
7. Paμμh±na
(book of relations; the elaboration of a scheme of 24 conditional
relations [paccaya] that forms a complete system for understanding
the mechanics of the entire universe of Dhamma)
(8) Paμμh±na-p±1⁄4i, Vol I
(9) Paμμh±na-p±1⁄4i, Vol II
(10) Paμμh±na-p±1⁄4i, Vol III
(11) Paμμh±na-p±1⁄4i, Vol IV
(12) Paμμh±na-p±1⁄4i, Vol V
(1) P±r±jika-p±1⁄4i Bhikku
p±r±jik± (expulsion) 4
saaghadises± (meetings of the Sangha) 13
aniyat± (indeterminate) 2
nissagiy± p±cittiy± (expiation with forfeiture) 30
(2) P±cittiya-p±1⁄4i
suddha p±cittiy± (ordinary expiation) 92
p±tidesaniy± (confession re: alms food) 4
sekhiya (concerning etiquette & decorum) 75
adhikaraoasamath± (legal process) 7
(concludes with bhikkuni vinaya rules) ______
227
Bhikkhuni
8
17
0
30
166
8
75
7
______
311
2. Khandaka [two books of rules and procedures]
(3) Mah±vagga-p±1⁄4i (10 sections [khandhakas]; begins with historical accounts of the
Buddha’s enlightenment, the first discourses and the early growth of the Sangha;
outlines the following rules governing the actions of the Sangha:
1. rules for admission to the order (upasampad±)
2. the uposatha meeting and recital of the p±timokkha
3. residence during the rainy season (vassa)
4. ceremony concluding the vassa, called pav±rao±
5. rules for articles of dress and furniture
6. medicine and food
7. annual distribution of robes (kaμhina)
8. rules for sick bhikkhus, sleeping and robe material
9. mode of executing proceedings of the Sangha
10. proceedings in cases of schism
(4) C31⁄4avagga-p±1⁄4i (or Cullavagga) (12 khandakas dealing with further rules and proce-
dures for institutional acts or functions, known as saaghakamma:
1. rules for dealing with offences that come before the Sangha
(saagh±disesa)
2. procedures for putting a bhikkhu on probation
3. procedures for dealing with accumulation of offences by a bhikkhu
4. rules for settling legal procedures in the Sangha
5. misc. rules for bathing, dress, etc.
6. dwellings, furniture, lodging, etc.
7. schisms
8. classes of bhikkhus and duties of teachers & novices
9. exclusion from the p±timokkha
10. the ordination and instruction of bhikkhunis
11. account of the 1st council at R±jagaha
12. account of the 2nd council at Ves±li
3. Pariv±ra-p±1⁄4i [a summary of the vinaya, arranged as a
catechism for instruction and examination]
(5) Pariv±ra-p±1⁄4i The fifth book of vinaya serves as a kind of manual enabling the reader
to make an analytical survey of the whole of Vinaya Piμaka.
LESSON 4035 Mon 19 Jul 2021
Do Good Purify Mind Attain Eternal Bliss
Overcome the worst Illness - Buddha.
Give
a Missed Call to 8800662528 for Registration to be part of largest
Kushinara NIBBĀNA reclining Awakened One with Awareness Universe for
Welfare, Happiness and Peace for all Societies by 3-12-2021 and for them
to attain Eternal Bliss as their Final Goal
According to the
University of Singapore survey/review based on 131 countries. From June
18, world will be 100% free and happy from December 8th. Their
predictions about Italy and Spain fit exactly.
The science behind
the new technique involves the molecule Nicotinamide Adenine
Dinucleotide (NAD), which plays a role in generating energy in the human
body. Stunning anti-ageing breakthrough could see humans live to 150
and regenerate organs ‘for the price of a coffee a day’
Sutta Piṭaka -Digha Nikāya
DN 9 -
Poṭṭhapāda Sutta
{excerpt}
— The questions of Poṭṭhapāda —
Poṭṭhapāda asks various questions reagrding the nature of Saññā.
Note: plain texts
Now, lord, does perception arise first, and knowledge after; or does
knowledge arise first, and perception after; or do perception &
knowledge arise simultaneously?
Potthapada,
perception arises first, and knowledge after. And the arising of
knowledge comes from the arising of perception. One discerns, ‘It’s in
dependence on this that my knowledge has arisen.’ Through this line of
reasoning one can realize how perception arises first, and knowledge
after, and how the arising of knowledge comes from the arising of
perception.
Stop, stop. Do not speak. The ultimate truth is not even to think.
We are what we think. All that we are arises with our thoughts. With our thoughts, we make the world.
Just as the great ocean has one taste, the taste of salt, so also this
teaching and discipline has one taste, the taste of liberation.
The one in whom no longer exist the craving and thirst that perpetuate
becoming; how could you track that Awakened one, trackless, and of
limitless range.
Endurance is one of the most difficult disciplines, but it is to the one who endures that the final victory comes.
Long is the night to him who is awake; long is a mile to him who is
tired; long is life to the foolish who do not know the true law.
Whatever precious jewel there is in the heavenly worlds, there is nothing comparable to one who is Awakened.
Our life is shaped by our mind; we become what we think. Joy follows a pure thought like a shadow that never leaves.
Like a fine flower, beautiful to look at but without scent, fine words
are fruitless in a man who does not act in accordance with them.
Our theories of the eternal are as valuable as are those which a chick
which has not broken its way through its shell might form of the outside
world.
An idea that is developed and put into action is more important than an idea that exists only as an idea.
https://tenor.com/view/pictures-fall-water-gif-13836595
There is no path to happiness: happiness is the path.
Happiness comes when your work and words are of benefit to yourself and others.
The
awakened one with awareness, intent on jhana, should find delight in
the forest, should practice jhana at the foot of a tree, attaining his
own satisfaction.
Thousands of candles can be lighted from a single candle, and the life of the candle will not be shortened.
Happiness never decreases by being shared.
It is in the nature of things that joy arises in a person free from remorse.
Set your heart on doing good. Do it over and over again, and you will be filled with joy.
Do not dwell in the past, do not dream of the future, concentrate the
mind on the present moment. See also: 10 Tips to Start Living in the
Present
Should a person do good, let him do it again and again. Let him
find pleasure therein, for blissful is the accumulation of good.
We are formed and molded by our thoughts. Those whose minds are
shaped by selfless thoughts give joy when they speak or act. Joy follows
them like a shadow that never leaves them.
Quotes By Buddha On Meditation And Spirituality
Just
as treasures are uncovered from the earth, so virtue appears from good
deeds, and wisdom appears from a pure and peaceful mind. To walk safely
through the maze of human life, one needs the light of wisdom and the
guidance of virtue.
The wise ones fashioned speech with their thought, sifting it as grain is sifted through a sieve.
The virtues, like the Muses, are always seen in groups. A good principle was never found solitary in any breast.
Teach this triple truth to all: A generous heart, kind speech, and a
life of service and compassion are the things which renew humanity.
There are two mistakes one can make along the road to truth…not going all the way, and not starting.
Nothing is forever except change.
https://tenor.com/view/buddha-lord-pray-religious-symbolism-gif-11739173
Just as a candle cannot burn without fire, men cannot live without a spiritual life.
Whatever words we utter should be chosen with care for people will hear them and be influenced by them for good or ill.
To be idle is a short road to death and to be diligent is a way of life; foolish people are idle, wise people are diligent.
Should a seeker not find a companion who is better or equal, let them resolutely pursue a solitary course.
If we could see the miracle of a single flower clearly, our whole life would change.
https://tenor.com/view/lord-buddha-jai-bhim-gif-14756317
Someone
who has set out in the vehicle of a Bodhisattva should decide that ‘I
must lead all the beings to nibbana, into that realm of nibbana which
leaves nothing behind’. What is this realm of nirvana which leaves
nothing behind ?
Looking deeply at life as it is in this very moment, the meditator dwells in stability and freedom.
Meditation
brings wisdom; lack of mediation leaves ignorance. Know well what leads
you forward and what hold you back, and choose the path that leads to
wisdom.
Whatever a monk keeps pursuing with his thinking and pondering, that becomes the inclination of his awareness.
Resolutely train yourself to attain peace.
Indeed, the sage who’s fully quenched rests at ease in every way; no
sense desire adheres to him whose fires have cooled, deprived of fuel.
He who sits alone, sleeps alone, and walks alone, who is
strenuous and subdues himself alone, will find delight in the solitude
of the forest.
Do not turn away what is given you, nor reach out for what is given to others, lest you disturb your quietness.
Those who are free of resentful thoughts surely find peace.
https://tenor.com/view/oh-my-buddha-police-monk-salute-gif-14069944
The fool who knows he is a fool is that much wiser.
Whatever has the nature of arising has the nature of ceasing.
Unity can only be manifested by the Binary. Unity itself and the idea of Unity are already two.
What
is the appropriate behavior for a man or a woman in the midst of this
world, where each person is clinging to his piece of debris? What’s the
proper salutation between people as they pass each other in this flood?
When watching after yourself, you watch after others. When watching after others, you watch after yourself.
Let none find fault with others; let none see the omissions and
commissions of others. But let one see one’s own acts, done and undone.
The true master lives in truth, in goodness and restraint, non-violence, moderation, and purity.
Offend in neither word nor deed. Eat with moderation. Live in your
heart. Seek the highest consciousness. Master yourself according to the law. This is the simple teaching of the awakened.
Life is like the harp string, if it is strung too tight it won’t
play, if it is too loose it hangs, the tension that produces the
beautiful sound lies in the middle.
Do not believe in anything simply because you have
heard it. Do not believe in anything simply because it is spoken and
rumored
by many. Do not believe in anything simply because it is found written
in your religious books. Do not believe in anything merely on the
authority of your teachers and elders. Do not believe in traditions
because they have been handed down for many generations. But after
observation and analysis, when you find that anything agrees with reason
and is conducive to the good and benefit of one and all, then accept it
and live up to it.
https://giphy.com/gifs/truth-parody-genie-XHrslxjF0MAjS
Those who have failed to work toward the truth have missed the purpose of living.
Teach this triple truth to all: A generous heart, kind speech, and a
life of service and compassion are the things which renew humanity.
There are two mistakes one can make along the road to truth…not going all the way, and not starting.
The calmed say that what is well-spoken is best; second, that one
should say what is right, not unrighteous; third, what’s pleasing, not
displeasing; fourth, what is true, not false.
Conquer the angry one by not getting angry; conquer the wicked
by goodness; conquer the stingy by generosity, and the liar by speaking the truth.
Three things cannot be long hidden: the sun, the moon, and the truth.
There is no fire like passion, there is no shark like hatred, there is no snare like folly, there is no torrent like greed.
Both formerly and now, it is only suffering that I describe, and the cessation of suffering.
He who can curb his wrath as soon as it arises, as a timely antidote
will
check snake’s venom that so quickly spreads, — such a monk gives up the
here and the beyond, just as a serpent sheds its worn-out skin.
May all that have life be delivered from suffering.
It is easy to see the faults of others, but difficult to see one’s own
faults.
One shows the faults of others like chaff winnowed in the wind, but one
conceals one’s own faults as a cunning gambler conceals his dice.
https://tenor.com/view/joker-comics-batman-3d-gif-3438274
Those attached to the notion ‘I am’ and to views roam the world offending people.
There
is nothing more dreadful than the habit of doubt. Doubt separates
people. It is a poison that disintegrates friendships and breaks up
pleasant relations. It is a thorn that irritates and hurts; it is a
sword that kills.
Men, driven on by thirst, run about like a snared hare; let
therefore mendicant drive out thirst, by striving after passionlessness
for himself.
When one has the feeling of dislike for evil, when one feels tranquil, one finds pleasure in
listening to good teachings; when one has these feelings and appreciates them, one is free of fear.
The instant we feel anger we have already ceased striving for the truth, and have begun striving for ourselves.
https://giphy.com/gifs/detective-loki-YW6ILhocWyViM
You will not be punished for your anger, you will be punished by your anger.
Wear your ego like a loose fitting garment.
Some do not understand that we must die, but those who do realize this settle their quarrels.
I do not dispute with the world; rather it is the world that disputes with me.
They
blame those who remain silent, they blame those who speak much, they
blame those who speak in moderation. There is none in the world who is
not blamed.
Those who cling to perceptions and views wander the world offending people.
Whoever doesn’t flare up at someone who’s angry wins a battle hard to win.
Anger will never disappear so long as thoughts of resentment are
cherished in the mind. Anger will disappear just as soon as thoughts
of resentment are forgotten.
Do not overrate what you have received, nor envy others. He who envies others does not obtain peace of mind.
https://giphy.com/gifs/game-loop-xT0xeNRxjPDexpjO9O
hammer strength GIF by CasparWain
Neither fire nor wind, birth nor death can erase our good deeds.
Should you find a wise critic to point out your faults, follow him as you would a guide to hidden treasure.
As an elephant in the battlefield withstands arrows shot from bows all around, even so shall I endure abuse.
Praise and blame, gain and loss, pleasure and sorrow come and go like
the wind. To be happy, rest like a giant tree in the midst of them all.
In separateness lies the world’s greatest misery; in compassion lies the world’s true strength.
Be a lamp for yourselves. Be your own refuge. Seek for no other. All things must pass. Strive on diligently. Don’t give up.
Better it is to live one day seeing the rise and fall of things than to
live a hundred years without ever seeing the rise and fall of things.
If you do not change direction, you may end up where you are heading.
https://giphy.com/gifs/xxuSrl9C0XUVG
Health is the greatest gift, contentment the greatest wealth, faithfulness the best relationship. Buddha
To keep the body in good health is a duty… otherwise we shall not be able to keep our mind strong and clear.
Without health life is not life; it is only a state of langour and suffering – an image of death.
The secret of health for both mind and body is not to mourn for the
past, not to worry about the future, not to anticipate the future, but
to live the present moment wisely and earnestly.
Even death is not to be feared by one who has lived wisely.
Irrigators channel waters; fletchers straighten arrows; carpenters bend wood; the wise master themselves.
Drop by drop is the water pot filled. Likewise, the wise man, gathering it little by little, fills himself with good.
The greatest gift is to give people your awakenment with awareness, to share it. It has to be the greatest.
If you knew what I know about the power of giving, you would not let a single meal pass without sharing it in some way.
The root of suffering is attachment.
Silence the angry man with love. Silence the ill-natured man with
kindness. Silence the miser with generosity. Silence the liar with
truth.
People with opinions just go around bothering each other.
Even as a solid rock is unshaken by the wind, so are the wise unshaken by praise or blame.
You yourself must strive. The Buddhas only point the way.
Nothing can harm you as much as your own thoughts unguarded.
Meditate… do not delay, lest you later regret it.
Better than a thousand hollow words, is one word that brings peace.
Understanding is the heartwood of well-spoken words.
Ceasing to do evil, cultivating the good, purifying the mind: this is the teaching of the Buddhas.
Delight in meditation and solitude. Compose yourself, be happy. You are a seeker.
Ardently do today what must be done. Who knows? Tomorrow, death comes.
What you are is what you have been. What you’ll be is what you do now.
If you propose to speak always ask yourself, is it true, is it necessary, is it kind.
If you find no one to support you on the spiritual path, walk alone.
https://in.pinterest.com/pin/407786941258311906/
Lord Buddha🙏🏻❤️ 💫ॐ…..z❤️NSpiceC🌶🦋08April2019~*💕 ⭐️
How many languages are there in the world?
That number is constantly in flux, because we’re
learning more about the world’s languages every day. And beyond that,
the languages themselves are in flux. They’re living and dynamic, spoken
by communities whose lives are shaped by our rapidly changing world.
This is a fragile time: Roughly 0% of languages are now endangered,
often with less than 1,000 speakers remaining. Meanwhile, just 23
languages account for more than half the world’s population.
When
a just born baby is kept isolated without anyone communicating with the
baby, after a few days it will speak and human natural (Prakrit)
language known as
Classical Magahi Magadhi/
Classical Chandaso language/
Magadhi Prakrit,
Classical Hela Basa (Hela Language),
Classical Pāḷi
which are the same. Buddha spoke in Magadhi. All the 7111 languages and dialects are off shoot of Classical Magahi Magadhi. Hence all of them are Classical in nature (Prakrit) of Human Beings, just like all other living speices have their own naturallanguages for communication. 116 languages are translated by https://translate.google.com
06) Classical Devanagari,Classical Hindi-Devanagari- शास्त्रीय हिंदी,
26) Classical Croatian-Klasična hrvatska
33) Classical Filipino klassikaline filipiinlane,
34) Classical Finnish- Klassinen suomalainen,
35) Classical French- Français classique,
36) Classical Frisian- Klassike Frysk,
37) Classical Galician-Clásico galego,
38) Classical Georgian-კლასიკური ქართული,
39) Classical German- Klassisches Deutsch,
40) Classical Greek-Κλασσικά Ελληνικά,
41) Classical Gujarati-ક્લાસિકલ ગુજરાતી,
42) Classical Haitian Creole-Klasik kreyòl,
43) Classical Hausa-Hausa Hausa,
44) Classical Hawaiian-Hawaiian Hawaiian,
45) Classical Hebrew- עברית קלאסית
46) Classical Hmong- Lus Hmoob,
47) Classical Hungarian-Klasszikus magyar,
48) Classical Icelandic-Klassísk íslensku,
49) Classical Igbo,Klassískt Igbo,
50) Classical Indonesian-Bahasa Indonesia Klasik,
51) Classical Irish-Indinéisis Clasaiceach,
52) Classical Italian-Italiano classico,
53) Classical Japanese-古典的なイタリア語,
54) Classical Javanese-Klasik Jawa,
55) Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,
56) Classical Kazakh-Классикалық қазақ,
57) Classical Khmer- ខ្មែរបុរាណ,
59) Classical Korean-고전 한국어,
110) Classical Uyghur,
111) Classical Uzbek-Klassik o’z,
112) Classical Vietnamese-Tiếng Việ,
113) Classical Welsh-Cymraeg Clasurol,
114) Classical Xhosa-IsiXhosa zesiXhosa,
116) Classical Yoruba-Yoruba Yoruba,
117) Classical Zulu-I-Classical Zulu
For
The Welfare, Happiness, Peace of All Sentient and Non-Sentient Beings and for them to Attain Eternal Peace as Final Goal.
Free Online step by step creation of Virtual tour in 3D Circle-Vision 360° for Kushinara Nibbana Bhumi Pagoda
https://www.youtube.com/watch?
Life of the Lord Buddha in pictures (*Turn on the subtitles to learn about each picture*)
Sadaham Arana
18.1K subscribers
Please check out my channel Sadaham Arana (සදහම් අරණ) by clicking on my
username. It has a lot of Dhamma sermons in Sinhala, recorded from SLBC
(Sri Lanka Broadcasting Coporation), The Buddhist TV Sri Lanka, Neth FM
and other sources as well as some English Dhamma sermons from such
theros as Ven Ajahn Brahm etc……
Category
People & Blogs
Poṭṭhapāda பல்வேறு கேள்விகளை Saññaā இயல்பு மறுபரிசீலனை கேட்கிறார்.
குறிப்பு: வெற்று நூல்கள்
இப்பொழுது, பந்த்தே, எது முதலாவது எழும்புவது
புலனுணர்வா,ஞானங் அடுத்ததா? அல்லது ஞானங் முதலாவது மற்றும் புலனுணர்வு
அடுத்ததா? அல்லது ஒரே நேரத்தில் புலனுணர்வும் ஞானமும் எழும்புகிறதா?
பொத்தபாத, முதலாவது
புலனுணர்வும் பின்னால் ஞானம் எழும்புகிறது.மற்றும் புலனுணர்வு
எழும்புகிறபோது ஞானம் எழும்புகிறது. ஒரு பிரித்தறியும் நிலை சார்ந்துள்ள
என்னுடைய இந்த ஞானம் எழும்பியது. இவ்வழியான வரம்பின் காரண ஆய்வால் ஒருவர்
எப்படி முதலாவது புலனுணர்வு எழும்புகிறது மற்றும் ஞானம் அடுத்து என்று உணர
முடியும் மற்றும் எவ்வாறு புலனுணர்வு எழும்பியதால், ஞானம் எழும்பிமயது
என்றும்.
தமிழில் திரபிடக மூன்று தொகுப்புகள்TIPITAKA-ஸுத்தபிடக-Section-C-
இந்த நூட்கள் வெளியீடு
காட்சிமுறை உருவரைக்குறிப்பு தேவனாகரி எழுத்துப் பிரதியில் திபிடக
முக்கூடைகளின் சஹ்ஹுவ ஸாக்யன (ஆறாவது மன்றம்) பதிப்பு.
Sutta Piμaka
(Five nik±yas, or collections)
The
Sutta Piṭaka contains the essence of the Buddha’s teaching regarding
the Dhamma. It contains more than ten thousand suttas. It is divided in
five collections called Nikāyas (A multitude, assemblage; a collection; a
class, order, group; an association, fraternity, congregation; a house,
dwelling).
நெறி முறைக் கட்டளை ஆணைக் கூடை தம்மா பற்றி புத்தர்
கற்பித்த மெய்ம்மை சாறு நிரம்பியது. அது பதினாயிரம் விஞ்சி மிகுதியாக நெறி
முறைக் கட்டளை ஆணை நிரம்பியது. அது நிகாய ( ஒரு பேரெண்ணிக்கை,
ஒன்றுகூடுதல் ஒரு வகை, வரிசைமுறை, குவியல், ஓர் கூட்டமைப்பு,
பொதுநோக்கங்கள் கொண்ட, ஒருங்கு கூட்டுதல், ஒரு குடும்பமரபுக் குழு,
கருத்தூன்றி நீடித்த ) என அழைக்கப்படும் ஐந்து திரட்டுகளாக பிரிந்துள்ளது.
Dīgha Nikāya
[dīgha:
long] The Dīgha Nikāya gathers 34 of the longest discourses given by
the Buddha. There are various hints that many of them are late additions
to the original corpus and of questionable authenticity.
நீளமான நிகாய (திரட்டுகள்)
புத்தரால் கொடுக்கப்பட்ட 34 நீளமான போதனையுரைகள் கொய்சகமாக்கப்பட்டது.
Majjhima Nikāya
[majjhima:
medium] The Majjhima Nikāya gathers 152 discourses of the Buddha of
intermediate length, dealing with diverse matters.
மத்திம (நடுத்தரமான) நிகாய (திரட்டுகள்)
புத்தரால்
கொடுக்கப்பட்ட 152 மத்திம ( நடுத்தரமான நீட்சி ) பல்வேறு வகைப்பட்ட
விஷயங்கள் செயல் தொடர்பு உடன் போதனையுரைகள் கொய்சகமாக்கப்பட்டது.
Saṃyutta Nikāya
[samyutta:
group] The Saṃyutta Nikāya gathers the suttas according to their
subject in 56 sub-groups called saṃyuttas. It contains more than three
thousand discourses of variable length, but generally relatively short.
குவியல் நிகாய (திரட்டுகள்)
குவியல்
நிகாய (திரட்டுகள்) என அழைக்கப்படும் நெறி முறைக் கட்டளை ஆணை அவற்றினுடைய
பொருளுக்கு ஏற்ப 56 பங்குவரி குவியலாக கொய்சகமாக்கப்பட்டது. அது மூவாயிரம்
விஞ்சி மிகுதியாக மாறும் தன்மையுள்ள நீளம் ஆனால் பெரும்பாலும் ஒப்பு
நோக்காக சுருக்கமான நெறி முறைக் கட்டளை ஆணை நிரம்பியது.
Aṅguttara Nikāya
[aṅg:
factor | uttara: additionnal] The Aṅguttara Nikāya is subdivized in
eleven sub-groups called nipātas, each of them gathering discourses
consisting of enumerations of one additional factor versus those of the
precedent nipāta. It contains thousands of suttas which are generally
short.
கூடுதல் அங்கமான (ஆக்கக்கூறு) நிகாய (திரட்டுகள்)
இறங்குதல்
காரணி, கருத்தைக் கவர்கிற, கீழ் நோக்கி அல்லது ஏறத்தாழ தற்போதைக்கு
உதவுகிற என அழைக்கப்படும் பதினொன்று பங்குவரி, ஒவ்வொன்று
கொய்சகமாக்கப்பட்டது நெறி முறைக் கட்டளை ஆணை கணக்கிடல் ஆக்கை ஒரு
குறிப்பிட்ட கூடுதல் ஆக்கக் கூறு எதிராக அவை முன்னோடி மாதிரி இறங்குதல்
காரணி. அது ஆயிரக்கணக்கான பெரும்பாலும் சுருக்கமான நெறி முறைக் கட்டளை ஆணை
நிரம்பியது. தன்னகம் கொண்டிரு
Khuddaka Nikāya
[khuddha: short,
small] The Khuddhaka Nikāya short texts and is considered as been
composed of two stratas: Dhammapada, Udāna, Itivuttaka, Sutta Nipāta,
Theragāthā-Therīgāthā and Jātaka form the ancient strata, while other
books are late additions and their authenticity is more questionable.
சுருக்கமான, சிறிய நிகாய (திரட்டுகள்)
சுருக்கமான,
சிறிய நிகாய (திரட்டுகள்) வாசகம் மற்றும் ஆலோசனை மிக்க மாதிரி தணிந்த
இரண்டு படுகைகள் : தம்மபத (ஒரு சமய சம்பந்தமான முற்றுத் தொடர் வாக்கியம் ,
மூன்று கூடைகள் நூட்கள் ஒன்றின் பெயர் , தம்மாவின் உடற்பகுதி அல்லது
பாகம்), உதான (வார்த்தைகளால்,
மேல்நோக்கிய பேரார்வம், ஆவல் கொண்ட அல்லது
மகிழ்ச்சி கூற்று, சொற்றொடர் , உணர்ச்சிமிக்க உறுதலுணர்ச்சி, மகிழ்ச்சி
அல்லது மனத்துயரம் இரண்டனுள் ஒன்று), இதிவுத்தக ( இது குத்தகனிகாய நான்காம்
புத்தகம் பெயர்), ஸுத்த ( ஒரு சரம், இழை ,: புத்தசமயம், சவுகதநூல் ஒரு
பாகம்; ஒரு விதி, நீதி வாக்கியம் இறங்குதல் காரணி),தேரகாத-தேரிகாத(
தேராக்களுக்கு உரியதானது), மற்றும் ஒரு சரடு ஜாதக ( பிறப்பு , பிறப்பிடம் ,
ஒரு பிறப்பு அல்லது : புத்தசமயம் விவேகம் வாழ்தல் , ஒரு ஜாதக, அல்லது
புத்தரின் முந்திய பிறப்பு கதைளில் ஒன்று.)
ஸஞ்யா
நு கொ பந்தெ பதமங் உப்பஜ்ஜதி, பச்சா ஞானங்? உதாஹு ஞானங் பதமங் உப்பஜ்ஜதி,
பச்சா ஸஞ்யா? உதாஹு ஸஞ்யா ச ஞானங்ச அபுபங் ஆசரிமங் உப்பஜ்ஜந்தி?’ தி.
Saññā nu kho bhante paṭhamaṃ uppajjati, pacchā ñāṇaṃ? Udāhu ñāṇaṃ
paṭhamaṃ uppajjati, pacchā saññā? Udāhu saññā ca ñāṇañca apubbaṃ
acarimaṃ uppajjantī?’ ti.
இப்பொழுது, பந்த்தே, எது முதலாவது எழும்புவது
புலனுணர்வா,ஞானங் அடுத்ததா? அல்லது ஞானங் முதலாவது மற்றும் புலனுணர்வு
அடுத்ததா? அல்லது ஒரே நேரத்தில் புலனுணர்வும் ஞானமும் எழும்புகிறதா?
Now, lord, does perception arise first, and knowledge after; or does
knowledge arise first, and perception after; or do perception &
knowledge arise simultaneously?
ஸஞ்யா கொ பொத்தபாதப தமங் உப்பஜ்ஜதி பச்சா
ஞானங். ஸன்யுப்பாதா ச பன ஞானுப்பாதொ ஹோதி. ஸொ ஏவங் பஜானாதி: இதப்பச்சாயா
கிர மெ ஞானங் உதபாதிதி. இமினா கொ ஏதங் பொத்தபாத பரியாயென வேதிதப்பங், யதா
ஸஞ்யா பதமங் உப்பஜ்ஜதி பச்சா ஞானங், ஸன்யுப்பாதொ ச பன ஞானுப்பாதொ
ஹோதி’தி.
Saññā kho poṭṭhapāda paṭhamaṃ uppajjati pacchā ñāṇaṃ. Saññuppādā ca pana
ñāṇuppādo hoti. So evaṃ pajānāti: idappaccayā kira me ñāṇaṃ udapādīti.
Iminā kho etaṃ poṭṭhapāda pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā saññā paṭhamaṃ
uppajjati pacchā ñāṇaṃ, saññuppādo ca pana ñāṇuppādo hotī’ ti.
பொத்தபாத, முதலாவது
புலனுணர்வும் பின்னால் ஞானம் எழும்புகிறது.மற்றும் புலனுணர்வு
எழும்புகிறபோது ஞானம் எழும்புகிறது. ஒரு பிரித்தறியும் நிலை சார்ந்துள்ள
என்னுடைய இந்த ஞானம் எழும்பியது. இவ்வழியான வரம்பின் காரண ஆய்வால் ஒருவர்
எப்படி முதலாவது புலனுணர்வு எழும்புகிறது மற்றும் ஞானம் அடுத்து என்று உணர
முடியும் மற்றும் எவ்வாறு புலனுணர்வு எழும்பியதால், ஞானம் எழும்பிமயது
என்றும்.
Potthapada, perception arises first, and
knowledge after. And the arising of knowledge comes from the arising of
perception. One discerns, ‘It’s in dependence on this that my knowledge
has arisen.’ Through this line of reasoning one can realize how
perception arises first, and knowledge after, and how the arising of
knowledge comes from the arising of perception.
𝓛𝓔𝓢𝓢𝓞𝓝 4035 𝓜𝓸𝓷 19 𝓙𝓾𝓵 2021
𝓓𝓸 𝓖𝓸𝓸𝓭 𝓟𝓾𝓻𝓲𝓯𝔂 𝓜𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓐𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓔𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓵 𝓑𝓵𝓲𝓼𝓼
𝓞𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓼𝓽 𝓘𝓵𝓵𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 - 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪.
𝓖𝓲𝓿𝓮
𝓪 𝓜𝓲𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓒𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓽𝓸 8800662528 𝓯𝓸𝓻
𝓡𝓮𝓰𝓲𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓵𝓪𝓻𝓰𝓮𝓼𝓽
𝓚𝓾𝓼𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓻𝓪 𝓝𝓘𝓑𝓑Ā𝓝𝓐 𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓐𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭
𝓞𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓐𝔀𝓪𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓤𝓷𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻
𝓦𝓮𝓵𝓯𝓪𝓻𝓮, 𝓗𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓟𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓪𝓵𝓵
𝓢𝓸𝓬𝓲𝓮𝓽𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝓫𝔂 3-12-2021 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶 𝓽𝓸
𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓔𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓵 𝓑𝓵𝓲𝓼𝓼 𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓕𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓵
𝓖𝓸𝓪𝓵
𝓐𝓬𝓬𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓤𝓷𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝓸𝓯
𝓢𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓪𝓹𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓼𝓾𝓻𝓿𝓮𝔂/𝓻𝓮𝓿𝓲𝓮𝔀 𝓫𝓪𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓷 131
𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓼. 𝓕𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓙𝓾𝓷𝓮 18, 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓫𝓮 100%
𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝔂 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓓𝓮𝓬𝓮𝓶𝓫𝓮𝓻 8𝓽𝓱. 𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻
𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝓪𝓫𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓘𝓽𝓪𝓵𝔂 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓢𝓹𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓯𝓲𝓽
𝓮𝔁𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓵𝔂.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓷𝓮𝔀
𝓽𝓮𝓬𝓱𝓷𝓲𝓺𝓾𝓮 𝓲𝓷𝓿𝓸𝓵𝓿𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓸𝓵𝓮𝓬𝓾𝓵𝓮
𝓝𝓲𝓬𝓸𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓲𝓭𝓮 𝓐𝓭𝓮𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓮 𝓓𝓲𝓷𝓾𝓬𝓵𝓮𝓸𝓽𝓲𝓭𝓮
(𝓝𝓐𝓓), 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓹𝓵𝓪𝔂𝓼 𝓪 𝓻𝓸𝓵𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓰𝔂 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓾𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝓫𝓸𝓭𝔂. 𝓢𝓽𝓾𝓷𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓪𝓷𝓽𝓲-𝓪𝓰𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓫𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓴𝓽𝓱𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱 𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓼𝓮𝓮
𝓱𝓾𝓶𝓪𝓷𝓼 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓽𝓸 150 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓻𝓮𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓸𝓻𝓰𝓪𝓷𝓼
‘𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓻𝓲𝓬𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓪 𝓬𝓸𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓮 𝓪 𝓭𝓪𝔂’
𝓔-𝓫𝓸𝓸𝓴-𝓓𝓞
𝓖𝓞𝓞𝓓 𝓟𝓤𝓡𝓘𝓕𝓨 𝓜𝓘𝓝𝓓 𝓐𝓣𝓣𝓐𝓘𝓝 𝓔𝓣𝓔𝓡𝓝𝓐𝓛 𝓑𝓛𝓘𝓢𝓢
𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓚𝓾𝓼𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓻𝓪 𝓝𝓘𝓑𝓑Ā𝓝𝓐 𝓑𝓗𝓤𝓜𝓘 𝓟𝓪𝓰𝓸𝓭𝓪 18𝓯𝓽
𝓓𝓲𝓪. 𝓪 3𝓓 360 𝓭𝓮𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓬𝓲𝓻𝓬𝓾𝓵𝓪𝓻 𝓟𝓪𝓰𝓸𝓭𝓪 𝓪𝓽
𝓦𝓱𝓲𝓽𝓮 𝓗𝓸𝓶𝓮, 668 5𝓽𝓱 𝓐 𝓜𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓡𝓸𝓪𝓭, 8𝓽𝓱 𝓒𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓼,
𝓗𝓐𝓛 𝓘𝓘𝓘 𝓢𝓽𝓪𝓰𝓮, 𝓟𝓾𝓷𝓲𝔂𝓪 𝓑𝓗𝓤𝓜𝓘 𝓑𝓮𝓷𝓰𝓪𝓵𝓾𝓻𝓾,
𝓜𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓭𝓱𝓲 𝓚𝓪𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓪𝓴𝓪, 𝓟𝓻𝓪𝓫𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓑𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓽
𝓘𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓪𝓵
𝓱𝓽𝓽𝓹://𝓼𝓪𝓻𝓿𝓪𝓳𝓪𝓷.𝓪𝓶𝓫𝓮𝓭𝓴𝓪𝓻.𝓸𝓻𝓰
𝓫𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓼𝓪𝓲𝓭2𝓾𝓼@𝓰𝓶𝓪𝓲𝓵.𝓬𝓸𝓶
𝓳𝓬𝓼4𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻@𝓸𝓾𝓽𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓴.𝓬𝓸𝓶
𝓳𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓻𝓪𝓼𝓮𝓴𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓷@𝔂𝓪𝓱𝓸𝓸.𝓬𝓸𝓶
080-25203792
9449260443
9449835875
𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓱𝓮𝓼
𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓪 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓽𝓷𝓮𝓻 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝓵𝓵
𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓲𝓼𝓽 𝓘𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓪𝓵 𝓽𝓮𝓶𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓼,
𝓜𝓸𝓷𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓼, 𝓥𝓲𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓼, 𝓟𝓪𝓰𝓸𝓭𝓪𝓼.
𝓕𝓸𝓻
𝓹𝓻𝓸𝓹𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓔𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓵 𝓑𝓵𝓲𝓼𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱
𝓹𝓵𝓪𝓷𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓻𝓪𝔀 𝓥𝓮𝓰𝓪𝓷 𝓑𝓻𝓸𝓬𝓬𝓸𝓵𝓲, 𝓹𝓮𝓹𝓹𝓮𝓻𝓼,
𝓬𝓾𝓬𝓾𝓶𝓫𝓮𝓻𝓼, 𝓬𝓪𝓻𝓻𝓸𝓽𝓼, 𝓫𝓮𝓪𝓷𝓼 𝓿𝓮𝓰𝓮𝓽𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮𝓼,
𝓓𝔀𝓪𝓻𝓯 𝓯𝓻𝓾𝓲𝓽 🍎 🍉 𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓮𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓹𝓸𝓽𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓵𝓵
𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓷 𝓢𝓹𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓮𝓪𝓽 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮
𝓫𝓲𝓻𝓭𝓼 𝓪𝓼 𝓹𝓵𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓝𝓐𝓢𝓐, 𝓑𝓻𝓲𝓽𝓲𝓼𝓱
𝓫𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓪𝓲𝓻𝓮 𝓡𝓲𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓭 𝓑𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓼𝓸𝓷 𝓯𝓵𝓮𝔀 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓸
𝓼𝓹𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓪𝓫𝓸𝓪𝓻𝓭 𝓪 𝓥𝓲𝓻𝓰𝓲𝓷 𝓖𝓪𝓵𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓬 𝓿𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓵
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓙𝓮𝓯𝓯 𝓑𝓮𝔃𝓸𝓼.
𝓔𝓷𝓽𝓲𝓻𝓮 𝓔𝓪𝓻𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓢𝓹𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓐𝓶𝓾𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓢𝓤𝓡𝓐𝓑𝓘 𝓸𝓯
𝓜𝓪𝓷𝓲𝓶𝓮𝓰𝓪𝓵𝓪𝓲. 𝓐𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓴𝓪 𝓹𝓵𝓪𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓭 𝓯𝓻𝓾𝓲𝓽
𝓫𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓮𝓶𝓹𝓲𝓻𝓮.
𝓜𝓪𝓷𝓲𝓶𝓮𝓰𝓪𝓵𝓪𝓲 𝓯𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓸𝓸𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱
𝓐𝓶𝓾𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓢𝓾𝓻𝓪𝓫𝓱𝓲 .
𝓦𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔀𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓴. 𝓐𝓵𝓵 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔀𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮
𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼. 𝓦𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓾𝓻
𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼, 𝔀𝓮 𝓶𝓪𝓴𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭.
𝓙𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽 𝓸𝓬𝓮𝓪𝓷 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓽𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮,
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓪𝓵𝓽, 𝓼𝓸 𝓪𝓵𝓼𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓽𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮
𝓸𝓯 𝓵𝓲𝓫𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝔀𝓱𝓸𝓶
𝓷𝓸 𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓰𝓮𝓻 𝓮𝔁𝓲𝓼𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓻𝓪𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓻𝓼𝓽
𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓹𝓮𝓻𝓹𝓮𝓽𝓾𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓰; 𝓱𝓸𝔀 𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝔂𝓸𝓾
𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓴 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓐𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓷𝓮, 𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓴𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓼, 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓸𝓯 𝓵𝓲𝓶𝓲𝓽𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓮.
𝓔𝓷𝓭𝓾𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓲𝓼
𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓸𝓼𝓽 𝓭𝓲𝓯𝓯𝓲𝓬𝓾𝓵𝓽 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼,
𝓫𝓾𝓽 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓾𝓻𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓵 𝓿𝓲𝓬𝓽𝓸𝓻𝔂 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓼.
𝓛𝓸𝓷𝓰
𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓷𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓽𝓸 𝓱𝓲𝓶 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓲𝓼 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮; 𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓼
𝓪 𝓶𝓲𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓱𝓲𝓶 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓲𝓻𝓮𝓭; 𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓼 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮
𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓸𝓵𝓲𝓼𝓱 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓭𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓴𝓷𝓸𝔀 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓮
𝓵𝓪𝔀.
𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓲𝓸𝓾𝓼 𝓳𝓮𝔀𝓮𝓵
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓷𝓵𝔂 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭𝓼, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓲𝓼
𝓐𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭.
𝓞𝓾𝓻 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂
𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭; 𝔀𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔀𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓴. 𝓙𝓸𝔂
𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓸𝔀𝓼 𝓪 𝓹𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓪 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓭𝓸𝔀
𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓷𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓼.
𝓛𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓪 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓮
𝓯𝓵𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓻, 𝓫𝓮𝓪𝓾𝓽𝓲𝓯𝓾𝓵 𝓽𝓸 𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓴 𝓪𝓽 𝓫𝓾𝓽
𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓼𝓬𝓮𝓷𝓽, 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓾𝓲𝓽𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓼
𝓲𝓷 𝓪 𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓭𝓸𝓮𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓪𝓬𝓽 𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓬𝓮
𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶.
𝓞𝓾𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓸𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓮𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓵 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓼 𝓿𝓪𝓵𝓾𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓪𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮
𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓪 𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓴 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓻𝓸𝓴𝓮𝓷 𝓲𝓽𝓼
𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝓽𝓱𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱 𝓲𝓽𝓼 𝓼𝓱𝓮𝓵𝓵 𝓶𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓶 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓸𝓾𝓽𝓼𝓲𝓭𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭.
𝓐𝓷 𝓲𝓭𝓮𝓪 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓼
𝓭𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓵𝓸𝓹𝓮𝓭 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓾𝓽 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓸 𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓲𝓼 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮
𝓲𝓶𝓹𝓸𝓻𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓷 𝓪𝓷 𝓲𝓭𝓮𝓪 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓮𝔁𝓲𝓼𝓽𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓵𝔂
𝓪𝓼 𝓪𝓷 𝓲𝓭𝓮𝓪.
𝓗𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓶𝓪𝓷𝔂 𝓱𝓸𝓵𝔂
𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓼 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓭, 𝓱𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓶𝓪𝓷𝔂 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓴,
𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓭𝓸 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓲𝓯 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓭𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽
𝓪𝓬𝓽 𝓸𝓷 𝓾𝓹𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶?
https://tenor.com/view/buddha-gif-12938649
𝓐𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓜𝓪𝔂 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓫𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝔂 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓼.
𝓑𝓸𝓻𝓷 𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓻𝓷 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓫𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼.
𝓘 𝓪𝓶 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓵𝓮.
𝓐 𝓳𝓾𝓰 𝓯𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓼 𝓭𝓻𝓸𝓹 𝓫𝔂 𝓭𝓻𝓸𝓹.
𝓔𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝓱𝓾𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝓫𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓾𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓻 𝓸𝓯 𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓻 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓸𝓷𝓰𝓾𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓪 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓹 𝓴𝓷𝓲𝓯𝓮… 𝓚𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓭𝓻𝓪𝔀𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓫𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓭.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓴𝔂. 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓽.
𝓣𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓲𝓭𝓵𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓻𝓽 𝓻𝓸𝓪𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓭𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝓸𝓯 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮; 𝓯𝓸𝓸𝓵𝓲𝓼𝓱
𝓹𝓮𝓸𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓭𝓵𝓮, 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓹𝓮𝓸𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮
𝓭𝓲𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓽.
𝓢𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓪 𝓼𝓮𝓮𝓴𝓮𝓻 𝓷𝓸𝓽
𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓪 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓪𝓷𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓲𝓼 𝓫𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓸𝓻 𝓮𝓺𝓾𝓪𝓵,
𝓵𝓮𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓸𝓵𝓾𝓽𝓮𝓵𝔂 𝓹𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓾𝓮 𝓪 𝓼𝓸𝓵𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓻𝔂
𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮.
𝓘𝓯 𝔀𝓮 𝓬𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓼𝓮𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓶𝓲𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓵𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓪 𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓵𝓮 𝓯𝓵𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓻 𝓬𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓵𝔂, 𝓸𝓾𝓻
𝔀𝓱𝓸𝓵𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓮.
𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓠𝓾𝓸𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓞𝓷 𝓛𝓸𝓿𝓮 𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝓖𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓽𝓾𝓭𝓮
𝑅𝒶𝒹𝒾𝒶𝓉𝑒 𝒷𝑜𝓊𝓃𝒹𝓁𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝑜𝓌𝒶𝓇𝒹𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝓃𝓉𝒾𝓇𝑒 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝓁𝒹.
𝒴𝑜𝓊, 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻, 𝒶𝓈 𝓂𝓊𝒸𝒽 𝒶𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝓎𝒷𝑜𝒹𝓎 𝒾𝓃 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝑒𝓃𝓉𝒾𝓇𝑒 𝓊𝓃𝒾𝓋𝑒𝓇𝓈𝑒, 𝒹𝑒𝓈𝑒𝓇𝓋𝑒 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒 𝒶𝓃𝒹
𝒶𝒻𝒻𝑒𝒸𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃.
𝒜𝓂𝒷𝒾𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝒾𝓈 𝓁𝒾𝓀𝑒 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒, 𝒾𝓂𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑒𝓃𝓉 𝒷𝑜𝓉𝒽 𝑜𝒻 𝒹𝑒𝓁𝒶𝓎𝓈 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓇𝒾𝓋𝒶𝓁𝓈.
𝐿𝑜𝓋𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝒶 𝑔𝒾𝒻𝓉 𝑜𝒻 𝑜𝓃𝑒’𝓈 𝒾𝓃𝓃𝑒𝓇 𝓂𝑜𝓈𝓉 𝓈𝑜𝓊𝓁
𝓉𝑜 𝒶𝓃𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝓈𝑜 𝒷𝑜𝓉𝒽 𝒸𝒶𝓃 𝒷𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜𝓁𝑒.
𝐿𝑒𝓉 𝒶𝓁𝓁-𝑒𝓂𝒷𝓇𝒶𝒸𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓉𝒽𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽𝓉𝓈 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝒷𝑒 𝓎𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈.
𝒲𝑒
𝓌𝒾𝓁𝓁 𝒹𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓁𝑜𝓅 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒸𝓊𝓁𝓉𝒾𝓋𝒶𝓉𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒
𝓁𝒾𝒷𝑒𝓇𝒶𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃 𝑜𝒻 𝓂𝒾𝓃𝒹 𝒷𝓎 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓀𝒾𝓃𝒹𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈,
𝓂𝒶𝓀𝑒 𝒾𝓉 𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝓋𝑒𝒽𝒾𝒸𝓁𝑒, 𝓂𝒶𝓀𝑒 𝒾𝓉 𝑜𝓊𝓇 𝒷𝒶𝓈𝒾𝓈, 𝓈𝓉𝒶𝒷𝒾𝓁𝒾𝓏𝑒 𝒾𝓉, 𝑒𝓍𝑒𝓇𝒸𝒾𝓈𝑒
𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒𝓁𝓋𝑒𝓈 𝒾𝓃 𝒾𝓉, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒻𝓊𝓁𝓁𝓎 𝓅𝑒𝓇𝒻𝑒𝒸𝓉 𝒾𝓉.
𝐻𝒶𝓉𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝒹𝑜𝑒𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝒸𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝓇𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽 𝒽𝒶𝓉𝓇𝑒𝒹
𝒶𝓉 𝒶𝓃𝓎 𝓉𝒾𝓂𝑒. 𝐻𝒶𝓉𝓇𝑒𝒹 𝒸𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑒𝓈 𝓉𝒽𝓇𝑜𝓊𝑔𝒽 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒.
𝒯𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝒶𝓃 𝓊𝓃𝒶𝓁𝓉𝑒𝓇𝒶𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓁𝒶𝓌.
𝐻𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓈 𝟧𝟢 𝓅𝑒𝑜𝓅𝓁𝑒 𝒽𝒶𝓈 𝟧𝟢 𝓌𝑜𝑒𝓈; 𝒽𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒𝓈 𝓃𝑜 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝒽𝒶𝓈 𝓃𝑜 𝓌𝑜𝑒𝓈.
𝒦𝒾𝓃𝒹𝓃𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝓈𝒽𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝒷𝑒𝒸𝑜𝓂𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝓃𝒶𝓉𝓊𝓇𝒶𝓁 𝓌𝒶𝓎 𝑜𝒻 𝓁𝒾𝒻𝑒, 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝑒 𝑒𝓍𝒸𝑒𝓅𝓉𝒾𝑜𝓃.
𝒮𝓅𝑒𝒶𝓀 𝑜𝓃𝓁𝓎 𝑒𝓃𝒹𝑒𝒶𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓈𝓅𝑒𝑒𝒸𝒽, 𝓈𝓅𝑒𝑒𝒸𝒽
𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓉 𝒾𝓈 𝓌𝑒𝓁𝒸𝑜𝓂𝑒𝒹. 𝒮𝓅𝑒𝑒𝒸𝒽, 𝓌𝒽𝑒𝓃 𝒾𝓉 𝒷𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈
𝓃𝑜 𝑒𝓋𝒾𝓁 𝓉𝑜 𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝓈, 𝒾𝓈 𝒶 𝓅𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝒶𝓃𝓉 𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓃𝑔.
𝒪𝓃𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒 𝓌𝒽𝑜 𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓂𝓈
𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈. 𝐵𝓎 𝓃𝑜𝓉 𝒽𝒶𝓇𝓂𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔
𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝒸𝒶𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹 𝓃𝑜𝒷𝓁𝑒.
𝐵𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔
𝒹𝑒𝑒𝓅𝓁𝓎 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓇𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓈𝓀𝒾𝓁𝓁𝑒𝒹, 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓌𝑒𝓁𝓁
𝓉𝓇𝒶𝒾𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝓊𝓈𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝓌𝑒𝓁𝓁 𝓈𝓅𝑜𝓀𝑒𝓃 𝓌𝑜𝓇𝒹𝓈:
𝓉𝒽𝒾𝓈 𝒾𝓈 𝑔𝑜𝑜𝒹 𝓁𝓊𝒸𝓀.
𝒥𝓊𝓈𝓉 𝒶𝓈 𝒶
𝓂𝑜𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝓌𝑜𝓊𝓁𝒹 𝓅𝓇𝑜𝓉𝑒𝒸𝓉 𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝑜𝓃𝓁𝓎 𝒸𝒽𝒾𝓁𝒹
𝓌𝒾𝓉𝒽 𝒽𝑒𝓇 𝓁𝒾𝒻𝑒, 𝑒𝓋𝑒𝓃 𝓈𝑜 𝓁𝑒𝓉 𝑜𝓃𝑒 𝒸𝓊𝓁𝓉𝒾𝓋𝒶𝓉𝑒
𝒶 𝒷𝑜𝓊𝓃𝒹𝓁𝑒𝓈𝓈 𝓁𝑜𝓋𝑒 𝓉𝑜𝓌𝒶𝓇𝒹𝓈 𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈.
𝐼𝓃 𝓌𝒽𝑜𝓂 𝓉𝒽𝑒𝓇𝑒 𝒾𝓈 𝓃𝑜 𝓈𝓎𝓂𝓅𝒶𝓉𝒽𝓎 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝓁𝒾𝓋𝒾𝓃𝑔
𝒷𝑒𝒾𝓃𝑔𝓈: 𝓀𝓃𝑜𝓌 𝒽𝒾𝓂 𝒶𝓈 𝒶𝓃 𝑜𝓊𝓉𝒸𝒶𝓈𝓉.
𝐿𝑒𝓉 𝓊𝓈 𝓇𝒾𝓈𝑒 𝓊𝓅 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓃𝓀𝒻𝓊𝓁, 𝒻𝑜𝓇 𝒾𝒻 𝓌𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝒹𝓃’𝓉 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓇𝓃 𝒶 𝓁𝑜𝓉 𝓉𝑜𝒹𝒶𝓎, 𝒶𝓉
𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝓉 𝓌𝑒 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓇𝓃𝑒𝒹 𝒶 𝓁𝒾𝓉𝓉𝓁𝑒, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒾𝒻 𝓌𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝒹𝓃’𝓉 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓇𝓃 𝒶 𝓁𝒾𝓉𝓉𝓁𝑒, 𝒶𝓉 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝓉 𝓌𝑒
𝒹𝒾𝒹𝓃’𝓉 𝑔𝑒𝓉 𝓈𝒾𝒸𝓀, 𝒶𝓃𝒹 𝒾𝒻 𝓌𝑒 𝑔𝑜𝓉 𝓈𝒾𝒸𝓀, 𝒶𝓉 𝓁𝑒𝒶𝓈𝓉 𝓌𝑒 𝒹𝒾𝒹𝓃’𝓉 𝒹𝒾𝑒; 𝓈𝑜, 𝓁𝑒𝓉 𝓊𝓈
𝒶𝓁𝓁 𝒷𝑒 𝓉𝒽𝒶𝓃𝓀𝒻𝓊𝓁.
𝐵𝓊𝒹𝒹𝒽𝒶 𝒬𝓊𝑜𝓉𝑒𝓈 𝒪𝓃 𝑀𝒾𝓃𝒹 𝒜𝓃𝒹 𝑀𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓇𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝒴𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓈𝑒𝓁𝒻
𝓗𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓴𝓼 𝓱𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮.
𝓘𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝓶𝓪𝓷’𝓼 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭, 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓶𝔂 𝓸𝓻
𝓯𝓸𝓮, 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓵𝓾𝓻𝓮𝓼 𝓱𝓲𝓶 𝓽𝓸 𝓮𝓿𝓲𝓵 𝔀𝓪𝔂𝓼.
𝓓𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓲𝓷 𝓱𝓮𝓮𝓭𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼! 𝓖𝓾𝓪𝓻𝓭 𝔀𝓮𝓵𝓵 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼!
𝓔𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓼 𝓫𝓪𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓷 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭, 𝓲𝓼 𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭, 𝓲𝓼 𝓯𝓪𝓼𝓱𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭. 𝓘𝓯
𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓴 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓬𝓽 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓪 𝓹𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓾𝓽𝓮𝓭 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭, 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓸𝔀 𝔂𝓸𝓾, 𝓪𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓮𝓵𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓸𝔁𝓬𝓪𝓻𝓽 𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓸𝔀 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓸𝓽𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓹𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓸𝔁.
𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓼𝓸 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓸𝓫𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓪𝓼 𝓪𝓷
𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼
𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓼𝓸 𝓸𝓫𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓪𝓼 𝓪 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓭
𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭.
𝓐 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓾𝓷𝓻𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓿𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓽𝓾𝓷𝓮, 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓼𝓸𝓻𝓻𝓸𝔀 𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮𝓭, 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶
𝓭𝓮𝓯𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓼 𝓬𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓷𝓼𝓮𝓭, 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓯𝓮𝓪𝓻 𝓵𝓲𝓫𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓭 — 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼𝓽
𝓫𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓚𝓷𝓸𝔀 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓬𝓵𝓮𝓯𝓽𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓷
𝓬𝓻𝓮𝓿𝓲𝓬𝓮𝓼: 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓼𝓶𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓮𝓵𝓼 𝓯𝓵𝓸𝔀
𝓷𝓸𝓲𝓼𝓲𝓵𝔂, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽 𝓯𝓵𝓸𝔀 𝓼𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓽.
𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻’𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓵 𝓶𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓲𝓼𝓮. 𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓲𝓼 𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓵 𝓲𝓼 𝓺𝓾𝓲𝓮𝓽.
𝓨𝓸𝓾 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓪 𝓼𝓮𝓮𝓴𝓮𝓻. 𝓓𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓶𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝓸𝓯 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓯𝓮𝓮𝓽, 𝓸𝓯
𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼.
𝓢𝓮𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶, 𝓯𝓵𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓮, 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓯𝓲𝓼𝓱 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓵𝓮𝓼
𝓸𝓯 𝓪 𝓭𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓭-𝓾𝓹 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓶 — 𝓪𝓷𝓭, 𝓼𝓮𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼, 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓷𝓸 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓮, 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓰.
‘𝓐𝓼 𝓘 𝓪𝓶, 𝓼𝓸 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓼𝓮. 𝓐𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓼𝓮, 𝓼𝓸
𝓪𝓶 𝓘.’ 𝓓𝓻𝓪𝔀𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓵 𝓽𝓸 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯,
𝓷𝓮𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻 𝓴𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓷𝓸𝓻 𝓰𝓮𝓽 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓴𝓲𝓵𝓵.
𝓐𝓵𝓵 𝓮𝔁𝓹𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓮𝓭𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭,
𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓶𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻, 𝓬𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂
𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭.
𝓣𝓸 𝓮𝓷𝓳𝓸𝔂 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓽𝓱, 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓸𝓷𝓮’𝓼 𝓯𝓪𝓶𝓲𝓵𝔂, 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓪𝓵𝓵, 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓯𝓲𝓻𝓼𝓽 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓸𝓵 𝓸𝓷𝓮’𝓼 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭. 𝓘𝓯 𝓪
𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓸𝓵 𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝓽𝓸 𝓔𝓷𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓵𝓵
𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓿𝓲𝓻𝓽𝓾𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓪𝓵𝓵𝔂 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓱𝓲𝓶.
𝓐𝓵𝓵 𝔀𝓻𝓸𝓷𝓰-𝓭𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓼 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭.
𝓘𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓼𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓶𝓮𝓭 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝔀𝓻𝓸𝓷𝓰-𝓭𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓪𝓲𝓷?
𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔀𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓸𝓭𝓪𝔂 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓼
𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝔂𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓭𝓪𝔂, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓸𝓾𝓻
𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓽
𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼 𝓫𝓾𝓲𝓵𝓭 𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓸𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓻𝓸𝔀: 𝓞𝓾𝓻 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓸𝓾𝓻
𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓺𝓾𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓱𝓲𝓶𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓲𝓼 𝓪
𝓯𝓪𝓻 𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓷 𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓱𝓪𝓼
𝓭𝓮𝓯𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓭 𝓪 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓼𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓲𝓶𝓮𝓼 𝓪 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓼𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓶𝓮𝓷.
𝓣𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓼𝓬𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓪𝓵
𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓵𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮
𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓼 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓬𝓽𝓾𝓪𝓵 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭
𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓮𝓼 𝓲𝓽𝓼 𝓵𝓲𝓶𝓲𝓽 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓯
𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓲𝔃𝓮𝓭 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓲𝓪𝓵 𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮, 𝓲𝓽𝓼
𝓹𝓻𝓸𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓼
𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓫𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓼𝓬𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓪𝓷
𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓵 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓸𝓶𝓮 𝓱𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓮𝓻 𝓯𝓪𝓬𝓾𝓵𝓽𝔂 𝓸𝓯
𝓬𝓸𝓰𝓷𝓲𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷.
𝓘 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓴 𝓪𝓽
𝓪𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻’𝓼 𝓫𝓸𝔀𝓵 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓸𝓷 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓯𝓪𝓾𝓵𝓽:
𝓪 𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓸𝓫𝓼𝓮𝓻𝓿𝓮𝓭.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓮𝔁𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓵 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭 𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓵𝔂 𝓪 𝓶𝓪𝓷𝓲𝓯𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓽𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭
𝓲𝓽𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓰𝓻𝓪𝓼𝓹𝓼 𝓲𝓽 𝓪𝓼 𝓪𝓷
𝓮𝔁𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓷𝓪𝓵 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭 𝓼𝓲𝓶𝓹𝓵𝔂 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮
𝓸𝓯 𝓲𝓽𝓼
𝓱𝓪𝓫𝓲𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓻𝓲𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓯𝓪𝓵𝓼𝓮-𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓸𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰. 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓰𝓮𝓽
𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓫𝓲𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼
𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓵𝔂.
𝓜𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓮𝓭𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓵𝓵
𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓪𝓵 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼. 𝓜𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓮𝓯; 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂
𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭-𝔀𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽.
𝓠𝓾𝓸𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓑𝔂 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓞𝓷 𝓗𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝓙𝓸𝔂
𝓱𝓽𝓽𝓹𝓼://𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓸𝓻.𝓬𝓸𝓶/𝓿𝓲𝓮𝔀/𝓹𝓲𝓬𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮𝓼-𝓯𝓪𝓵𝓵-𝔀𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓻-𝓰𝓲𝓯-13836595
𝓗𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓼 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓴 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓫𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓯𝓲𝓽 𝓽𝓸 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼, 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓸𝓷 𝓳𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓪, 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓭𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽
𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓽, 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓹𝓻𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓬𝓮 𝓳𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓪 𝓪𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓸𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓪 𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓮, 𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓼𝓯𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷.
𝓣𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓼𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓬𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓵𝓮𝓼 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓫𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓮𝓭
𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓪 𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓵𝓮 𝓬𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓵𝓮, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓸𝓯
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓵𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓮 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓻𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭.
𝓗𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓷𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓭𝓮𝓬𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮𝓼 𝓫𝔂 𝓫𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓮𝓭.
𝓘𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓳𝓸𝔂
𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓪 𝓹𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓸𝓷 𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓼𝓮.
𝓢𝓮𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓽 𝓸𝓷 𝓭𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭. 𝓓𝓸 𝓲𝓽 𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓲𝓷, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓫𝓮 𝓯𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓭
𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓳𝓸𝔂.
𝓓𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓭𝔀𝓮𝓵𝓵 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓽, 𝓭𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓭𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓶 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓾𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮, 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓶𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽. 𝓢𝓮𝓮 𝓪𝓵𝓼𝓸: 10 𝓣𝓲𝓹𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓢𝓽𝓪𝓻𝓽 𝓛𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓟𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓽
𝓢𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓪 𝓹𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓸𝓷 𝓭𝓸 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭, 𝓵𝓮𝓽 𝓱𝓲𝓶 𝓭𝓸 𝓲𝓽 𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓰𝓪𝓲𝓷. 𝓛𝓮𝓽 𝓱𝓲𝓶
𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓲𝓷, 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓫𝓵𝓲𝓼𝓼𝓯𝓾𝓵 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓾𝓶𝓾𝓵𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭.
𝓦𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓶𝓮𝓭 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓶𝓸𝓵𝓭𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼. 𝓣𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮
𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓮𝓭
𝓫𝔂 𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼 𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓳𝓸𝔂 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓷
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓴 𝓸𝓻 𝓪𝓬𝓽. 𝓙𝓸𝔂 𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓸𝔀𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓪 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓭𝓸𝔀 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓷𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶.
𝓠𝓾𝓸𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓑𝔂 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓞𝓷 𝓜𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓐𝓷𝓭 𝓢𝓹𝓲𝓻𝓲𝓽𝓾𝓪𝓵𝓲𝓽𝔂
https://tenor.com/view/buddha-lord-pray-religious-symbolism-gif-11739173
𝓱𝓽𝓽𝓹𝓼://𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓸𝓻.𝓬𝓸𝓶/𝓿𝓲𝓮𝔀/𝓫𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪-𝓵𝓸𝓻𝓭-𝓹𝓻𝓪𝔂-𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓲𝓸𝓾𝓼-𝓼𝔂𝓶𝓫𝓸𝓵𝓲𝓼𝓶-𝓰𝓲𝓯-11739173
𝓛𝓸𝓸𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓭𝓮𝓮𝓹𝓵𝔂 𝓪𝓽 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓪𝓼 𝓲𝓽
𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝓶𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓸𝓻
𝓭𝔀𝓮𝓵𝓵𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓫𝓲𝓵𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮𝓭𝓸𝓶.
𝓜𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷
𝓫𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶; 𝓵𝓪𝓬𝓴 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷
𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓼 𝓲𝓰𝓷𝓸𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓬𝓮. 𝓚𝓷𝓸𝔀 𝔀𝓮𝓵𝓵
𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓼 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝔀𝓪𝓻𝓭 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓱𝓸𝓵𝓭 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓫𝓪𝓬𝓴, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓬𝓱𝓸𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽
𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶.
𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓪 𝓶𝓸𝓷𝓴 𝓴𝓮𝓮𝓹𝓼 𝓹𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓾𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓸𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰, 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽
𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓲𝓷𝓬𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼.
𝓡𝓮𝓼𝓸𝓵𝓾𝓽𝓮𝓵𝔂 𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓽𝓸 𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮.
𝓘𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓮𝓭, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓪𝓰𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸’𝓼 𝓯𝓾𝓵𝓵𝔂 𝓺𝓾𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓱𝓮𝓭 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓼 𝓪𝓽 𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻𝔂 𝔀𝓪𝔂; 𝓷𝓸
𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓼𝓮 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓲𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓭𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓱𝓲𝓶 𝔀𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓯𝓲𝓻𝓮𝓼 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓬𝓸𝓸𝓵𝓮𝓭, 𝓭𝓮𝓹𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓭 𝓸𝓯 𝓯𝓾𝓮𝓵.
𝓐𝓵𝓵 𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓼 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓮𝓷 𝓼𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓭, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓽’𝓼 𝓫𝓮𝓮𝓷 𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓹𝓪𝓲𝓷;
𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓺𝓾𝓲𝓵, 𝓱𝓮 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓾𝓽𝓶𝓸𝓼𝓽 𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮. 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓯𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓽𝓼 𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝓽𝓸
𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮.
𝓗𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓼𝓲𝓽𝓼 𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓮, 𝓼𝓵𝓮𝓮𝓹𝓼 𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓮, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝔀𝓪𝓵𝓴𝓼 𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓮, 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓲𝓼
𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓾𝓸𝓾𝓼
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓾𝓫𝓭𝓾𝓮𝓼 𝓱𝓲𝓶𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓮, 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭
𝓭𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓸𝓵𝓲𝓽𝓾𝓭𝓮
𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓽.
𝓓𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓷 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝔂 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓷 𝔂𝓸𝓾, 𝓷𝓸𝓻
𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱 𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓷 𝓽𝓸 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼,
𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓫 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓺𝓾𝓲𝓮𝓽𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼.
𝓣𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓯𝓾𝓵 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼 𝓼𝓾𝓻𝓮𝓵𝔂 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮.
𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓬𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓤𝓷𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓸𝓷𝓵𝔂 𝓫𝓮 𝓶𝓪𝓷𝓲𝓯𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓑𝓲𝓷𝓪𝓻𝔂. 𝓤𝓷𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝓲𝓽𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓲𝓭𝓮𝓪 𝓸𝓯
𝓤𝓷𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓵𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓭𝔂 𝓽𝔀𝓸.
𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓻𝓸𝓹𝓻𝓲𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓲𝓸𝓻 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓪 𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝓸𝓻 𝓪 𝔀𝓸𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓭𝓼𝓽 𝓸𝓯
𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭, 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱 𝓹𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓸𝓷 𝓲𝓼 𝓬𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸
𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓹𝓲𝓮𝓬𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓭𝓮𝓫𝓻𝓲𝓼? 𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽’𝓼
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓻𝓸𝓹𝓮𝓻 𝓼𝓪𝓵𝓾𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓫𝓮𝓽𝔀𝓮𝓮𝓷 𝓹𝓮𝓸𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓼 𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝓯𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓭?
𝓦𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝔀𝓪𝓽𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓯𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯, 𝔂𝓸𝓾
𝔀𝓪𝓽𝓬𝓱 𝓪𝓯𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼. 𝓦𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝔀𝓪𝓽𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓯𝓽𝓮𝓻
𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼, 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝔀𝓪𝓽𝓬𝓱 𝓪𝓯𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯.
𝓛𝓮𝓽 𝓷𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓯𝓪𝓾𝓵𝓽 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼; 𝓵𝓮𝓽 𝓷𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓼𝓮𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓸𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼. 𝓑𝓾𝓽 𝓵𝓮𝓽 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓼𝓮𝓮 𝓸𝓷𝓮’𝓼 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓪𝓬𝓽𝓼, 𝓭𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓸𝓷𝓮.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓮 𝓶𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱, 𝓲𝓷
𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓷𝓽, 𝓷𝓸𝓷-𝓿𝓲𝓸𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮,
𝓶𝓸𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓾𝓻𝓲𝓽𝔂.
𝓞𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓷 𝓷𝓮𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭 𝓷𝓸𝓻 𝓭𝓮𝓮𝓭. 𝓔𝓪𝓽 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓶𝓸𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷. 𝓛𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻
𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓽.
𝓢𝓮𝓮𝓴 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓮𝓼𝓽 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓼𝓬𝓲𝓸𝓾𝓼𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼. 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻
𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓵𝓪𝔀. 𝓣𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓲𝓶𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓭.
𝓛𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓹 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰, 𝓲𝓯 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸𝓸 𝓽𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓲𝓽 𝔀𝓸𝓷’𝓽
𝓹𝓵𝓪𝔂, 𝓲𝓯 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓸𝓸 𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓲𝓽 𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓼, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓹𝓻𝓸𝓭𝓾𝓬𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓫𝓮𝓪𝓾𝓽𝓲𝓯𝓾𝓵 𝓼𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭 𝓵𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓭𝓭𝓵𝓮.
𝓓𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓮𝓿𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝔂𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓼𝓲𝓶𝓹𝓵𝔂 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮
𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓭 𝓲𝓽. 𝓓𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓮𝓿𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝔂𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓼𝓲𝓶𝓹𝓵𝔂 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓼𝓹𝓸𝓴𝓮𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓻𝓾𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓶𝓪𝓷𝔂. 𝓓𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓮𝓿𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝔂𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓼𝓲𝓶𝓹𝓵𝔂 𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓯𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭
𝔀𝓻𝓲𝓽𝓽𝓮𝓷 𝓲𝓷 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓲𝓸𝓾𝓼 𝓫𝓸𝓸𝓴𝓼. 𝓓𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓮𝓿𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝔂𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓶𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓵𝔂 𝓸𝓷
𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓪𝓾𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓻𝓲𝓽𝔂 𝓸𝓯 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓽𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓮𝓵𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓼.
𝓓𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓮𝓿𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓭𝓲𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼
𝓫𝓮𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓮𝓷 𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓭 𝓭𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓶𝓪𝓷𝔂 𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼. 𝓑𝓾𝓽 𝓪𝓯𝓽𝓮𝓻
𝓸𝓫𝓼𝓮𝓻𝓿𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓷𝓪𝓵𝔂𝓼𝓲𝓼, 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽
𝓪𝓷𝔂𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓮𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓸𝓷
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓲𝓼 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓭𝓾𝓬𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓫𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓯𝓲𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓵𝓵, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝓪𝓬𝓬𝓮𝓹𝓽 𝓲𝓽
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓾𝓹 𝓽𝓸 𝓲𝓽.
𝓙𝓾𝓼𝓽
𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓾𝓻𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓾𝓷𝓬𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓽𝓱, 𝓼𝓸 𝓿𝓲𝓻𝓽𝓾𝓮 𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓼 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭
𝓭𝓮𝓮𝓭𝓼, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶 𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓼 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓪 𝓹𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮𝓯𝓾𝓵 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭. 𝓣𝓸 𝔀𝓪𝓵𝓴 𝓼𝓪𝓯𝓮𝓵𝔂
𝓽𝓱𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓪𝔃𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓱𝓾𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮, 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓷𝓮𝓮𝓭𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓰𝓾𝓲𝓭𝓪𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓿𝓲𝓻𝓽𝓾𝓮.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓷𝓮𝓼 𝓯𝓪𝓼𝓱𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓮𝓭 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓮𝓬𝓱 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽, 𝓼𝓲𝓯𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓽 𝓪𝓼 𝓰𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓲𝓼
𝓼𝓲𝓯𝓽𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱 𝓪 𝓼𝓲𝓮𝓿𝓮.
𝓣𝓱𝓮
𝓿𝓲𝓻𝓽𝓾𝓮𝓼, 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓜𝓾𝓼𝓮𝓼, 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓵𝔀𝓪𝔂𝓼 𝓼𝓮𝓮𝓷
𝓲𝓷 𝓰𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓹𝓼. 𝓐 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭 𝓹𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝔀𝓪𝓼 𝓷𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻
𝓯𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓸𝓵𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓻𝔂 𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝔂 𝓫𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓽.
𝓛𝓸𝓻𝓭 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓖𝓘𝓕 - 𝓛𝓸𝓻𝓭 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓙𝓪𝓲 𝓖𝓘𝓕𝓼
𝓢𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓸𝓷𝓮
𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓼𝓮𝓽 𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓿𝓮𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓵𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓪 𝓑𝓸𝓭𝓱𝓲𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓿𝓪 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓭𝓮𝓬𝓲𝓭𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 ‘𝓘
𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓭 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓷𝓲𝓫𝓫𝓪𝓷𝓪, 𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓶 𝓸𝓯 𝓷𝓲𝓫𝓫𝓪𝓷𝓪 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱
𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓫𝓮𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓭’. 𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓶 𝓸𝓯 𝓷𝓲𝓻𝓿𝓪𝓷𝓪 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓿𝓮𝓼
𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓫𝓮𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓭 ?
𝓝𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓼 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓮𝔁𝓬𝓮𝓹𝓽 𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓮.
𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸 𝓯𝓲𝓻𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼
𝓷𝓸 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓴 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓭, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸 𝓼𝓷𝓪𝓻𝓮
𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓵𝔂, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸 𝓽𝓸𝓻𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮
𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓮𝓭.
𝓑𝓸𝓽𝓱 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓶𝓮𝓻𝓵𝔂 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓷𝓸𝔀, 𝓲𝓽
𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓵𝔂 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓘 𝓭𝓮𝓼𝓬𝓻𝓲𝓫𝓮, 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓗𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓬𝓾𝓻𝓫 𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝔀𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝓼 𝓼𝓸𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓼 𝓲𝓽 𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓼, 𝓪𝓼 𝓪 𝓽𝓲𝓶𝓮𝓵𝔂 𝓪𝓷𝓽𝓲𝓭𝓸𝓽𝓮
𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓬𝓱𝓮𝓬𝓴 𝓼𝓷𝓪𝓴𝓮’𝓼 𝓿𝓮𝓷𝓸𝓶 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓼𝓸 𝓺𝓾𝓲𝓬𝓴𝓵𝔂 𝓼𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓼, — 𝓼𝓾𝓬𝓱 𝓪 𝓶𝓸𝓷𝓴 𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓼 𝓾𝓹
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝔂𝓸𝓷𝓭, 𝓳𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓪𝓼 𝓪 𝓼𝓮𝓻𝓹𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓼𝓱𝓮𝓭𝓼 𝓲𝓽𝓼 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓷-𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓼𝓴𝓲𝓷.
𝓜𝓪𝔂 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓫𝓮 𝓭𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓘𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓮𝓪𝓼𝔂 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓮𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓪𝓾𝓵𝓽𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼, 𝓫𝓾𝓽 𝓭𝓲𝓯𝓯𝓲𝓬𝓾𝓵𝓽 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓮𝓮 𝓸𝓷𝓮’𝓼 𝓸𝔀𝓷
𝓯𝓪𝓾𝓵𝓽𝓼. 𝓞𝓷𝓮 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝔀𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓪𝓾𝓵𝓽𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓯𝓯 𝔀𝓲𝓷𝓷𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓭 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓷𝓭,
𝓫𝓾𝓽 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓮’𝓼 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓯𝓪𝓾𝓵𝓽𝓼 𝓪𝓼 𝓪 𝓬𝓾𝓷𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓰𝓪𝓶𝓫𝓵𝓮𝓻 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓼 𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝓭𝓲𝓬𝓮.
𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮
𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓮 𝓭𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓯𝓾𝓵 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓱𝓪𝓫𝓲𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓭𝓸𝓾𝓫𝓽. 𝓓𝓸𝓾𝓫𝓽 𝓼𝓮𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼
𝓹𝓮𝓸𝓹𝓵𝓮. 𝓘𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝓹𝓸𝓲𝓼𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓰𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓯𝓻𝓲𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓼𝓱𝓲𝓹𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓫𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓴𝓼 𝓾𝓹
𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓪𝓷𝓽 𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼. 𝓘𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓻𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓻𝓻𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓾𝓻𝓽𝓼; 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓪
𝓼𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓴𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓼.
𝓜𝓮𝓷, 𝓭𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓷 𝓸𝓷 𝓫𝔂 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓻𝓼𝓽, 𝓻𝓾𝓷 𝓪𝓫𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓪 𝓼𝓷𝓪𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓮; 𝓵𝓮𝓽
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓮
𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓬𝓪𝓷𝓽 𝓭𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓻𝓼𝓽, 𝓫𝔂
𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓯𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼
𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓱𝓲𝓶𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯.
𝓦𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓮𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓸𝓯 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻
𝓮𝓿𝓲𝓵, 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓯𝓮𝓮𝓵𝓼 𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓷𝓺𝓾𝓲𝓵, 𝓸𝓷𝓮
𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓼 𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓷
𝓵𝓲𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭
𝓽𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼; 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓷 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓼𝓮 𝓯𝓮𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼
𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓲𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶, 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓸𝓯
𝓯𝓮𝓪𝓻.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓲𝓷𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓽 𝔀𝓮 𝓯𝓮𝓮𝓵 𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓮𝓻 𝔀𝓮
𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓪𝓵𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓭𝔂 𝓬𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓰𝓾𝓷 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓯𝓸𝓻
𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓿𝓮𝓼.
𝓦𝓮𝓪𝓻 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓮𝓰𝓸 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓪 𝓵𝓸𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓯𝓲𝓽𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓰𝓪𝓻𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽.
𝓢𝓸𝓶𝓮 𝓭𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔀𝓮 𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓽
𝓭𝓲𝓮, 𝓫𝓾𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓭𝓸 𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓲𝔃𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼
𝓼𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓲𝓻 𝓺𝓾𝓪𝓻𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓼.
𝓐𝓵𝓵 𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓪𝓽 𝓿𝓲𝓸𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮; 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓯𝓮𝓪𝓻 𝓭𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓱. 𝓟𝓾𝓽𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓸𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓵𝓪𝓬𝓮
𝓸𝓯 𝓪𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻, 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓴𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓷𝓸𝓻 𝓬𝓪𝓾𝓼𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻 𝓽𝓸 𝓴𝓲𝓵𝓵.
𝓘 𝓭𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓹𝓾𝓽𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭; 𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻
𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓹𝓾𝓽𝓮𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓶𝓮.
𝓣𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓫𝓵𝓪𝓶𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓻𝓮𝓶𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓼𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓽, 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂 𝓫𝓵𝓪𝓶𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓴 𝓶𝓾𝓬𝓱,
𝓽𝓱𝓮𝔂
𝓫𝓵𝓪𝓶𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓴 𝓲𝓷 𝓶𝓸𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷.
𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭 𝔀𝓱𝓸
𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓵𝓪𝓶𝓮𝓭.
𝓣𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓬𝓵𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸 𝓹𝓮𝓻𝓬𝓮𝓹𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓿𝓲𝓮𝔀𝓼 𝔀𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭 𝓸𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓹𝓮𝓸𝓹𝓵𝓮.
𝓦𝓱𝓸𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓭𝓸𝓮𝓼𝓷’𝓽 𝓯𝓵𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓾𝓹
𝓪𝓽 𝓼𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸’𝓼 𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓻𝔂 𝔀𝓲𝓷𝓼 𝓪 𝓫𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓵𝓮
𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝔀𝓲𝓷.
𝓐𝓷𝓰𝓮𝓻 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓷𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓻 𝓼𝓸 𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓪𝓻𝓮
𝓬𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓱𝓮𝓭 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭. 𝓐𝓷𝓰𝓮𝓻 𝔀𝓲𝓵𝓵 𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓪𝓹𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓻 𝓳𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓪𝓼 𝓼𝓸𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼
𝓸𝓯𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓯𝓸𝓻𝓰𝓸𝓽𝓽𝓮𝓷.
𝓓𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓸𝓿𝓮𝓻𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓮𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓭,
𝓷𝓸𝓻 𝓮𝓷𝓿𝔂 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼. 𝓗𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓮𝓷𝓿𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼
𝓭𝓸𝓮𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓸𝓫𝓽𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭
𝓢𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓪 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓬𝓻𝓲𝓽𝓲𝓬 𝓽𝓸 𝓹𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓽
𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓯𝓪𝓾𝓵𝓽𝓼, 𝓯𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓸𝔀 𝓱𝓲𝓶 𝓪𝓼 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝔀𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭
𝓪 𝓰𝓾𝓲𝓭𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓱𝓲𝓭𝓭𝓮𝓷 𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓾𝓻𝓮.
𝓐𝓼 𝓪𝓷
𝓮𝓵𝓮𝓹𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓽 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓫𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓵𝓮𝓯𝓲𝓮𝓵𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓼
𝓪𝓻𝓻𝓸𝔀𝓼 𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓽 𝓯𝓻𝓸𝓶 𝓫𝓸𝔀𝓼 𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓪𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭, 𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓷
𝓼𝓸 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓘 𝓮𝓷𝓭𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓫𝓾𝓼𝓮.
𝓟𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓫𝓵𝓪𝓶𝓮, 𝓰𝓪𝓲𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓵𝓸𝓼𝓼, 𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓾𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓸𝓻𝓻𝓸𝔀 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓰𝓸 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓷𝓭. 𝓣𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝔂, 𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓽 𝓵𝓲𝓴𝓮 𝓪 𝓰𝓲𝓪𝓷𝓽 𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓲𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓭𝓼𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶 𝓪𝓵𝓵.
𝓘𝓷 𝓼𝓮𝓹𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼 𝓵𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭’𝓼
𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼𝓽 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓻𝔂; 𝓲𝓷 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓵𝓲𝓮𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓵𝓭’𝓼 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓮 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓰𝓽𝓱.
𝓑𝓮 𝓪 𝓵𝓪𝓶𝓹
𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓿𝓮𝓼. 𝓑𝓮 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓻𝓮𝓯𝓾𝓰𝓮. 𝓢𝓮𝓮𝓴
𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓷𝓸 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻. 𝓐𝓵𝓵 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓼.
𝓢𝓽𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓸𝓷 𝓭𝓲𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓵𝔂. 𝓓𝓸𝓷’𝓽 𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓾𝓹.
𝓑𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓭𝓪𝔂 𝓼𝓮𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓯𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓷 𝓽𝓸
𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓪 𝓱𝓾𝓷𝓭𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝔂𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓮𝓿𝓮𝓻 𝓼𝓮𝓮𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓯𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼.
𝓘𝓯 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓭𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓮 𝓭𝓲𝓻𝓮𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷, 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓶𝓪𝔂 𝓮𝓷𝓭 𝓾𝓹 𝔀𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓣𝓸 𝓴𝓮𝓮𝓹 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓫𝓸𝓭𝔂 𝓲𝓷 𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭
𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓽𝓱 𝓲𝓼 𝓪 𝓭𝓾𝓽𝔂… 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓮 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓵𝓵 𝓷𝓸𝓽
𝓫𝓮 𝓪𝓫𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓴𝓮𝓮𝓹 𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓸𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓬𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓻.
𝓦𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓽𝓱 𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽
𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮; 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓵𝔂 𝓪 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓵𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓪𝓷𝓭
𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 – 𝓪𝓷 𝓲𝓶𝓪𝓰𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓭𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓱.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓮𝓬𝓻𝓮𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓵𝓽𝓱 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓫𝓸𝓽𝓱 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓫𝓸𝓭𝔂 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓽𝓸 𝓶𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓷 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓽, 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓽𝓸 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓻𝔂 𝓪𝓫𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓾𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮, 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓽𝓸 𝓪𝓷𝓽𝓲𝓬𝓲𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓯𝓾𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮, 𝓫𝓾𝓽
𝓽𝓸 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝓶𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓵𝔂 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓽𝓵𝔂.
𝓣𝓱𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓯𝓪𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓴 𝓽𝓸𝔀𝓪𝓻𝓭
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓾𝓻𝓹𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓸𝓯
𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓣𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓻𝓲𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱 𝓽𝓸 𝓪𝓵𝓵: 𝓐 𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓼 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓽, 𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓮𝓬𝓱, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓪
𝓵𝓲𝓯𝓮 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓮𝓻𝓿𝓲𝓬𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓼𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓬𝓱 𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓮𝔀 𝓱𝓾𝓶𝓪𝓷𝓲𝓽𝔂.
𝓣𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓮 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝔀𝓸 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓶𝓪𝓴𝓮
𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓻𝓸𝓪𝓭 𝓽𝓸 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱…𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓰𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓵𝓵
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓪𝔂, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓻𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓬𝓪𝓵𝓶𝓮𝓭 𝓼𝓪𝔂 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝔀𝓮𝓵𝓵-𝓼𝓹𝓸𝓴𝓮𝓷 𝓲𝓼 𝓫𝓮𝓼𝓽; 𝓼𝓮𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓭, 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓸𝓷𝓮
𝓼𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓼𝓪𝔂 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽, 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓾𝓷𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓮𝓸𝓾𝓼; 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓻𝓭, 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽’𝓼 𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰, 𝓷𝓸𝓽
𝓭𝓲𝓼𝓹𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰; 𝓯𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓽𝓱, 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓮, 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓯𝓪𝓵𝓼𝓮.
𝓒𝓸𝓷𝓺𝓾𝓮𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓻𝔂 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓫𝔂 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓰𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓻𝔂; 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓺𝓾𝓮𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓬𝓴𝓮𝓭
𝓫𝔂
𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼; 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓺𝓾𝓮𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰𝔂 𝓫𝔂
𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓲𝓽𝔂, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓪𝓻 𝓫𝔂 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱.
𝓣𝓱𝓻𝓮𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓬𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓫𝓮 𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓰 𝓱𝓲𝓭𝓭𝓮𝓷: 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓾𝓷, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓸𝓸𝓷, 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱.
𝓛𝓾𝔁𝓾𝓻𝔂
𝔀𝓱𝓲𝓽𝓮 𝓰𝓵𝓪𝓼𝓼 𝓶𝓸𝓷𝓴 𝓹𝓱𝓻𝓪 𝓫𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪 𝓼𝓵𝓮𝓮𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓰
𝓶𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓯𝓸𝓻 𝓹𝓻𝓪𝔂 𝓬𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷
𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓸𝓼𝓮𝓭 𝓻𝓮𝓵𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓮. 𝓬𝓸𝓵𝓸𝓻𝓯𝓾𝓵 𝓫𝓪𝓬𝓴𝓰𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭.
𝓔𝓿𝓮𝓷 𝓭𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓲𝓼 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓯𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓫𝔂 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓱𝓸 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓵𝓲𝓿𝓮𝓭 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓵𝔂.
𝓘𝓻𝓻𝓲𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓸𝓻𝓼 𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓷𝓷𝓮𝓵 𝔀𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓼; 𝓯𝓵𝓮𝓽𝓬𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓼
𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓮𝓷 𝓪𝓻𝓻𝓸𝔀𝓼; 𝓬𝓪𝓻𝓹𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓫𝓮𝓷𝓭
𝔀𝓸𝓸𝓭; 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓶𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓶𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓿𝓮𝓼.
𝓓𝓻𝓸𝓹 𝓫𝔂 𝓭𝓻𝓸𝓹 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓹𝓸𝓽 𝓯𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓮𝓭.
𝓛𝓲𝓴𝓮𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮, 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓶𝓪𝓷, 𝓰𝓪𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓽
𝓵𝓲𝓽𝓽𝓵𝓮 𝓫𝔂 𝓵𝓲𝓽𝓽𝓵𝓮, 𝓯𝓲𝓵𝓵𝓼 𝓱𝓲𝓶𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼𝓽 𝓰𝓲𝓯𝓽 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓮
𝓹𝓮𝓸𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓪𝔀𝓪𝓻𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼,
𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓽. 𝓘𝓽 𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓽𝓸 𝓫𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓼𝓽.
𝓘𝓯 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓴𝓷𝓮𝔀 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓘 𝓴𝓷𝓸𝔀 𝓪𝓫𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓹𝓸𝔀𝓮𝓻
𝓸𝓯 𝓰𝓲𝓿𝓲𝓷𝓰, 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝔀𝓸𝓾𝓵𝓭 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓵𝓮𝓽 𝓪 𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓵𝓮
𝓶𝓮𝓪𝓵 𝓹𝓪𝓼𝓼 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓽 𝓲𝓷 𝓼𝓸𝓶𝓮
𝔀𝓪𝔂.
𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓻𝓸𝓸𝓽 𝓸𝓯 𝓼𝓾𝓯𝓯𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓼 𝓪𝓽𝓽𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓶𝓮𝓷𝓽.
𝓢𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓪𝓷𝓰𝓻𝔂 𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓵𝓸𝓿𝓮. 𝓢𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓲𝓵𝓵-𝓷𝓪𝓽𝓾𝓻𝓮𝓭 𝓶𝓪𝓷 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓭𝓷𝓮𝓼𝓼. 𝓢𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓼𝓮𝓻 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓰𝓮𝓷𝓮𝓻𝓸𝓼𝓲𝓽𝔂. 𝓢𝓲𝓵𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓵𝓲𝓪𝓻 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱
𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓽𝓱.
𝓟𝓮𝓸𝓹𝓵𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓽𝓱 𝓸𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓲𝓸𝓷𝓼 𝓳𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓰𝓸 𝓪𝓻𝓸𝓾𝓷𝓭 𝓫𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱 𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓮𝓻.
𝓔𝓿𝓮𝓷 𝓪𝓼 𝓪 𝓼𝓸𝓵𝓲𝓭 𝓻𝓸𝓬𝓴 𝓲𝓼 𝓾𝓷𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷 𝓫𝔂 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝔀𝓲𝓷𝓭, 𝓼𝓸 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓲𝓼𝓮 𝓾𝓷𝓼𝓱𝓪𝓴𝓮𝓷 𝓫𝔂 𝓹𝓻𝓪𝓲𝓼𝓮
𝓸𝓻 𝓫𝓵𝓪𝓶𝓮.
𝓨𝓸𝓾 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯 𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓼𝓽𝓻𝓲𝓿𝓮. 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓵𝔂 𝓹𝓸𝓲𝓷𝓽 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝔀𝓪𝔂.
𝓝𝓸𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓬𝓪𝓷 𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓶 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓪𝓼 𝓶𝓾𝓬𝓱 𝓪𝓼 𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻 𝓸𝔀𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓰𝓱𝓽𝓼 𝓾𝓷𝓰𝓾𝓪𝓻𝓭𝓮𝓭.
𝓜𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓮… 𝓭𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝓽 𝓭𝓮𝓵𝓪𝔂, 𝓵𝓮𝓼𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓵𝓪𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓻𝓮𝓰𝓻𝓮𝓽 𝓲𝓽.
𝓑𝓮𝓽𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓷 𝓪 𝓽𝓱𝓸𝓾𝓼𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓱𝓸𝓵𝓵𝓸𝔀 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓼, 𝓲𝓼 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭 𝓽𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓫𝓻𝓲𝓷𝓰𝓼 𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓮.
𝓤𝓷𝓭𝓮𝓻𝓼𝓽𝓪𝓷𝓭𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓱𝓮𝓪𝓻𝓽𝔀𝓸𝓸𝓭 𝓸𝓯 𝔀𝓮𝓵𝓵-𝓼𝓹𝓸𝓴𝓮𝓷 𝔀𝓸𝓻𝓭𝓼.
𝓒𝓮𝓪𝓼𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓸 𝓭𝓸 𝓮𝓿𝓲𝓵, 𝓬𝓾𝓵𝓽𝓲𝓿𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓰𝓸𝓸𝓭, 𝓹𝓾𝓻𝓲𝓯𝔂𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓶𝓲𝓷𝓭: 𝓽𝓱𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓼 𝓽𝓱𝓮
𝓽𝓮𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓸𝓯 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪𝓼.
𝓓𝓮𝓵𝓲𝓰𝓱𝓽
𝓲𝓷 𝓶𝓮𝓭𝓲𝓽𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓸𝓷 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓼𝓸𝓵𝓲𝓽𝓾𝓭𝓮. 𝓒𝓸𝓶𝓹𝓸𝓼𝓮
𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯, 𝓫𝓮 𝓱𝓪𝓹𝓹𝔂. 𝓨𝓸𝓾 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓪 𝓼𝓮𝓮𝓴𝓮𝓻.
𝓐𝓻𝓭𝓮𝓷𝓽𝓵𝔂 𝓭𝓸 𝓽𝓸𝓭𝓪𝔂 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝓶𝓾𝓼𝓽 𝓫𝓮 𝓭𝓸𝓷𝓮.
𝓦𝓱𝓸 𝓴𝓷𝓸𝔀𝓼? 𝓣𝓸𝓶𝓸𝓻𝓻𝓸𝔀, 𝓭𝓮𝓪𝓽𝓱 𝓬𝓸𝓶𝓮𝓼.
𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓪𝓻𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓱𝓪𝓿𝓮 𝓫𝓮𝓮𝓷. 𝓦𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾’𝓵𝓵 𝓫𝓮 𝓲𝓼 𝔀𝓱𝓪𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓭𝓸 𝓷𝓸𝔀.
𝓘𝓯 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓹𝓻𝓸𝓹𝓸𝓼𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓹𝓮𝓪𝓴 𝓪𝓵𝔀𝓪𝔂𝓼 𝓪𝓼𝓴
𝔂𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓮𝓵𝓯, 𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓽 𝓽𝓻𝓾𝓮, 𝓲𝓼 𝓲𝓽 𝓷𝓮𝓬𝓮𝓼𝓼𝓪𝓻𝔂, 𝓲𝓼
𝓲𝓽 𝓴𝓲𝓷𝓭.
𝓘𝓯 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓯𝓲𝓷𝓭 𝓷𝓸 𝓸𝓷𝓮 𝓽𝓸 𝓼𝓾𝓹𝓹𝓸𝓻𝓽 𝔂𝓸𝓾 𝓸𝓷 𝓽𝓱𝓮 𝓼𝓹𝓲𝓻𝓲𝓽𝓾𝓪𝓵 𝓹𝓪𝓽𝓱, 𝔀𝓪𝓵𝓴 𝓪𝓵𝓸𝓷𝓮.
𝓱𝓽𝓽𝓹𝓼://𝓲𝓷.𝓹𝓲𝓷𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓮𝓼𝓽.𝓬𝓸𝓶/𝓹𝓲𝓷/407786941258311906/
𝓛𝓸𝓻𝓭 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓪🙏🏻❤️ 💫ॐ…..𝔃❤️𝓝𝓢𝓹𝓲𝓬𝓮𝓒🌶🦋08𝓐𝓹𝓻𝓲𝓵2019~*💕 ⭐️
DO GOOD PURIFY MIND AND ENVIRONMENT Words of the Metteyya Awakened One with Awareness
https://www.youtube.com/watch?
Pilgrimage: A 21st Century Journey Through Mecca and Medina | 360 VR Video | The New York Times
The New York Times
2.3M subscribers
In February 2016, photographer Luca Locatelli traveled to Mecca and
Medina during umrah, a minor pilgrimage that can be made for much of the
year. He received permission from the Saudi Arabian authorities to
document the trip.
Read the story here: http://nyti.ms/2ahmvyY
Directed by Luca Locatelli. Produced by Jenna Pirog, Graham Roberts,
Yuliya Parshina-Kottas, Evan Grothjan. Narrated by Sarah Almukhtar.
Post-production by Koncept VR. Assistant camera operators: Essam
Al-Ghalib and Seif Al-Mutairi. Translator: Mujahed Al-Ahdab.
Subscribe to the Times Video newsletter for free and get a handpicked
selection of the best videos from The New York Times every week: http://bit.ly/
Subscribe on YouTube: http://bit.ly/U8Ys7n
Watch more videos at: http://nytimes.com/video
——————————
Want more from The New York Times?
Twitter: https://twitter.com/nytvideo
Instagram: http://instagram.com/nytvideo
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/
Google+: https://plus.google.com/+
Whether it’s reporting on conflicts abroad and political divisions at
home, or covering the latest style trends and scientific developments,
New York Times video journalists provide a revealing and unforgettable
view of the world. It’s all the news that’s fit to watch. On YouTube.
Pilgrimage: A 21st Century Journey Through Mecca and Medina | 360 VR Video | The New York Times
http://www.youtube.com/user/
Category
News & Politics
Eid
al-Adha 2020: In Indian, the Eid al-Adha will be celebrated on 1st in
August, and in Kerala, the date is 31st of July. As people gear up to
celebrate the festival of sacrifice, check out the wishes, messages,
quotes, images and share this with your loved ones. Eid al-Adha also is
known as Bakri Eid and Eid ul-Azha, This festival marks sacrifice for
Muslims around the world. Eid al-Adha is celebrated on the 10th day of
Dhu al-Hijjah (the twelfth and the last month of the Islamic calendar).
Bakrid is one of the most important festivals of Muslims across the
globe. This year Saudi Arabia announced the 31st of July as the date of
Eid al-Adha, but in India, it will be celebrated on the 1st of August.
Here
is the collection of quotes, wishes, messages & GIF images to wish
Eid Mubarak are listed. Eid al-Adha marks the Festival of Sacrifice,
Bakrid is also known as Eid Qurban or Qurban Bayrami means the feast of
the sacrifice. Viewers are hereby the amazing collection on ‘Eid Mubarak
2020′ beautifully Eid al-Adha Quotes messages, wishes are provided
here.
Eid
al-Adha is celebrated to greet the love of Ibrahim and Ismael for
Allah. It symbolizes the act of giving away what is most dear. Ibrahim
was willing to sacrifice his son, and therefore suggests that one should
be willing to sacrifice what one loves most. Therefore, on this day,
Muslims around the world slaughter a goat/sheep or any other animal.
They then divide the meat into three equal parts: one portion is kept
for the family, the second is given to relatives, and the third is for
the poor/needy.
In
2020, celebrations will be different around the world due to the threat
of the coronavirus and Eid community prayers or celebration meals with
extended families. So we have shared a list of Eid al-Adha 2020
messages, WhatsApp status, Facebook quotes to wish your loved ones Eid
Mubarak who are far from you.
Check Also: Eid-al-Adha Arabic Mehandi Designs
- May Allah bless you with his excellent blessings. Eid al-Adha Mubarak for you and your family.
- Aap sabhi ko Eid al-Adha mubarak.
- Eid al-Adha ka Mubarak din hain. Allah aapko dher sari khushiyan de.
- A very happy Eid al-Adha for you and your family.
- May your life always be full of light, love, happiness and good health. Eid al-Adha Mubarak.
- Eid is about sharing what we have and taking care of those in need. Have a wonderful Eid al-Adha this year!
- Eid al-Adha Mubarak for you and all the members of your family.
- I send you my regards on the auspicious occasion of Eid al-Adha.
- May Allah bless with kindness, patience and love. Eid al-Adha Mubarak.
- This Eid, may Allah bless you with good health and happiness. Eid al-Adha Mubarak.
-
May Allah give you all prosperity and success. May Allah bless you with
wealth and happiness and give you a healthy life. Eid al-Adha Mubarak.
-
We wish you a blessed Eid that inspires you with courage and strength
to help you win all of life’s challenges! Eid al-Adha Mubarak.
Prayer (salah; plural salawat) is one of the five
pillars of Islam. It is incumbent upon all mature Muslims, and highly
recommended for children aged ten and over, to complete their five daily
prayers according to the way the Prophet PBUH performed it in order for
them to be valid. It is believed that communication with Allah will
bring life to the prayerful and bring them courage. Muslims believe that
Allah speaks to us through the Qur’an, and salaah is our means
of connecting to Allah. Whether you’re just curious as to how Muslims
pray or if you’re looking to learn for yourself, it’s never too early to
start.
Preparing for Prayer
Performing the Muslim Prayers
Subhanakal-lahumma
Wabihamdika watabarakas-muka wataaaala
Judduka wala ilaha ghayruk.
A’auodu billaahi minash-shaytaanir rajeem
Bis-millaahir rahmaanir raheem
Bismillaahir Rahmaanir Raheem
Alhamdu lillaahi Rabbil ‘aalameen
Ar-Rahmaanir-Raheem
Maaliki Yawmid-Deen
Iyyaaka na’budu wa lyyaaka nasta’een
Ihdinas-Siraatal-Mustaqeem
Siraatal-ladheena an’amta ‘alaihim
Ghayril-maghdoobi ‘alaihim wa lad-daaalleen
Qul huwal laahu ahad
Allah hus-samad
Lam yalid wa lam yoolad
Wa lam yakul-lahu kufuwan ahad
Community Q&A
𝕷𝕰𝕾𝕾𝕺𝕹 4034 𝕾𝖚𝖓 18 𝕵𝖚𝖑 2021
𝕯𝖔 𝕲𝖔𝖔𝖉 𝕻𝖚𝖗𝖎𝖋𝖞 𝕸𝖎𝖓𝖉 𝕬𝖙𝖙𝖆𝖎𝖓 𝕰𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖓𝖆𝖑 𝕭𝖑𝖎𝖘𝖘
𝕺𝖛𝖊𝖗𝖈𝖔𝖒𝖊 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖘𝖙 𝕴𝖑𝖑𝖓𝖊𝖘𝖘 - 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆.
𝕿𝖍𝖊
𝖘𝖈𝖎𝖊𝖓𝖈𝖊 𝖇𝖊𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖓𝖊𝖜 𝖙𝖊𝖈𝖍𝖓𝖎𝖖𝖚𝖊
𝖎𝖓𝖛𝖔𝖑𝖛𝖊𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖒𝖔𝖑𝖊𝖈𝖚𝖑𝖊 𝖓𝖎𝖈𝖔𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖆𝖒𝖎𝖉𝖊
𝖆𝖉𝖊𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖊 𝖉𝖎𝖓𝖚𝖈𝖑𝖊𝖔𝖙𝖎𝖉𝖊 (𝕹𝕬𝕯), 𝖜𝖍𝖎𝖈𝖍 𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖞𝖘
𝖆 𝖗𝖔𝖑𝖊 𝖎𝖓 𝖌𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖗𝖌𝖞 𝖎𝖓 𝖙𝖍𝖊
𝖍𝖚𝖒𝖆𝖓 𝖇𝖔𝖉𝖞.𝕾𝖙𝖚𝖓𝖓𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖆𝖓𝖙𝖎-𝖆𝖌𝖊𝖎𝖓𝖌
𝖇𝖗𝖊𝖆𝖐𝖙𝖍𝖗𝖔𝖚𝖌𝖍 𝖈𝖔𝖚𝖑𝖉 𝖘𝖊𝖊 𝖍𝖚𝖒𝖆𝖓𝖘 𝖑𝖎𝖛𝖊 𝖙𝖔
150 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖗𝖊𝖌𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖊 𝖔𝖗𝖌𝖆𝖓𝖘 𝖇𝖞 2020 ‘𝖋𝖔𝖗 𝖙𝖍𝖊
𝖕𝖗𝖎𝖈𝖊 𝖔𝖋 𝖆 𝖈𝖔𝖋𝖋𝖊𝖊 𝖆 𝖉𝖆𝖞’
𝕶𝖚𝖘𝖍𝖎𝖓𝖆𝖗𝖆
𝕹𝕴𝕭𝕭Ā𝕹𝕬 𝕭𝕳𝖀𝕸𝕴 𝕻𝖆𝖌𝖔𝖉𝖆 18𝖋𝖙 𝕯𝖎𝖆. 𝖆 3𝕯 360
𝖉𝖊𝖌𝖗𝖊𝖊 𝖈𝖎𝖗𝖈𝖚𝖑𝖆𝖗 𝕻𝖆𝖌𝖔𝖉𝖆 𝖆𝖙 𝖂𝖍𝖎𝖙𝖊 𝕳𝖔𝖒𝖊, 668
5𝖙𝖍 𝕬 𝕸𝖆𝖎𝖓 𝕽𝖔𝖆𝖉, 8𝖙𝖍 𝕮𝖗𝖔𝖘𝖘, 𝕳𝕬𝕷 𝕴𝕴𝕴 𝕾𝖙𝖆𝖌𝖊,
𝕻𝖚𝖓𝖎𝖞𝖆 𝕭𝕳𝖀𝕸𝕴 𝕭𝖊𝖓𝖌𝖆𝖑𝖚𝖗𝖚, 𝕸𝖆𝖌𝖆𝖉𝖍𝖎
𝕶𝖆𝖗𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖆𝖐𝖆, 𝕻𝖗𝖆𝖇𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝕭𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖆𝖙
𝕴𝖓𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓𝖆𝖑 𝖜𝖎𝖘𝖍𝖊𝖘 𝖙𝖔 𝖇𝖊 𝖆 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖐𝖎𝖓𝖌
𝖕𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖓𝖊𝖗 𝖜𝖎𝖙𝖍 𝖆𝖑𝖑 𝕭𝖚𝖉𝖉𝖍𝖎𝖘𝖙
𝕴𝖓𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖓𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖔𝖓𝖆𝖑 𝖙𝖊𝖒𝖕𝖑𝖊𝖘, 𝕸𝖔𝖓𝖆𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖎𝖊𝖘,
𝖁𝖎𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖆𝖘, 𝕻𝖆𝖌𝖔𝖉𝖆𝖘.
𝕱𝖔𝖗
𝖕𝖗𝖔𝖕𝖆𝖌𝖆𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝕰𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖓𝖆𝖑 𝕭𝖑𝖎𝖘𝖘 𝖙𝖍𝖗𝖔𝖚𝖌𝖍
𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖓𝖙𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖗𝖆𝖜 𝖁𝖊𝖌𝖆𝖓 𝕭𝖗𝖔𝖈𝖈𝖔𝖑𝖎, 𝖕𝖊𝖕𝖕𝖊𝖗𝖘,
𝖈𝖚𝖈𝖚𝖒𝖇𝖊𝖗𝖘, 𝖈𝖆𝖗𝖗𝖔𝖙𝖘, 𝖇𝖊𝖆𝖓𝖘 𝖛𝖊𝖌𝖊𝖙𝖆𝖇𝖑𝖊𝖘,
𝕯𝖜𝖆𝖗𝖋 𝖋𝖗𝖚𝖎𝖙 🍎 🍉 𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖊𝖘 𝖎𝖓 𝖕𝖔𝖙𝖘 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖆𝖑𝖑
𝖔𝖛𝖊𝖗 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖜𝖔𝖗𝖑𝖉 𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝖎𝖓 𝕾𝖕𝖆𝖈𝖊 𝖙𝖔 𝖊𝖆𝖙 𝖑𝖎𝖐𝖊
𝖇𝖎𝖗𝖉𝖘 𝖆𝖘 𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖓𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝖇𝖞 𝕹𝕬𝕾𝕬, 𝕭𝖗𝖎𝖙𝖎𝖘𝖍
𝖇𝖎𝖑𝖑𝖎𝖔𝖓𝖆𝖎𝖗𝖊 𝕽𝖎𝖈𝖍𝖆𝖗𝖉 𝕭𝖗𝖆𝖓𝖘𝖔𝖓 𝖋𝖑𝖊𝖜 𝖎𝖓𝖙𝖔
𝖘𝖕𝖆𝖈𝖊 𝖆𝖇𝖔𝖆𝖗𝖉 𝖆 𝖁𝖎𝖗𝖌𝖎𝖓 𝕲𝖆𝖑𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖈 𝖛𝖊𝖘𝖘𝖊𝖑
𝖆𝖓𝖉 𝕵𝖊𝖋𝖋 𝕭𝖊𝖟𝖔𝖘.
𝕰𝖓𝖙𝖎𝖗𝖊 𝕰𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖍 𝖆𝖓𝖉
𝕾𝖕𝖆𝖈𝖊 𝖆𝖗𝖊 𝕬𝖒𝖚𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝕾𝖀𝕽𝕬𝕭𝕴 𝖔𝖋
𝕸𝖆𝖓𝖎𝖒𝖊𝖌𝖆𝖑𝖆𝖎. 𝕬𝖘𝖍𝖔𝖐𝖆 𝖕𝖑𝖆𝖓𝖙𝖊𝖉 𝖋𝖗𝖚𝖎𝖙
𝖇𝖊𝖆𝖗𝖎𝖓𝖌 𝖙𝖗𝖊𝖊𝖘 𝖆𝖑𝖑 𝖔𝖛𝖊𝖗 𝖍𝖎𝖘 𝖊𝖒𝖕𝖎𝖗𝖊.
𝕸𝖆𝖓𝖎𝖒𝖊𝖌𝖆𝖑𝖆𝖎 𝖋𝖊𝖉 𝖙𝖍𝖊 𝖕𝖔𝖔𝖗 𝖙𝖍𝖗𝖔𝖚𝖌𝖍
𝕬𝖒𝖚𝖉𝖍𝖆 𝕾𝖚𝖗𝖆𝖇𝖍𝖎 .
𝕬𝖑𝖘𝖔 𝖙𝖔 𝖙𝖗𝖆𝖎𝖓
𝖕𝖊𝖔𝖕𝖑𝖊 𝖔𝖓 𝕸𝖎𝖓𝖉𝖋𝖚𝖑 𝕾𝖜𝖎𝖒𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖌, 𝕿𝖍𝖆𝖎 𝕮𝖍𝖎,
𝕶𝖆𝖑𝖆𝖗𝖎 𝕬𝖗𝖙𝖘, 𝕵𝖚𝖉𝖔, 𝕶𝖆𝖗𝖆𝖙𝖊, 𝕶𝖚𝖓𝖌 𝕱𝖚
𝖒𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖎𝖆𝖑 𝖆𝖗𝖙𝖘.
𝕻𝖗𝖆𝖈𝖙𝖎𝖈𝖊 𝕸𝖎𝖓𝖉𝖋𝖚𝖑 𝕾𝖜𝖎𝖒𝖒𝖎𝖓𝖌 - 𝖁𝖎𝖒𝖆𝖑𝖔 𝕬𝖜𝖆𝖐𝖊𝖓𝖊𝖉 𝕬𝖘𝖍𝖔𝖐𝖆 𝕸𝖆𝖓𝖎𝖒𝖊𝖌𝖆𝖑𝖎 𝕱𝖊𝖑𝖑𝖔𝖜.
మంచి శుద్ధి మనస్సు ఎటర్నల్ బ్లిస్ సాధించండి
చెత్త అనారోగ్యం అధిగమించడానికి - బుద్ధ.
కొత్త టెక్నిక్ వెనుక ఉన్న విజ్ఞాన శాస్త్రం మానవ శరీరంలో శక్తిని ఉత్పత్తి
చేయడంలో పాత్రను పోషిస్తున్న అణువు నికోటినామైడ్ అడెనీన్ డీన్లియోటైడ్
(నాడ్), మానవులు మానవులను 150 మరియు 2020 నాటికి ఆర్గనైజేషన్ను 2020 నాటికి
‘ కాఫీ ఒక రోజు ‘
కుషినారా నిబ్బ, భూమీ పగోడా 18 డయా. ఒక 3D 360 డిగ్రీ వృత్తాకార పగోడా, 668
5 వ ప్రధాన రహదారి, 8 వ క్రాస్, హాల్ III దశ, పుయియా భూమీ బెంగళూరు, మఠా
కర్నాటక, ప్రభాద్ధారు భారత్ ఇంటర్నేషనల్ ఇంటర్నేషనల్ అన్ని బౌద్ధ
అంతర్జాతీయ దేవాలయాలు, ఆరామాలు, విహాలస్, పగోడాస్ .
ముడి శాకాహారి బ్రోకలీ, మిరియాలు, దోసకాయలు, క్యారట్లు, బీన్స్ కూరగాయలు,
మరగుజ్జు పండు 🍎 🍎 చెట్లు ద్వారా శాశ్వతమైన ఆనందం ప్రచారం కోసం, పాట్స్
మరియు ప్రపంచవ్యాప్తంగా చెట్లు మరియు NASA ప్రణాళిక వంటి పక్షులు వంటి
తినడానికి, బ్రిటిష్ బిలియనీర్ రిచర్డ్ బ్రాన్సన్ అంతరిక్షంలోకి వెళ్లింది
ఒక వర్జిన్ గెలాక్సీ నౌక మరియు జెఫ్ బెజోస్లో.
మణిపలి యొక్క అముడా సువాబీ మొత్తం భూమి మరియు స్థలం. అశోక తన సామ్రాజ్యం
మీద అన్ని చెట్లు పగిలిపోయాడు. అముడా సురాబి ద్వారా మన్మెగలై పేదలను
పోషించారు.
కూడా తెలివితేటల ఈత, థాయ్ చి, కలారి ఆర్ట్స్, జూడో, కరాటే, కుంగ్ ఫూ
మార్షల్ ఆర్ట్స్ ప్రజలకు శిక్షణ ఇవ్వడం.
ఆచరణాత్మక స్విమ్మింగ్ - విమనో అశోక మణిమాగాలి తోటిని మేల్కొన్నాడు.
ทำดีทำให้จิตใจบริสุทธิ์บรรลุความสุขนิรันดร์
เอาชนะความเจ็บป่วยที่เลวร้ายที่สุด - พระพุทธเจ้า
วิทยาศาสตร์ที่อยู่เบื้องหลังเทคนิคใหม่เกี่ยวข้องกับโมเลกุล Nicotinamide
Adenine DinuCleotide (NAD)
ซึ่งมีบทบาทในการสร้างพลังงานในร่างกายมนุษย์ความก้าวหน้าต่อต้านริ้วรอยสามารถมองเห็นมนุษย์ใช้ชีวิตถึง
150 และสร้างอวัยวะใหม่ในปี 2020 ‘สำหรับราคาของ A กาแฟต่อวัน ‘
Kushinara Nibbāna Bhumi Pagoda 18FT DIA เจดีย์วงกลม 3 มิติ 360
องศาที่บ้านสีขาว, 668 5 เป็นถนนสายหลัก, 8th ข้าม, เวที Hal III, Puniya
Bhumi Bengaluru, Magadhi Karnataka, Prabuddha Bharat International
ต้องการที่จะเป็นพันธมิตรที่ทำงานร่วมกับวัดนานาชาติในพุทธศาสนาทุกแห่ง .
สำหรับการแพร่กระจายความสุขนิรันดร์ผ่านการปลูกผักบรอกโคลี่มังสวิรัติดิบพริกไทยแตงกวาแครอทผักผักผลไม้แคระ🍎ต้นไม้ในกระถางและทั่วโลกและในอวกาศที่จะกินเหมือนนกตามที่นาซ่ามีการวางแผนโดยมหาเศรษฐีชาวอังกฤษ
Richard Branson บินไปที่อวกาศ บนเรือ Galactic Virgin Galactic และ Jeff
Bezos
โลกทั้งโลกและอวกาศเป็น Amudha Suriabi ของ Manimegalai Ashoka
ปลูกไม้แบริ่งต้นไม้ทั่วจักรวรรดิของเขา Manimegalai เลี้ยงคนจนผ่าน Amudha
Surabhi
นอกจากนี้ในการฝึกอบรมผู้คนในการว่ายน้ำอย่างมีสติไทย Chi, Kalari Arts,
ยูโด, คาราเต้, ศิลปะการต่อสู้กังฟู
ฝึกว่ายน้ำที่มีสติ - Vimalo ตื่นขึ้นมา Ashoka Manimegali Fellow
İyi Arındırın Zihin Ebedi Bliss’e ulaşın
En kötü hastalığın üstesinden gelmek - Buda.
Yeni tekniğin arkasındaki bilim, insan vücudunda enerji üretmede rol
oynayan bir rol oynayan molekül nicotinamid adeninin dinükleotidini
(NAD) içerir. Anti-yaşlanma karşıtı atılım, insanların 150 yaşına kadar
yaşadığını ve organı’yı 2020′ye göre yeniden oluşturabilir. günde kahve
Kushinara Nibbāna Bhumi Pagodası 18ft Dia. Beyaz Evde 3D 360 Derece
Dairesel Pagodası, 668 5th Ana Yol, 8th Haç, Hal III Sahnesi, Puniya
Bhumi Bengaluru, Magadhi Karnataka, Prabuddha Bharat Uluslararası Tüm
Budist Uluslararası Tapınakları, Monasties, Viharas, Pagodalar ile
Çalışma Ortağı Olmak İstiyor .
Çiğ vegan brokoli, biber, salatalık, havuç, fasulye sebzeleri, biber,
salatalık, havuçlar, fasulye sebzeleri, cüce meyvesi 🍎 🍉 ağaçlarda ve
dünyanın her yerinde ve NASA tarafından planlandığı gibi kuşlar gibi yer
alan alanlarda yer alan Ebedi Bliss’i yaymak için Virgin Galaktik Gemi
ve Jeff Bezos’a gidin.
Tüm dünya ve alan, Manimegalai’nin Amudha Surabi’dir. Ashoka, tüm
imparatorluğunun her yerine meyve yataklarını dikti. Manimegalai,
fakirleri Amudha Surabhi ile besledi.
Ayrıca insanları akıllı yüzme, Taylandlı Kun, Kali Sanatları, Judo,
Karate, Kung Fu dövüş sanatları konusunda eğitmek için.
Zihinsel Yüzme Uygulamaları - Vimalo Ashoka Manimegali Adam’ı uyandırdı.
טאָן גוט רייניקן מיינונג דערגרייכן אייביק גרעסטער
באַקומען די ערגסט קראַנקייט - בודאַ.
די וויסנשאַפֿט הינטער די נייַע טעכניק ינוואַלווז די מאַלאַקיול
ניקאָטאָנאַמידע אַדענינע דינאַטלעוטיע (נאַד), וואָס פיעסעס אַ ראָלע אין
דזשענערייטינג ענערגיע אין די מענטשלעך גוף. קאַווע אַ טאָג ‘
קושינעראַ ניבאַטע באַגאָדאַ 18ft Dia. א 3D 360 גראַד קייַלעכיק
פּאַגאָודאַ אין ווייסע היים, 668 5 א הויפּט וועג, 8 קרייז, האַלל קרייַז,
זאַל ייי בינע, סקאַביליטש מיט אַלע בודדהאַ בהאַראַטאַקאַ, מאַדאַדהאַ
בהאַראַטאַקאַ. .
פֿאַר פּראַפּאַגייטינג אייביק בליסס דורך פּלאַנטינג רוי וועגאַן
בראַקאַלי, פּעפּערז, קיוקאַמערז, פּיצאַבערס, בינז וועדזשטאַבאַלז, קאַרדס
אין פּאַץ און אין פּלאַץ און די צוויי וועלט און אין פּלאַץ ביימער.
אַבאָרד אַ ווירגין גאַלאַקטיק שיף און דזשעף בעזאָס.
די גאנצע ערד און פּלאַץ זענען אַ זיכערהייט פון מאַניעגאַלאַי. אַשאָקאַ
פּלאַנטיד פרוכט שייַכעס ביימער איבער זיין אימפעריע. מאַניימעגאַלאַי
פאסטעכער די אָרעם דורך amudha surabhi.
אויך צו באַן מענטשן אויף מיינדפאַל שווימערייַ, טייַלענדיש קיי, דעקאַרי
קונסט, דזשודאָ, קאַטינג, קאַנג פו מאַרשאַל קונסט.
פּראָמדפאַל שווימערייַ - וויליקאָ אַווייקאַנד אַשאָקאַ מאַנימעגאַלי
יונגערמאַן.